Agilent 490-PRO 

Micro Gas
Chromatograph

User Manual

Agilent Technologies
Notices
© Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2016 Warranty (June 1987) or DFAR 252.227-7015 (b)(2)
(November 1995), as applicable in any
No part of this manual may be reproduced The material contained in this docu- technical data.
in any form or by any means (including
ment is provided “as is,” and is sub-
electronic storage and retrieval or transla-
ject to being changed, without notice, Safety Notices
tion into a foreign language) without prior
agreement and written consent from  in future editions. Further, to the max-
Agilent Technologies, Inc. as governed by imum extent permitted by applicable
United States and international copyright law, Agilent disclaims all warranties, CAUTION
laws. either express or implied, with regard
to this manual and any information A CAUTION notice denotes a 
contained herein, including but not hazard. It calls attention to an oper-
Manual Part Number
limited to the implied warranties of ating procedure, practice, or the
G3581-90006 merchantability and fitness for a par- like that, if not correctly performed
ticular purpose. Agilent shall not be or adhered to, could result in 
Edition liable for errors or for incidental or damage to the product or loss of
Fifth edition, June 2016 consequential damages in connection important data. Do not proceed
with the furnishing, use, or perfor- beyond a CAUTION notice until the
Printed in USA mance of this document or of any indicated conditions are fully
Agilent Technologies, Inc. information contained herein. Should understood and met.
5301 Stevens Creek Boulevard  Agilent and the user have a separate
Santa Clara, CA 95051 USA written agreement with warranty
terms covering the material in this
document that conflict with these WA R N I N G
terms, the warranty terms in the sep-
A WARNING notice denotes a
arate agreement shall control.
hazard. It calls attention to an
Technology Licenses operating procedure, practice, or
the like that, if not correctly per-
The hardware and/or software described in formed or adhered to, could result
this document are furnished under a in personal injury or death. Do not
license and may be used or copied only in
accordance with the terms of such license. proceed beyond a WARNING
notice until the indicated condi-
Restricted Rights Legend tions are fully understood and met.
If software is for use in the performance of
a U.S. Government prime contract or sub-
contract, Software is delivered and
licensed as “Commercial computer soft-
ware” as defined in DFAR 252.227-7014
(June 1995), or as a “commercial item” as
defined in FAR 2.101(a) or as “Restricted
computer software” as defined in FAR
52.227-19 (June 1987) or any equivalent
agency regulation or contract clause. Use,
duplication or disclosure of Software is
subject to Agilent Technologies’ standard
commercial license terms, and non-DOD
Departments and Agencies of the U.S. 
Government will receive no greater than
Restricted Rights as defined in FAR
52.227-19(c)(1-2) (June 1987). U.S. Govern-
ment users will receive no greater than
Limited Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-14
Contents
1 Introduction
Safety Information 16
Important safety warnings 16
Hydrogen safety 16
Safety symbols 17
Safety and regulatory information 17
General safety precautions 18
Shipping Instructions 21
Cleaning 21
Instrument Disposal 21

2 Instrument Overview
Principle of Operation 24
Front View 26
Back View 27
Inside View 28
Carrier Gas Connection 29
Sample Gas 31
Handling a sample 31
Using the external filter unit 31
Heated sample lines 32
How to connect your sample to the 490-PRO Micro GC 33
Power 40
Power source 40
Power requirements 40
Disposal 40
Specifications 41
Ambient Pressure 41
Ambient Temperature 41
Maximum Operation Altitude 41

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 3

 3 Installation and Use
Pre-Installation Requirements 44
Inspect the Shipping Packages 44
Unpack the Micro GC 45
Review the Packing List 46
490-PRO Micro GC Installation 47
Step 1: Connect carrier gas 47
Step 2: Connect to calibration gas or checkout sample 47
Step 3: Install power supply 47
Step 4: Connect to computer or local network 48
Step 5: Install PROstation 48
Step 6: Assign IP address 48
Step 7: Complete Micro GC configuration in PROstation 51
Restore the Factory Default IP Address 52
Create the Test Method 54
Perform a Series of Runs 55
Shut Down Procedure 56
Long Storage Recovery Procedure 56

4 GC Channels
Carrier Gas 58
Micro Electronic Gas Control (EGC) 59
Inert Sample Path 59
Injector 59
Column 60
Molsieve 5Å columns 61
CP-Sil 5 CB columns 62
CP-Sil 13 and CP-Sil 19 CB columns 63
PoraPlot 10 m column 64
Hayesep A 40 cm heated column 65
COX and AL203/KCI columns 66
MES (NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB columns 67
Column conditioning 68
Backflush Option 69
Tuning the backflush time (except on a HayeSep A channel) 71
Tuning the backflush time on a HayeSep A channel 72
To disable backflush 73
TCD Detector 74

4 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 490-PRO Micro GC Optional Pressure Regulators 75
G3581-S0003 75
G3581-S0004 78

5 Interfaces
Access the Connection Ports 84
Ethernet Connections 88
PROstation 88
Firewall configuration 88
FTP server 95
Modbus TCP/IP 95
Web server 102
Multiple 490-PRO analyzers 104
USB WIFI 105
Access the 490 Micro GC webserver via a wireless network 105
Access to the 490 Micro GC via PROstation 108
Change USB AP name (SSID) and passphrase (security key) 110
I/O Connections 112
External Digital I/O 112
External Analog I/O 113
Serial COM Connections 116
Connector layout 116
Stream selector valve 117
Modbus serial 118
LCD screen 118
USB Connection 119
Interface Examples 120

6 Local User Interface (LCD)

Installation Requirements 124
Environmental requirements 124
Micro GC 124
Space requirements 124
Power source 124
Micro GC LCD Module Installation 125
Inspection 125
Unpacking 125
Packing list 126
Connect LCD Module 126
How to setup the LCD 127

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 5

 Mechanical Product Specifications 128
Connectors 129
Shipping Instructions 129
Cleaning Instructions 129
Disposal Instructions 129

7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme

490-PRO Cycle and Stream Selector 132
490-PRO Chromatographic Run and Electronic Pressure 134

8 PROstation Installation
System Requirements 139
Hardware 139
Software 139
Install PROstation 140

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Installation 148
Create a new instrument by importing a configuration file 150
Open Emulation Mode 153
Offline Data Processing 156
Close an Emulated Instrument 159

10 Instrument Configuration
Main Menu 162
Login procedure 162
Main Menu Functions 166
Configured instrument menu 166
Control menu 167
Virtual instrument 168
Instrument Configuration 170
490-PRO Configuration 171
Communication Frame 173
Ethernet communication 173
Find instruments on the network 173
Assign new IP address 174
Configuration Frame 175

6 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Hardware tab 175
User settings tab 177
PROstation tab 179
Automation tab 180
Info tab 199
Exit configuration 201
Services Frame 203
Calibrate pressure sensors 203
Reboot 490-PRO Micro GC 203
End configuration 203
PROstation Operation 204

11 PROstation Instrument User Controls

Log in 208
Instrument Method Setup 209
User Log In 210
Method developer (admin) 210
Service engineer (service) 210
Operator (read only mode) 211
Off line control 212
Toolbar Instrument Control 214

12 PROstation Instrument File Menu

Import/Export 216
Import FTP Service file 216
Import Galaxie ascii file 216
Import OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file 217
Export as Galaxie ascii file 217
Export as OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file 217
Method Wizard 219
Application Wizard 220
Sequence Wizard 222
Modbus Wizard 223

13 PROstation Instrument View Menu

View 226
Application workspace 226
User workspace 227

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 7

 14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Instrument Setup 230
490-PRO Micro GC tab 230
Instrument common tab 231
Instrument method channel tab 232
Integration Events 236
Chromatogram markers 236
Set peak width 237
Set threshold 238
Set solvent threshold 239
Estimate threshold 239
Set minimum height/area 239
Turn integration on/off 240
Start/Stop peak now 240
Add peaks/grouping 241
Split peak 242
Baseline processing 243
Shoulder peaks 250
Set skim ratio 250
Tangent skim next peaks on/off 250
Tangent skim rear/front 252
Exponential skim rear/front 253
Peak Identification 254
Peak identification table 254
How to build an identification table 255
Identification table columns 255
Identification process 258
Moving retention window 263
Peak Calibration 266
Calibration parameters (channel dependent) 267
Calibration parameters (channel independent) 270
Use GOST calibration 271
Initial calibration 276
Prepare a calibration method 277
Calibration chart 284
Method Advanced 292
Method Properties 293

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Application – Normalize 296
Synchronize 298

8 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Application – Calorific Power 300
Introduction 300
Energy calculation setup 302
ISO 6976 / GOST 31369 305
GPA2172 / ASTM-D3588 314
GPA 2172 324
ASTM D3588 331
GOST 22667 333
GOST 31369 336
Accounting for water - partially saturated natural gas 338
Sum C6+ unidentified components 340
Component concentration by difference 344
Application – Verification Check 345
Application – Alarms 347
Application – Analog Outputs 349
Parameters 351
Application – Timed Relays 356
Application – Analog Inputs 358
Application – Digital Inputs 359
Application – Local User Interface (LCD) 360
System status and info parameters 361
Channel specific status parameters 368
Channel specific result parameters 369
Component specific result parameters 370
Energy meter result parameters 372
I/O parameters 382
API21 Parameters 383

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Automation Sequence 388
Auto start sequence on power-up 389
Run sequence continuously 389
Continuous analysis 390
Times to repeat sequence 390
Number of repeatings 390
Run cycle time 390
Home position 390
Stream ahead scheduling 391
Sequence Table 392
Sample type 392

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 9

 Replicates 392
Calib. level 392
Stream # 392
Flush time 393
Solution slot # 393
Verification Properties 394
On sequence start up 394
On runs performed (runs) 394
On time elapsed (hours) 394
On fixed time/once every ‘n’ days 394
Verification Table 396
Replicates 396
Calib. level 396
Stream # 396
Flush time 396
Calibration Properties 397
On Sequence Start up 397
On Runs Performed (runs) 397
On Time Elapsed (hours) 397
On Fixed Time/Once Every ‘n’ days 397
On Verification Failure 398
Calibration Table 399
Replicates 399
Calib. Level 399
Calib. Type 399
Stream # 399
Flush time 399
Automation – Site Information 401
Automation – Modbus Setup 402
Process settings tab 402
Synchronization with Modbus master 403
Modbus communication settings 403
Serial communication settings 403
Floating point type conversion 404
Int32 bit type conversion 404
Shift Modbus addresses 404
Registers setup tab 405
Remote system synchronization 411
Reading sample results 412
Reading stream specific results 412
Fixed values 412

10 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Execute commands 412
Advanced Modbus Information 414
Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s) 414
Modbus pitfalls, attention points and recommendations 414
Modbus bridge 420
Modbus Parameter ID Reference 423
GC/Run mode status – Modbus parameters 453
Channel method setting – Modbus parameters 458
Mainboard – Modbus parameters 466
Stream specific application data 569
Site info parameters 607
Read chromatogram 608
API21 parameters 610
Automation – FTP Service 631
USB Storage 633
USB storage setup 633
USB menus 633
USB storage settings 636
Browse USB contents 639
Test USB storage directly 640
Save data to USB during automated runs 641
Automation – Real Time Clock 645
Automation – Reprocess List 647

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Start the Analyzer 650
Stop Column Reconditioning 654
Stop 654
Upload 655
Download 656
Solutions 657
Instrument Status 660
Automation 660
GC 660
GC channel 660
Enhanced status 661
Stream Selector Test 662
Control – Reset I/O 663

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 11

 Control – Test I/O 664
Reset Alarms 665
Reboot Instrument 665
Clear Error Log 666

18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu

Integration Report 668
Application Report 670
Stream Application Report 674
Diagnostics 674
Print Integration/Application Report 675
Auto Print Application Report After Calibration or Alarm 675

19 Multi Level Calibration

Chromatogram 678
Calibration Options 679
Single level calibration 679
Multilevel calibration 679
Offline calibration 681
Online calibration 682
Rw Calibration 685
Relative RF 688
Setting Up a Typical Single Level Calibration 689
Environment 689
Sequence 689
Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration 692
Environment 692
Calibration of the multilevel curve 692
Sequence 695
Single Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 698
Two calibration mixtures 698
More than two calibration mixtures 699
Multiple Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 700
Calibration Validation 701
Verification run 701
Calibration limits 703

12 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 20 I/O Cases
General Setup 706
Cases preparation 707
Integration report 708
Case 1: Analog Output 709
Case 2: Alarms 713
Case 3: Timed Relays 714
Case 4: Digital Inputs 715

21 Errors
Error Handling 718
Error List 719

22 WinDCS
Setting up the WinDCS Communication 726
Serial communication settings 726
Ethernet communication settings 726
General Modbus communication settings 727
WinDCS Modbus Table 729
Register type 729
Data type 729
WinDCS Modbus table setup 729

23 History Log
Operation 734
Starting the application 734
Setup for data download 735
Data download 736
Setup for report 737
Report control 743
Chromatogram control 745
Exit history log 746
Report Data 747
Header 747
Calibration results 747
Analysis data 747
Avg/Min/Max 747
Power on 748
Alarm status change 748
Parameter change 748

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 13

14 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual
Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

1
Introduction
Safety Information 16
Shipping Instructions 21
Cleaning 21
Instrument Disposal 21

This chapter provides important information about using the

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph (Micro GC) safely.
To prevent any injury to you or any damage to the instrument it
is essential that you read the information in this chapter.

Agilent Technologies 15
1 Introduction

Safety Information

Important safety warnings

There are several important safety notices that you should always
keep in mind when using the Micro GC.

WA R N I N G When handling or using chemicals for preparation or use within

the Micro GC, all applicable local and national laboratory safety
When

practices must be followed. This includes, but is not limited to,

correct use of Personal Protective Equipment, correct use of
storage vials, and correct handling of chemicals, as defined in the
laboratory’s internal safety analysis and standard operating
procedures. Failure to adhere to laboratory safety practices could
lead to injury or death.

Hydrogen safety
Hydrogen is a commonly used GC carrier gas. When mixed with air,
hydrogen can form explosive mixtures and has other dangerous
characteristics.

When using hydrogen (H2) as the carrier gas, be aware that hydrogen gas
WA R N I N G
can create a fire or explosion hazard. Be sure that the supply is turned off
until all connections are made.
Hydrogen is flammable. Leaks, when confined in an enclosed space, may
create a fire or explosion hazard. In any application using hydrogen, leak
test all connections, lines, and valves before operating the instrument.
Always turn off the hydrogen supply at its source before working on the
instrument.

• Hydrogen is combustible over a wide range of concentrations. At

atmospheric pressure, hydrogen is combustible at concentrations
from 4 % to 74.2 % by volume.
• Hydrogen has the highest burning velocity of any gas.
• Hydrogen has a very low ignition energy.
• Hydrogen that is allowed to expand rapidly from high pressure into
the atmosphere can self-ignite.
• Hydrogen burns with a nonluminous flame which can be invisible
under bright light.

16 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Introduction 1

Safety symbols
Warnings in the manual or on the instrument must be observed during
all phases of operation, service, and repair of this instrument. Failure
to comply with these precautions violates safety standards of design
and the intended use of the instrument. Agilent Technologies assumes
no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these
requirements.


See accompanying instructions for more
information.

Indicates a hot surface.


Indicates hazardous voltages.


Indicates earth (ground) terminal.


Indicates potential explosion hazard.


Indicates electrostatic discharge hazard.


Indicates a hazard. See the Agilent 490-PRO
Micro GC user documentation for the item
labeled.

Indicates that you must not discard this
electrical/electronic product in domestic
household waste

Safety and regulatory information

This instrument and its accompanying documentation comply
with the CE specifications and the safety requirements for
electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 17

1 Introduction

use (CEI/IEC 1010-1)CCSAUS and FCC-b.

This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits
for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC
rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference when the equipment is
operated in a commercial environment. 
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to
radio communications.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to
cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense.

NOTICE This instrument has been tested per applicable

requirements of EMC Directive as required to carry the
European Union CE Mark. As such, this equipment may be
susceptible to radiation/interference levels or frequencies,
which are not within the tested limits.

General safety precautions

Follow the following safety practices to ensure safe equipment
operation:
• Perform periodic leak checks on all supply lines and
pneumatic plumbing.
• Do not allow gas lines to become kinked or punctured. Place
lines away from foot traffic and extreme heat or cold.
• Store organic solvents in fireproof, vented and clearly
labeled cabinets so they are easily identified as either toxic,
or flammable, or both types of materials.
• Do not accumulate waste solvents. Dispose of such materials
through a regulated disposal program and not through
municipal sewage lines.

18 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Introduction 1

WA R N I N G This instrument is designed for chromatographic analysis of

appropriately prepared samples. It must be operated using
appropriate gases or solvents and within specified maximum
ranges for pressure, flows, and temperatures as described in this
manual. If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the
manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may be
impaired.

WA R N I N G It is the responsibility of the customer to inform Agilent customer

support representatives if the instrument has been used for the
analysis of hazardous samples, prior to any instrument service
being performed or when an instrument is being returned for
repair.

• Avoid exposure to potentially dangerous voltages.

Disconnect the instrument from all power sources before
removing protective panels.
• When it is necessary to use a non-original power cord and
plug, ensure the replacement cord adheres to the color
coding and polarity described in the manual and all local
building safety codes.
• Replace faulty or frayed power cords immediately with the
same type and rating.
• Place this instrument in a location with sufficient ventilation
to remove gases and vapors. Ensure there is enough space
around the instrument for it to cool off sufficiently.
• Before plugging the instrument in or turning the power on,
always ensure that the voltage and fuses are set
appropriately for your local power source.
• Do not turn on the instrument if there is a possibility of any
kind of electrical damage. Instead, disconnect the power cord
and contact your local Agilent sales office.
• The supplied power cord must be inserted into a power
outlet with a protective ground connection. When using an
extension cord, ensure that the cord is also properly
grounded.
• Do not change any external or internal grounding
connections, as this could endanger you or damage the
instrument.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 19

1 Introduction

• The instrument is properly grounded when shipped. You do

not need to make any changes to the electrical connections or
to the instrument chassis to ensure safe operation.
• When working with this instrument, follow the regulations
for Good Laboratory Practices (GLP). Take care to wear
safety glasses and appropriate clothing.
• Do not place containers with flammable liquids on this
instrument. Spilling liquid over hot parts may cause fire.
• This instrument may use flammable or explosive gases, such
as hydrogen gas under pressure. Before operating the
instrument be sure to be familiar with and to follow
accurately the operation procedures prescribed for those
gases.
• Never try to repair or replace any component that is not
described in this manual without the assistance of an Agilent
service engineer. Unauthorized repairs or modifications will
result in rejection of warranty claims.
• Always disconnect the AC power cord before attempting any
type of maintenance.
• Use proper tools when working on the instrument to prevent
danger to you or damage to the instrument.
• Do not attempt to replace any battery or fuse in this
instrument other than as specified in the manual.
• Damage can result if the instrument is stored under
unfavorable conditions for prolonged periods. (For example,
damage will occur if stored while subject to heat, water, or
other conditions exceeding the allowable operating
conditions).
• Do not shut off column flow when the oven temperature is
high, since this may damage the column.
• This unit has been designed and tested in accordance with
recognized safety standards and designed for use indoors.
• If the instrument is used in a manner not specified by the
manufacturer, the protection provided by the instrument
may be impaired.
• Substituting parts or performing any unauthorized
modification to the instrument may result in a safety hazard.
• Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
responsible party for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.

20 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Introduction 1

Shipping Instructions
If your Micro GC must be shipped for any reason, it is very
important to follow these additional shipping preparation
instructions:
• Place all the vent caps on the back of the Micro GC (see
Figure 4 on page 27).
• Always include the power supply.
• Include, if used, the inlet filter(s).

Cleaning
To clean the surface of the Micro GC:
1 Switch the Micro GC off.
2 Remove the power cable.
3 Put protection plugs on the sample and carrier gas inlets.
4 Put protection plugs on the column vents.
5 Use a soft brush (not hard or abrasive) to carefully brush
away all dust and dirt.
6 Use a soft, clean cloth dampened with mild detergent to
clean the outside of the instrument.
• Never clean the inside of the instrument.
• Never use alcohol or thinners to clean the instrument;
these chemicals can damage the case.
• Be careful not to get water on the electronic components.
• Do not use compressed air to clean the instrument.

Instrument Disposal
When the Micro GC or its parts have reached the end of their
useful life, dispose of them in accordance with the
environmental regulations that are applicable in your country.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 21

1 Introduction

22 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

2
Instrument Overview
Principle of Operation 24
Front View 26
Back View 27
Inside View 28
Carrier Gas Connection 29
Sample Gas 31
Power 40
Ambient Pressure 41
Ambient Temperature 41
Maximum Operation Altitude 41

Agilent Technologies 23
2 Instrument Overview

Principle of Operation
The 490-PRO Micro GC can be equipped with one to four
independent column channels. Each column channel is a
complete, miniaturized GC with electronic carrier gas control,
micro-machined injector, narrow-bore analytical column and
micro thermal conductivity detector (µ TCD), Figure 1.
The 490-PRO Micro GC analytical channels can optionally be
equipped with a back flush option. The advantages include the
protection of the stationary column phase against moisture and
carbon dioxide. Next to that, it results in shorter analysis times
as late elution compounds, which are not of interest, do not
enter the analytical column.

Figure 1 490-PRO Micro GC setup

The 490-PRO Micro GC is designed to be used in a process

environment, the 490-PRO Micro GC, shares the same
miniaturized column channels and analytical performance with
the (standard) 490 Micro GC. However, there is a big difference
the way the instrument generates its results. This instrument is
designed to operate stand-alone, 24 hours a day, 7 days a weeks
unattended and uninterrupted.
With the 490-PRO Micro GC, lab quality analysis is brought to
on-line/at-line applications. The instrument does not require a
local operator, it features on-board data handling and result
generation. The integrated data handling system consists of
peak integration, peak identification and peak calibration. An
advanced sequence manager is capable of servicing most

24 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

automated processes, which can consist of multistream

analysis, auto calibration, and calibration validations, all on
selectable time base. All necessary results and information are
automatically passed to external systems. A built in webserver
provides the instrument status and latest results.
A large portfolio of accessories is available for the 490-PRO
Micro GC. This ranges from sample treatment devices (gasifier,
genie filter, and pressure reducer), to stream selector
equipment (valves and relay control), 19-inch rack mounting
and a LCD display. Moreover, additional functionality includes
automated calorific value calculations (energy metering) and
result logging (history logging).
Regular GC instruments require a constant connection with a
computer running a chromatography data system (CDS).
Processes like peak integration, compound identification and
result generation are handled by the CDS, Figure 2.

Figure 2 490-PRO Micro GC principle of operation

The 490-PRO Micro GC handles things in a different way. A

software tool, PROstation, is used to program the application.
Once all required parameters are set, the computer can be
disconnected. Analysis results are then provided either analog
(4-20 mA), as digital Modbus TCP/IP, using serial
communication to a DCS, PLC or SCADA system or on a FTP
server. The results from the 490-PRO Micro GC are used by
other devices in the network to control the industrial process.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 25

2 Instrument Overview

Front View

Ready LED
LED OFF: System not ready
LED ON (green): System is ready

Run LED
LED OFF: No run
LED blinking (orange): Run in progress

Error LED
LED OFF: No error
LED blinking (red): Error present
See “Error List” on page 719

Power LED
LED OFF: No power
LED ON (blue): Power OK
LED blinking (blue): Voltage < 10 Volt

Sample 1 and Sample 2

Sample gas inlet connector (for unheated front
inlets)
See “Sample Gas” on page 31

Power On/Off Switch

Switch the Micro GC ON or OFF

Figure 3 Front view of the 490-PRO Micro GC

26 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Back View

Vents
It is possible to connect long vent lines to
these fittings in order to safely guide
hazardous fumes to a fume hood or other
appropriate vent.

Carrier gas input

Carrier gas input connector
See “Carrier Gas Connection” on
page 29

Power connector
Power connector (male)
See “Power” on page 40

Figure 4 Back view of the 490-PRO Micro GC (shown with fitting caps in place)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 27

2 Instrument Overview

Inside View
First shipments of the latest version of the mainboard
(p/n G3581-65000) starting middle of 2014.
Open the right side cover and the cable connectors will be
visible.
Assign IP address switch
See “Ethernet Connections” on
page 88. LAN indicators
Red LED: Transmit data
Green LED: Receive data

Ethernet (LAN) connector

Ethernet RJ45 connector.
COM 2
See “Ethernet Connections”
RS-232 (2-wire)
on page 88.
communication
interface.
See Table 15 on page 86.
SD Card Slot
No function supported

COM 1
COM 3 and COM 4 RS-232 communication
RS232, RS422, or RS485 interface
communication
interface.
See Table 15 on page 86.

Digital I/O
Analog I/O Digital input and output
External analog I/O signals, such as start_stop,
signals. ready_out, and start_in.
See “External Analog See “External Digital I/O” on
I/O” on page 113. page 112.

Figure 5 Cable connectors (mainboard G3581-65000 shown)

The Micro GC provides communications ports as shown in
Table 15 on page 86, depending on the model.

28 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Carrier Gas Connection

The carrier gas line is connected to the Micro GC at the back
panel Carrier 1 or Carrier 2 port.

Do not use any kind of plastic tubing since air will diffuse through the
CAUTION
tubing, which may cause noisy baselines and decreased sensitivity. The
metal tubing must be clean for GC use. Buy either flamed or 
chromatographically clean tubing.

Specifications for the carrier gas:

Pressure: 550 kPa ± 10 % (80 psi ± 10 %)
Purity: 99.999 % minimum
Dry and free of particles: Gas Clean filters recommended

Gas Clean filters are recommended to remove any traces of

moisture and oxygen. For low-level analysis, consider using a
better grade of carrier gas.
Gas Clean filters are filled with nitrogen. If you are not using
nitrogen as the carrier gas, flush filters and gas lines after
installation of a new filter.
The type of analysis you want to perform dictates the type of
carrier gas to use. The difference between the relative thermal
conductivity of the carrier gas and the sample components
should be as high as possible. See Table 1 for several relative
thermal conductivities.

Table 1 Relative thermal conductivities

Relative thermal Relative thermal

Carrier gas conductivities Carrier gas conductivities

Hydrogen 47.1 Ethane 5.8

Helium 37.6 Propane 4.8
Methane 8.9 Argon 4.6
Oxygen 6.8 Carbon dioxide 4.4
Nitrogen 6.6 Butane 4.3
Carbon monoxide 6.4

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 29

2 Instrument Overview

WA R N I N G Your Micro GC is configured for a specific carrier gas, either 

He and H2 or N2 and Ar. Ensure that any carrier gas selection in
your Agilent data system corresponds to the carrier gas physically
connected to your Micro GC. Use only the carrier gas
corresponding to this configuration. If you change the carrier gas
type plumbed to the Micro GC, you must change the corresponding
carrier gas type in the data system.

WA R N I N G Hydrogen is flammable. If you are using hydrogen as a carrier gas,

pay particular attention to possible leaks at connections inside
and outside of the Micro GC (use an electronic leak tester).

30 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Sample Gas
The Micro GC is built for the analysis of gases and vapors only.
You are advised to prepare a noncondensing gaseous standard
sample for routine checkup of the instrument. Sample pressure
should be between 0 and 100 kPa (0 to 15 psi). Sample
temperature should be between 0 and 110 °C. The sample must
be filtered, preferably through a 5-mm filter. Agilent always
recommends the use of the external filter kit (CP736729).
For more details, see “Using the external filter unit” on page 31.

Liquids will seriously damage the instrument and should be avoided!

CAUTION

Handling a sample
If possible, filter and dry the sample before introducing it to the
Micro GC. Agilent advises using an external sample filter unit
between the injector and the sampling device.

Using the external filter unit

The male part of the filter must be hand-tightened into the
female part, followed by a 1/8 turn with a 7/16-inch wrench. See
Figure 6 and Figure 7 on page 32. Orient the arrow on the
female half of the filter towards the fingertight fitting.
Replace the external filter unit at regular intervals. See Table 3
on page 46 for part numbers.

Finger tight fitting Filter female Filter male

(CP23050) 1/16-inch nut (CP736736) (CP736737)

To “Sample In” From

Micro GC sample line

Filter element 5 microns 1/16-inch nut

(CP736467, 5 pieces)

Figure 6 Unheated injector connection

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 31

2 Instrument Overview

1/16 inch nut and  Filter female Filter male

1/16-inch nut (CP736736) (CP736737)
front and back ferrule

To ”Sample In” From

Micro GC sample line

Filter element 5 microns 1/16-inch nut

(CP736467, 5 pieces)

Figure 7 Heated injector connection

Whenever possible, remove moisture from samples introduced

to the Micro GC.

Heated sample lines

A heated sample line is always combined with a heated injector.
A heated injector and sample line is an option for a channel
unit, and is used to prevent sample from condensing in the
sample lines when analyzing condensible samples.
The heated sample and injector can be controlled between 30 °C
and 110 °C.

32 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

How to connect your sample to the 490-PRO Micro GC

The following sections describe how to connect your sample to
the 490-PRO Micro GC depending on the sample inlet
configuration.

WA R N I N G The metal surfaces of the sample line heater can be very hot.
Before connecting a sample line, allow the sample line heater to
cool to ambient temperature.

Rear inlet (heated or unheated)

Connect the sample line to the heated or unheated sample inlet
at the rear of the Micro GC using 1/16-inch male Swagelok
fittings.

Male 1/16-inch
Swagelok fitting

Figure 8 Rear sample inlet

Insulate the sample line connected to the Micro GC to prevent damage to

CAUTION
communications cables.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 33

2 Instrument Overview

Internal inlet
For connecting the micro-gasifier, Enrichment and Desorption
Unit (EDU) and a heat-traced sample line, the system's internal
sample inlet should be used.

Internal sample inlet –

1/16-inch Swagelok fitting

Figure 9 Open the side panel, remove the top insulation and loosen the internal sample inlet.

Figure 10 Remove the rear panel by unscrewing the three bolts.

34 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Figure 11 Remove the PEEK block by unscrewing two bolts.

Internal sample inlet –

1/16-inch Swagelok fitting

Figure 12 Install the back panel and micro-gasifier, and connect the
micro-gasifier sample line to the internal sample inlet using a
1/16-inch Swagelok fitting.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 35

2 Instrument Overview

Micro-gasifier vent – 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting

Micro-gasifier sample inlet – 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting

Figure 13 Sample line and vent line connection of the micro-gasifier.

Front inlet (unheated)

Your Micro GC can be supplied with a front inlet that can
accommodate a 1/16-inch sample line.

Front sample inlet –

1/16-inch fitting (internal)

Figure 14 Front inlet.

36 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Internal bracket for Genie filter

This section explains how to connect your sample if an optional
internal bracket with Genie filter(s) is installed on your
490-PRO Micro GC.
Connect the sample line to the rear inlet of the 490-PRO Micro
GC using 1/16-inch Swagelok fittings. The Genie filter outlet is
pre-plumbed and connected to the Micro GC column channels.

Bolts for membrane inspection and exchange

Genie filter

Bypass

Rear sample inlet - 1/16-inch Swagelok fitting

Figure 15 Internal bracket with Genie filters.

Ensure separated liquids are properly drained via the bypass tubing out-
CAUTION
side of the Micro GC. To operate properly, the bypass must remain free of
blockage.

To access the Genie filter membrane for inspection or exchange,

unscrew the two bolts, identified in Figure 15, and lift the upper
part of the filter.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 37

2 Instrument Overview

External bracket for Genie filter

The Genie Filter Bracket (CP741527) mounts a Genie filter 170
or a valve on the 490 Micro GC.
1 Shut down the GC, and allow the column and injector to
cool. See “Shut Down Procedure” on page 42.

WA R N I N G The metal surfaces of the column, injector and sample inlet can be
very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the GC
components to cool to ambient temperature.

2 At the rear of the GC, disconnect any existing sample line

from the rear sample inlet.

Rear sample inlet

Lower mounting
bolts

Figure 16 Rear sample inlet and lower mounting bolt

3 Remove the lower mounting bolts from the rear panel of the
GC.
4 Mount the bracket to the GC using the two M4 x 12 mm
screws provided.

38 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Figure 17 Bracket shown installed, with filter

5 Mount the Genie Filter 170 to the bracket using two pan
head screws (1290116500).
6 Screw the bracket to the internal bracket using a M4 x 8 mm
screw (CP86757).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 39

2 Instrument Overview

Power

Power source
• 90 to 264 Vac, frequency between 47 to 63 Hz.
• The room power outlet circuit must be exclusively reserved
for the instrument(s).
• The network should be properly grounded.
• Installation Category (overvoltage category): II

Power requirements
The Micro GC requires 12 Vdc, 150 W.
The Gasifier requires 12 Vdc, 150 W.

Only use the power supply provided with your Micro GC.
CAUTION

This Power Supply, see Figure 18, is tailored to meet the power
needs of your Micro GC.

Figure 18 Model GST220A12-AG1 (p/n G3581-60080)

Disposal
Disposal of the Power Supply must be carried out in accordance
with all environmental regulations applicable in your country.

40 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Overview 2

Specifications
Table 2 Power supply specifications

Feature Model: GST220A12-AG1

Input voltage 85 Vac to 264 Vac
Input frequency 47-63 Hz
Inrush current 120A/230VAC
Output voltage 12.0 Vdc
Voltage adjust ±5%
Output power 180 W
Over voltage protection 105 %-135 % rated output voltage
Ripple and noise 80mV Vp-p
Operating temperature -30 °C to +70 °C
Storage temperature -40 °C to +85 °C
Humidity 20 % to 90 % non condensing
Safety standard UL60950-1, TUV EN60950-1, BSMI CNS14336, CSA
C22.2, CCCGB4943, PSE J60950-1 Approved
RFI/EMC standard In compliance with CISPR22 (EN55022) Class B and
FCC Part 15/CISPR 22 class B, CNS13438 class B,
GB9254, EN61000-3-2, EN61000-3-3, EN61000-4-2,
EN61000-4-3, EN61000-4-4, EN61000-4-5,
EN61000-4-6, EN61000-4-8, EN61000-4-11 (light
industry level, criteria A)
Dimensions 210 × 85 × 46 mm (L×W×H)
Weight 1.1 kg approximately

Ambient Pressure
The Micro GC automatically shuts down if the ambient pressure
is greater than 120 kPa.

Ambient Temperature
The Micro GC automatically shuts down if the ambient
temperature exceeds 65 °C.

Maximum Operation Altitude

Certified up to 2000 meters above sea level.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 41

2 Instrument Overview

42 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

3
Installation and Use
Pre-Installation Requirements 44
Inspect the Shipping Packages 44
Unpack the Micro GC 45
Review the Packing List 46
490-PRO Micro GC Installation 47
Restore the Factory Default IP Address 52
Create the Test Method 54
Perform a Series of Runs 55
Shut Down Procedure 56
Long Storage Recovery Procedure 56

This chapter describes how to install and use the instrument.

For an initial installation, an example of a typical packing list is
also included. The actual packing list and included parts
depend on the options ordered.

Agilent Technologies 43
3 Installation and Use

Pre-Installation Requirements
Prepare the installation site as described in the Site Preparation
Guide (G3581-90002), including the recommended Gas Clean
filters.

Inspect the Shipping Packages

The Micro GC will arrive in one large box and one or more
smaller cartons. Inspect the cartons carefully for damage or
signs of rough handling. Report damage to the carrier and to
your local Agilent office.

44 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Installation and Use 3

Unpack the Micro GC

Unpack the Micro GC and accessories carefully and transfer
them to the work area using proper handling techniques.
Inspect the instrument and accessories carefully for damage or
signs of rough handling. Report damage to the carrier and to
your local Agilent office.

WA R N I N G Avoid back strain or injury by following all safety precautions

when lifting heavy objects.

The instrument has been protected during shipment by protective caps.

CAUTION
See Figure 19. Before use, remove these caps, including those on the back
panel.

Protective shipping
caps

Figure 19 Protective shipping caps

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 45

3 Installation and Use

Review the Packing List

Table 3 shows a typical packing list. The actual packing list and
included parts depend on the options ordered.

Table 3 Typical Micro GC packing list

Item Part number Quantity Units of

measure
Installation Kit Micro GC CP740388 1 EA
CD-ROM - Micro GC - User Information CP505532490 1 EA
Ethernet crossover cable 2.8m CP740292 1 EA
Locking nut CP420200 4 EA
Male luer CP420100 4 EA
Fittings 1/8 inch Brass 20/pk 5080-8750 1 EA
Tee, 1/8 inch Brass Union 2/PK 5180-4160 1 PK
1/8 in x 0.065in Copper tubing G3581-20061 5 M
External Sample Filter kit CP736729 1 EA
Front and Back ferrule 1/16 CP471201 3 EA
1/16inch Ferrule set SST 0100-1490 3 EA
Stainless Nut 1/16 in 0100-0053 3 EA
Manual User Ext. Sample Filter CP505260 1 EA
Capil. Ext. Filter CP736879 1 EA
Tubing,SS,pre-tsd,1/16in. OD×1.0mm ID, CP4008 80 MM
1/p
Tubing, SS,1/16in. OD×1.0mm ID, 1 mL, CP4009 0.080 M
1/p
Fingertight Fitting PEEK CP23050 1 EA
5 FILTERS for EXT. FILTER Assembly CP736467 1 EA
External Filter Male CP736737 1 EA
External Filter FeMale CP736736 1 EA
Micro GC power supply, 12V, 150W G3581-60080 1 EA

46 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Installation and Use 3

490-PRO Micro GC Installation

If you are installing the 490-PRO Micro GC for the first time,
follow the steps as described below.
If you are performing a re-installation, see “Long Storage
Recovery Procedure” on page 56.

Step 1: Connect carrier gas

Install gas regulators and set pressures
Carrier gas cylinders should have a two-stage pressure regulator to
adjust the carrier gas pressure to 550 kPa ± 10 % (80 psi ± 10 %). Set
cylinder regulator pressure to match the gas inlet pressure.

Connect carrier gas to the Micro GC

The Micro GC supports the use of helium, nitrogen, argon and
hydrogen. The recommended purity for carrier gas is 99.999 %
minimum. Connect the carrier gas to the Micro GC Carrier 1
fitting (and Carrier 2 fitting, if available) and turn on the gas
flow. See “Carrier Gas Connection” on page 29.

Step 2: Connect to calibration gas or checkout sample

Install the external filter unit as described in “Using the external
filter unit” on page 31.
For an unheated GC channel: Connect the sample to the Micro
GC using the sample-in connector situated at the front of the
instrument (see “Front View” on page 26).
For a heated GC channel: Connect the sample to the heated
sample as described in “How to connect your sample to the
490-PRO Micro GC” on page 33.

Step 3: Install power supply

Connect the power connector to the Micro GC, and then plug the
power cord into an appropriate power source. See “Power” on
page 40. Ensure the power supply is placed in such a way that the
mains appliance inlet or adapter is easy to reach for the operator, as
it functions as a power disconnect switch.
The Power LED will light. The Ready LED lights when all parameter set
points in the system are reached. (See “Front View” on page 26.)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 47

3 Installation and Use

Your Micro GC is shipped from the factory with default settings.

The following is relevant information on the factory default
states and settings:
• When the Micro GC is turned on, the power LED lights up
and the system begins the flush cycle procedure. The flush
cycle is a 2-minute cycle in which the various valves are
activated and deactivated to flush entrapped air from the
manifold, valves, and tubing.
• After the flush cycle is finished, the method (the default
method in this case), which was last active before the
instrument was shutdown, is activated.
• All heated zones are set at 30 °C.
• The detector filaments are set to OFF.

Step 4: Connect to computer or local network

The 490-PRO Micro GC requires a connection with a computer,
that has PROstation installed, for initial method development.
This connection uses TCP/IP over Ethernet. For more details
and setup procedures see “Ethernet Connections” on page 88.

Step 5: Install PROstation

For details about the installation of PROstation, see Chapter 8,
“PROstation Installation,” starting on page 137.

Step 6: Assign IP address

Upon arrival from the factory, the Micro GC has a default static
IP address configured. The active IP address is specified on the
sticker together with the MAC address and the mainboard serial
number (see Table 4 on page 48).
Table 4 Factory default IP address settings

Default IP address 192.168.100.100

Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
Host name microgc
Default Gateway N/A (not used)

1 To complete this procedure, the Micro GC must be in static

IP address Mode. To verify this, be sure the DHCP switch
(indicated as 1 on the mainboard), is in the left position. The

48 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Installation and Use 3

DHCP switch is located on the back of the mainboard. (See

Figure 20).

DHCP Switch

Figure 20 DHCP Switch

2 Change the IP address of your laptop or PC to an address in

the same range as the current IP address as the Micro GC.
3 Start up your web browser.
4 Connect to the Micro GC’s website. Type the IP address of
the Micro GC in the address field of the web browser.
5 On the web page, click Network.
6 Log in as administrator. Use the factory default login and
password:
• Login name: admin
• Password: agilent

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 49

3 Installation and Use

Figure 21 Web server authentication

7 In the network webpage, the upper section shows the

current IP configuration. Type the IP Address, Subnet mask,
and Gateway you want to assign to the Micro GC in the
corresponding fields.

Figure 22 Micro GC website

8 Click Save to save the IP configuration.

50 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Installation and Use 3

9 This IP address is now the active IP address.

Communication with the Micro GC will be lost, since the
active IP address has changed.
10 Change the IP address of your laptop or PC to an address in
the same range as the new IP address of the Micro GC.
11 To reestablish communication, type the new IP address in
the web browser address bar.

Step 7: Complete Micro GC configuration in PROstation

1 If not already configured, complete any additional
configuration for the Micro GC in the PROstation. Ensure
the carrier gas types match the gas actually supplied to the
Micro GC.
2 Start the Micro GC’s online instrument session.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 51

3 Installation and Use

Restore the Factory Default IP Address

Shipped from the factory, the 490-PRO Micro GC (with
mainboard G3581-65000) is configured with a default static IP
address, see Table 5 on page 53 for the settings. A reset button
on the mainboard enables the possibility to restore these
default IP settings when required. When IP address setting are
not known, this functionality can be used to be able to
reconnect to the instrument and change to custom IP settings.

Figure 23 Reset button on mainboard

The reset button can be accessed behind the right panel on the
mainboard, see Figure 23. To restore the factory default IP
address, follow this procedure:
1 Power off the Micro GC.
2 Press and hold the reset button and power on the Micro GC.
3 Release the reset button shortly after powering on the GC
(approximately 3 seconds).
Note 1: When the reset button is released too quickly (less
than 1 second), it may result in the IP setting not reverting
to its factory defaults.

52 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Installation and Use 3

Note 2: Holding the reset button too long (more than

10 seconds), will result in an instrument reboot, without
restoring the default IP settings.
4 The default IP address is now restored. See Table 5 for
details.

Table 5 Factory default IP address settings

Default IP address 192.168.100.100

Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
Host name microgc
Default Gateway N/A (not used)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 53

3 Installation and Use

Create the Test Method

At first startup, perform a checkout to ensure the Micro GC is
functioning properly.
A test method for each standard column type has been provided
in the sections listed in Table 6.

If you ordered a Molsieve column, ensure it is conditioned before use. See

CAUTION
Table 9 on page 62 for parameters.

Table 6 Test method listings

Column type Table

Molsieve 5Å Table 8 on page 61
CP Sil 5 CB Table 9 on page 62
CP Sil CB Table 10 on page 63
PoraPlot 10 m Table 11 on page 64
Hayesep A 40 cm Table 12 on page 65
COx 1 m and AL2O3/KCI Table 13 on page 66
MES(NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB Table 14 on page 67

Use the data system to set up the checkout parameters for each
GC channel. Apply the checkout method settings to the Micro
GC and allow the instrument to stabilize at the initial operating
conditions. Monitor the instrument status using the data
system’s status display (refer to the data system help for
details).
Each test method has been designed to determine if the
instrument channel is functioning properly and includes an
example test chromatogram.

54 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Installation and Use 3

Perform a Series of Runs

1 Create a short sequence of at least three runs using the test
sample and method.
2 Run the sequence.
3 After the first run, the results for each channel should
become similar to the example chromatograms.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 55

3 Installation and Use

Shut Down Procedure

The detector can be damaged by improper shut down. If shutting down the
CAUTION
instrument for more than a few days, carry out the procedure below.

1 Create a method for all channels with these settings:

• Filaments switched OFF.
• Column temperature set at 30 °C.
• Injector temperature set at 30 °C.
• Pressure set at 50 kPa.
2 Apply the method to the Micro GC.
3 Wait until the temperature of the columns and injectors are
< 40 °C (to protect the column), then switch off the Micro
GC.
4 Remove the carrier gas tubing and plug all the vents and
carrier gas connections with 1/8-inch brass nuts or plastic
caps.
Before using the instrument again, perform the “Long Storage
Recovery Procedure” described below.

Long Storage Recovery Procedure

Follow this recovery procedure if your Micro GC has been
stored for a long period of time.
1 Remove the 1/8-inch brass nuts and plastic caps from all of
the vents and carrier gas connections.
2 Connect the carrier gas tubing and apply pressure to the
Micro GC. Refer to the Site Preparation Guide for supply
pressures and other gas requirements.
3 Wait at least 10 minutes before switching ON the Micro GC.
4 Immediately check if the detector filaments are switched
OFF. Switch OFF if necessary.
5 Set the column(s) temperature(s) to the maximum allowed
temperature (160 °C or 180 °C depending on the column
limit).
6 Condition the GC column, preferably overnight. This will
ensure that all the water has been removed from the column
module and no damage will occur to the TCD filaments.

56 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

4
GC Channels
Carrier Gas 58
Micro Electronic Gas Control (EGC) 59
Inert Sample Path 59
Injector 59
Column 60
Backflush Option 69
TCD Detector 74
490-PRO Micro GC Optional Pressure Regulators 75

The instrument contains up to two channels in a dual channel

cabinet, or up to four channels for a quad channel cabinet. A GC
channel contains a gas regulator, an injector, a column, and a
TCD detector. See Figure 24 on page 58.
This chapter provides an overview of the major components in
the Micro GC including backflush functionality.

Agilent Technologies 57
4 GC Channels

Carrier Gas
The Micro GC is configured for use with either He and H2 or
N2 and Ar.

Agilent recommends you use gases with a minimum purity of

99.999 %. Since the injection valve is operated pneumatically,
there is a limit of 550 kPa ± 10 % (80 psi ± 10 %) to the main gas
supply.

Your Micro GC is configured either for carrier gas He and H2 or N2 and Ar.
CAUTION
Use the carrier gas type for which your instrument is configured, otherwise
the detector filaments can be damaged.

Columns
(analytical and
Microelectronic
Gas clean unit reference)
gas control
(optional)
(EGC) Injector µTCD

Reference vent

Column vent

Sample Sample out

in

Carrier gas

Figure 24 Gas flow diagram

58 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Micro Electronic Gas Control (EGC)

The Micro GCs have built-in regulators that can be adjusted to
get a constant or programmed pressure control, which, results
in a constant or programmed flow through the injector, column
and detector. The pressure range is from 50 to 350 kPa (7 to
50 psi). This pressure sets a continuous flow of carrier gas of
about 0.2 to 4.0 mL/min (depending on column length and
type).
For pressure programming mode, a typical pressure rise is
200 kPa/min, which will give a significant pressure increase
during the run without excessive baseline disturbance. In most
cases, baseline subtraction may improve the quality of
chromatograms that suffer from baseline drift.

Inert Sample Path

The 490-PRO Micro GC is equipped with an UltimetalTM-treated

sample path. This deactivation method ensures the integrity of
the sample and helps to achieve the best detection limits
possible.
The deactivation is applied to tubing running from the sample
inlet to the injector.

Injector
The injector has a built-in 10-µl sample loop that is filled with
the gaseous sample. The pressure of the sample should be
between 0 and 100 kPa (0 to 15 psi) and the sample temperature
between 0 to 110 °C.
When the chromatographic data system sends a START
command, the vacuum pump aspirates the gas sample through
the loop. The gas samples is injected onto the analytical column
using the carrier gas flow. A typical injection time is 40 ms. This
equals an average injection volume of 2 µL. Injection time will
be rounded to a multiple of 5 ms. A practical minimum value is
40 ms. A value of 0 to 20 ms might result in no injection.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 59

4 GC Channels

Column
A variety of column configurations are possible on the Micro
GC. The columns you require for your specific analyses have
been installed at the factory. Other configurations are, of
course, possible, but altering the GC channels is a delicate
matter that can only be handled by an Agilent service engineer.
Table 7 shows several standard columns as supplied in the
Micro GCs and selected applications. Other columns are
available by contacting Agilent Technologies.

Table 7 Agilent Micro GC columns and applications

Column/Phase type Target components

Molsieve 5Å Permanent gases (N2/O2 separation), methane, CO, NO, and so forth. 20 m required
for O2-Ar baseline separation). Natural gas and biogas analysis. Optional Retention
Time Stability (RTS) configuration.
Hayesep A Hydrocarbons C1–C3, N2, CO2, air, volatile solvents, natural gas analysis.
CP-Sil 5 CB Hydrocarbons C3–C10, aromatics, organic solvents, natural gas analysis.
CP-Sil 19 CB Hydrocarbons C4–C10, high boiling solvents, BTX.
CP-WAX 52 CB Polar volatile solvents, BTX.
PLOT Al2O3/KCl Light hydrocarbons C1–C5 saturated and unsaturated. Refinery gas analysis.
PoraPLOT U Hydrocarbons C1–C6, halocarbons/freons, anesthetics, H2S, CO2, SO2, volatile
solvents. Separation of ethane, ethylene, and acetylene.
PoraPLOT Q Hydrocarbons C1–C6, halocarbons/freons, anesthetics, H2S, CO2, SO2, volatile
solvents. Separation of propylene and propane, coelution of ethylene and acetylene.
CP-COX CO, CO2, H2, Air (coelution of N2 and O2), CH4.
CP-Sil 19CB for THT THT and C3–C6+ in Natural Gas Matrix.
CP-Sil 13CB for TBM TBM and C3–C6+ in Natural Gas Matrix.
MES NGA Unique column specially tested for MES in natural gas (1 ppm).

All columns except the HayeSep A (160 °C) and MES (110 °C) columns can
CAUTION
be used up to 180 °C, the maximum temperature of the column oven.
Exceeding this temperature will cause the column to lose efficiency
instantly and the column module will need replacement. All channels have
a built-in protection that prevents a setpoint above the maximum 
temperature.

60 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Molsieve 5Å columns
The Molsieve 5Å column is designed to separate: hydrogen,
carbon monoxide, methane, nitrogen, oxygen, and some noble
gases. Higher molecular weight components have much higher
retention times on this column.
Table 8 Molsieve 5Å instrument parameters

Parameter 4 m Heated 10 m Unheated 20 m Unheated

Column temperature 110 °C 40 °C 40 °C
Injector temperature 110 °C NA NA
Column pressure 100 kPa (15 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi) 200 kPa (28 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 25 s 140 s 210 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto Auto
Peak 1 Hydrogen 1.0 % Neon 18 ppm Neon 18 ppm
Peak 2 Argon/Oxygen 0.4 % Hydrogen 1.0 % Hydrogen 1.0 %
Peak 3 Nitrogen 0.2 % Argon 0.2 % Argon 0.2 %
Peak 4 _________ Oxygen 0.2 % Oxygen 0.2 %
Peak 5 _________ Nitrogen 0.2 % Nitrogen 0.2 %

mV Molsieve 5Å 4 m heated mV Molsieve 5Å 10 m unheated mV Molsieve 5Å 20 m unheated

14 2 4.5 450
4 3 400 3
12
3.5 4 350
10
3
4
300
8 2.5 250
3
6 2 5 200 5
4 1.5 150
2 1 100 2
1
2
0.5 1 50 1
0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 0 50 100 150 200 250
Seconds seconds Seconds

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 61

4 GC Channels

CP-Sil 5 CB columns
The natural gas components, mostly hydrocarbons, separate in
the same order on the nonpolar and medium-polar CP-Sil CB
columns. Nitrogen, methane, carbon dioxide, and ethane are not
separated on these columns. They produce a composite peak.
For separation of these components, consider a HayeSep A
column.
Table 9 CP-Sil 5 CB instrument parameters

Parameters 4 m Heated 6 m Unheated

Column temperature 50 °C 50 °C
Injector temperature 110 °C NA
Column pressure 150 kPa (21 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 30 s 30 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Composite balance Composite balance
Peak 2 Ethane 8.1 % Ethane 8.1 %
Peak 3 Propane 1.0 % Propane 1.0 %
Peak 4 i-Butane 0.14 % i-Butane 0.14 %
Peak 5 n-Butane 0.2 % n-Butane 0.2 %

mV CP Sil 5 CB 4 m heated mV CP Sil 5 CB 6 m unheated

55 34
12 12 3
29
45
3
24
35

19
25
14

15
9 5
5 4
5
4
4

-5 -1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Seconds Seconds

62 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

CP-Sil 13 and CP-Sil 19 CB columns

Table 10 CP-Sil CB instrument parameters

Parameter CP-Sil 13 CB 12 m Heated (TBM) CP-Sil 19 CB 6 m Heated (THT)

Column temperature 40 °C 85 °C
Injector temperature 50 °C 85 °C
Column pressure 250 kPa (38 psi) 200 kPa (25 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 255 ms 255 ms
Run time 80 s 35 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Methane balance Helium balance
Peak 2 TBM 6.5 ppm THT 4.6 ppm
Peak 3 ________ n-Decane 4.5 ppm

mV CP Sil 13 CB 12 m heated (TBM) mV CP Sil 19 CB 6 m unheated (THT)

0.6 0.5
1
0.4 1
3
0
0.2 2

0 -0.5 2

-0.2
-1
-0.4
-1.5
-0.6

-0.8 -2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Seconds Seconds

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 63

4 GC Channels

PoraPlot 10 m column

Table 11 PoraPlot 10 m instrument parameters

Parameter PoraPlot U 10 m Heated PoraPlot Q 10 m Heated

Column temperature 150 °C 150 °C
Injector temperature 110 °C 110 °C
Column pressure 150 kPa (21 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 100 s 50 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Composite air Composite air
Peak 2 Ethane 8.1 % Ethane 8.1 %
Peak 3 Propane 1.0 % Propane 1.0 %
Peak 4 i-Butane 0.14 % i-Butane 0.14 %
Peak 5 n-Butane 0.2 % n-Butane 0.2 %

mV PoraPlot U 10 m heated 1 2 mV PoraPlot Q 10 m heated

680
50 1 2
45 3 580
40 3
480
35
30 380
25
20 280

15
180
10 5 5
5 4 80 4
0
-20
2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38 42 46 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Seconds

64 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Hayesep A 40 cm heated column

The HayeSep A column separates oxygen, methane, carbon
dioxide, ethane, acetylene, ethylene, and selected sulfur gases.
Nitrogen coelutes with oxygen. Components with a higher
molecular weight than propane have long retention times on
this column.

WA R N I N G Maximum allowable column temperature is 160 °C.

Table 12 Hayesep instrument parameters

Parameter Hayesep A 40 cm Heated

Column temperature 50 °C
Injector temperature 110 °C
Column pressure 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s
Injection time 40 ms
Run time 60 s
Detector sensitivity Auto
Peak 1 Nitrogen 0.77 %
Peak 2 Methane balance
Peak 3 Ethane 8.1 %

mV Hayesep A 40 cm heated
345
2

295

245

195

145

95

45
3
1
-5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Seconds

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 65

4 GC Channels

COX and AL203/KCI columns

Table 13 COX and AL203/KCI instrument parameters

Parameter COX 1 m Unheated AL203/KCI 10 m Heated

Column temperature 80 °C 100 °C
Injector temperature NA 110 °C
Column pressure 200 kPa (28 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 40 ms 40 ms
Run time 204 s 60 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Hydrogen 1.0 % Composite balance
Peak 2 Nitrogen 1.0 % Ethane 8.1 %
Peak 3 CO 1.0 % Propane 1.0 %
Peak 4 Methane 1.0 % i-Butane 0.14 %
Peak 5 CO2 1.0 % n-Butane 0.2 %
Helium balance

mV COX 1 m unheated mV Al2O3/KCl 10 m heated

3.5 2 115
12
3
3 95
2.5
75
2

1.5 55
3
4
1
5 35
0.5

0
1 15 45

-0.5 -5
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Seconds Seconds

66 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

MES (NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB columns

Table 14 MES (NGA) and CP-WAX 52 CB instrument parameters

Parameter MES (NGA) 10 m Heated CP-WAX 52 CB 4 m Heated

Column temperature 90 °C 60 °C
Injector temperature 110 °C 110 °C
Column pressure 70 kPa (10 psi) 150 kPa (21 psi)
Sample time 30 s 30 s
Injection time 500 ms 40 ms
Run time 120 s 35 s
Detector sensitivity Auto Auto
Peak 1 Nitrogen balance Nitrogen 0.75 %
Peak 2 n-Decane 11.2 ppm Acetone 750 ppm
Peak 3 MES 14. 2 ppm Methanol 0.15 %
Peak 4 ________ Ethanol 0.30 %
Helium balance

WA R N I N G Maximum allowable column temperature for MES is 110 °C.

mV MES (NGA) 10 m heated mV CP-WAX 52 CB 4 m heated

4000 0.9
1 1
3500 2 13
0.5
3
3000
0.1
2500
3
8
2000 -0.3
1500 80 90 100 110 120 130
4
2
1000
3
500

-500 -2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36
Seconds Seconds

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 67

4 GC Channels

Column conditioning
Follow this procedure to ensure that any water that might be
present inside the analytical column is removed before the TCD
is switched on.
Also follow this procedure if the Micro GC module has been
stored for a long period.

The detector filaments may be damaged by improper conditioning. Follow

CAUTION
this procedure to avoid damaging the detector filaments.

Column conditioning procedure

1 Switch off the TCD filaments in the method.
2 Set the column temperature of the module to the maximum
temperature (160 °C or 180 °C depending on the column
limit). Leave the filaments off.
3 Download this method to the Micro GC.
4 Run the downloaded method to condition the column,
preferably overnight.
This will ensure that all the water has been removed from the
column and no damage will occur to the TCD filaments.

Nitrogen and oxygen merging in Molsieve columns

On a properly activated column, nitrogen and oxygen will be
well separated. However, in time you will find that these two
peaks begin to merge together. This is caused by water and
carbon dioxide present in the sample or carrier gas, adsorbing
to the stationary phase.
To restore the column efficiency, condition the column, as
described above, for approximately 1 hour. After reconditioning,
you can test the column performance by injecting plain air. If
you have a proper separation between nitrogen and oxygen
again, the column separation power has been restored. If the
Micro GC frequency of use is very high, you might consider
leaving the oven temperature at 180 °C overnight. The longer
the reconditioning period, the better the column performance.

68 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Backflush Option
Backflush to vent is an advanced technique used to prevent
later-eluting compounds from reaching the analytical column
and detector. The main reason for applying this technique is to
keep the analytical column clean and reduce analysis time.
The Micro GC is optionally available with GC modules that
incorporate backflush capabilities.
1 2
1 2 3 4 5
1 = Methane
3 5
2 = Ethane
3 = Propane 4
4 = iso-Butane
5 = Butane
6 = iso-Pentane
6
7 = Pentane
7

8 50 s 8 50 s
Natural gas analysis, straight Natural gas analysis, with backflush at 8 seconds

Figure 25 Natural gas analysis

A backflush system always consists of a pre-column and an

analytical column. The two columns are coupled at a pressure
point, which makes it possible to invert the carrier gas flow
direction through the pre-column at a preset time, called the
backflush time. See Figure 27 on page 70.
The injector, two columns, and detector are in series.
The sample is injected onto the pre-column where a
pre-separation takes place; injection takes place in normal
mode. See Figure 26 on page 70.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 69

4 GC Channels

Restriction

System Pre-column Analytical Detector

pressure column
Pressure
regulator Pressure point

Injector Backflush
vent

Figure 26 Backflush system normal flows

When all compounds to be quantified are transferred to the

analytical column, the backflush valve switches (at the
backflush time). On the pre-column, the flow inverts and all
compounds left on the pre-column now backflush to the vent.
On the analytical column the separation continues because
there the flow is not inverted. See Figure 27.
Restriction

System Pre-column Analytical Detector

pressure column
Pressure
regulator Pressure point

Injector Backflush
vent

Figure 27 Backflush flows

The standby mode is the backflush configuration (if the

instrument is equipped with the optional backflush valve).
Backflushing saves the time required to elute high boiling
components that are not of interest and ensures that the
pre-column will be in good condition for the next run.

70 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Tuning the backflush time (except on a HayeSep A channel)

Tuning the backflush time is necessary for each new channel.
This chapter describes how to tune the backflush time on all
channels except HayeSep A.

Tuning procedure for the backflush time

1 Set the backflush time to 0 seconds and analyze the
checkout sample or a proper sample for the specific channel.
The goal of this is to identify the components in the
calibration standard.
2 Change the backflush time to 10 seconds and perform a run.
The following can be observed:
• When the backflush time is set too early, the peaks of
interest are partially or totally backflushed.
• If the backflush time is set too late, the unwanted
components are not backflushed and show up in the
chromatogram.
3 Perform runs with different backflush times until there is no
huge difference in the peak of interest. To fine tune the
backflush time, set smaller steps (for example 0.10 seconds)
until you find the optimal backflush time.
Figure 28 shows a simple example of tuning the backflush time
for the CP-Molsieve 5A channel.

Tuning backflush for CP-Molsieve channel

Area_peak of interest

9 10 11 12 13

Figure 28 Effect of the backflush time on the peak of interest

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 71

 4 GC Channels

Tuning the backflush time on a HayeSep A channel

For each new HayeSep A channel, with a backflush option, it is
necessary to tune the backflush time properly. The tuning
procedure of the HayeSep A channel is different than the tuning
procedure of other channels.
The goal for tuning the backflush time for the HayeSep A
channel is get all peaks of interest, components up to propane,
on the HayeSep A column while all unwanted peaks that elute
after propane are backflushed.

Tuning procedure for HayeSep A channel

1 Set the backflush time of the HayeSep A channel to 0
seconds.
2 Set an appropriate run time for the first analysis (for
example 300 seconds or longer).
3 Analyze the NGA Gas Calibration standard and identify all
components in the calibration standard.
4 When all peaks of interest are identified, select a proper
backflush time after propane peak.
Figure 29 shows an example of the tuning procedure of
HayeSep A channel. In this example the propane peak elutes
around 90 seconds, proper backflush time for the HayeSep A
here is around 120 seconds.
Consider that the total run time must be sufficient to backflush
all unwanted components from the column. The ideal total run
time is approximately twice the backflush time or higher. So in
this example, a total run time of 240 seconds is sufficient to
backflush all unwanted components from the HayeSep A
channel.

100

80

60 Peaks of Interest
mVolt

Methane

Unwanted Peak
Carbon Dioxide

Ethane

40
Nitrogen

Propane

i--Butane

Appropriate
20 Backflush Time

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170

Seconds

Figure 29 Selecting backflush time for a HayeSep A channel

72 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

To disable backflush
To disable backflushing, set the Backflush Time to 0. This puts the
system in normal mode during the entire run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 73

4 GC Channels

TCD Detector
Each GC channel is equipped with a thermal conductivity
detector (TCD). This detector responds to the difference in
thermal conductivity between a reference cell (carrier gas only)
and a measurement cell (carrier gas containing sample
components). The construction of a TCD is such that the
changing thermal conductivity of the carrier gas stream, due to
components present, is compared to the thermal conductivity of
a constant reference gas stream.

74 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

490-PRO Micro GC Optional Pressure Regulators

Agilent offers two optional sample inlet pressure regulator
assemblies for the 490-PRO Micro GC. These assemblies are
provided fully assembled and require field installation on the
rear of the GC.
G3581-S0003 provides a pressure regulator, Genie filter (for
sample drying) and needle valve, along with the required
mounting bracket and hardware required for installation.
G3581-S0004 provides a pressure regulator and needle valve,
along with the required mounting bracket and hardware
required for installation.
Installation instructions for both assemblies are provided
below.

G3581-S0003
The Agilent pressure regulator assembly (G3581-S0003)
provides a pressure regulator, Genie filter (for sample drying)
and needle valve, along with the required mounting bracket and
hardware required for installation.
Figure 30 shows the components and connection points for the
Agilent pressure regulator assembly (G3581-S0003).
Dried sample to
analytical channels -
rear sample inlet of GC

Out
Genie 170

In Vent

Pressure Needle
regulator valve
Sample
Sample
OUT
IN
(Drain)

Figure 30 Agilent pressure regulator assembly (G3581-S0003) functional

block diagram

The pressure regulator is factory set, and has been tested to the
following, fixed specifications:

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 75

4 GC Channels

Attribute Specification
Input 25 bar (2.5 Mpa)
Output 0.7 bar (10.1 psi or 70 Kpa)
Flow 20 mL/min

The sample flows through the pressure regulator and into the
Genie filter. Dried sample is then applied to the rear sample
inlet of the GC.
The minimum working pressure of the Genie filter is 0.5 bar. Sample will
NOTE
not flow through the filter if this working pressure is not maintained.

Vented sample flows through a needle valve for draining.

G3581-S0003 Installation
The G3581-S0003 pressure regulator assembly is supplied fully
assembled, and ready to install at the rear of the GC. To install
the assembly, do the following:
1 Shut down the GC, and allow the column and injector to
cool. See “Shut Down Procedure” on page 56.

WA R N I N G The metal surfaces of the column, injector and sample inlet can be
very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the GC
components to cool to ambient temperature.

2 At the rear of the GC, disconnect any existing sample line

from the rear sample inlet.

76 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Rear sample inlet

Lower mounting
bolt

Figure 31 Rear sample inlet and lower mounting bolt

3 Remove the lower mounting bolt from the rear panel of the
GC.
4 Position the G3581-S0003 pressure regulator assembly at
the rear of the GC, and secure using the lower mounting
bolt.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 77

4 GC Channels

Sample to rear
sample inlet

Sample IN

Needle valve

Sample OUT
(drain)

Figure 32 G3581-S0003 pressure regulator assembly installed

5 Connect the filter outlet to the sample inlet on the rear of

the GC using a 1/16 inch Swagelok fitting.

WA R N I N G The pressure regulator has a maximum inlet pressure of 3,000 psi.

Applying higher pressures may result in serious personal injury
and equipment damage.

6 Connect the Sample IN port on the pressure regulator to the

sample input line.
7 Start the GC (see “Long Storage Recovery Procedure” on
page 56).
8 Leak test the system to ensure that all connections are leak
free.

G3581-S0004
G3581-S0004 provides a pressure regulator and needle valve,
along with the required mounting bracket and hardware
required for installation.
The block diagram below shows the components and connection
points for the G3581-S0004 pressure regulator assembly.

78 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

Sample to rear sample

inlet of GC

Pressure Needle
regulator valve
Sample
Sample
OUT
IN
(Drain)

Figure 33 G3581-S0004 pressure regulator assembly functional block

diagram

The pressure regulator is factory set and has been tested to the
following, fixed specifications:

Attribute Specification
Input 25 bar (2.5 Mpa)
Output 0.7 bar (10.1 psi or 70 Kpa)
Flow 20 mL/min

The sample flows through the pressure regulator and into the
rear sample inlet of the GC.
A needle valve provides for venting the sample for draining.

G3581-S0004 Installation
The G3581-S0004 sample inlet pressure regulator assembly is
supplied fully assembled and ready to install at the rear of the
GC. The install the assembly, do the following:
1 Shut down the GC and allow the column and injector to cool.
See “Shut Down Procedure” on page 56.

WA R N I N G The metal surfaces of the column, injector and sample inlet can be
very hot. Before connecting a sample line, allow the GC
components to cool to ambient temperature.

2 At the rear of the GC, disconnect any existing sample line

from the rear sample inlet.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 79

4 GC Channels

Rear sample inlet

Lower mounting
bolt

Figure 34 Rear sample inlet and lower mounting bolt

3 Remove the lower mounting bolt from the rear panel of the
GC.
4 Position the G3581-S0004 assembly at the rear of the GC and
the secure using the lower mounting bolt.

Sample to rear
sample inlet
Sample IN

Needle valve
Sample OUT
(drain)

Figure 35 G3581-S0004 installed

80 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Channels 4

5 Connect the regulator outlet to the sample inlet on the rear

of the GC using a 1/16 inch Swagelok fitting.

WA R N I N G The pressure regulator has a maximum inlet pressure of 3,000 psi.

Applying higher pressures may result in serious personal injury
and equipment damage.

6 Connect the Sample IN port on the pressure regulator to the

sample input line.
7 Start the GC (see “Long Storage Recovery Procedure” on
page 56).
8 Leak test the system to ensure that all connections are leak
free.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 81

4 GC Channels

82 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

5
Interfaces
Access the Connection Ports 84
Ethernet Connections 88
USB WIFI 105
I/O Connections 112
Serial COM Connections 116
USB Connection 119
Interface Examples 120

The Micro GCs have several input/output ports accessible inside

the instrument for interfacing with external devices.

Agilent Technologies 83
5 Interfaces

Access the Connection Ports

1 Open the cover (Figure 36).

Figure 36 Instrument cover

84 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

2 At the front of the instrument, the external device

connectors are visible (Figure 37)

Assign IP address switch

See “Ethernet Connections” on
LAN indicators
page 88.
Red LED: Transmit data
Green LED: Receive data

Ethernet (LAN) connector

Ethernet RJ45 connector.
COM 2
See “Ethernet Connections”
RS-232 (2-wire)
on page 88.
communication
interface.
See Table 15 on page 86. SD Card Slot
No function supported.

COM 1
RS-232 communication
interface
COM 3 and COM 4
RS232, RS422, or RS485
communication
interface.
See Table 15 on page 86.

Digital I/O
Analog I/O Digital input and output
External analog I/O signals, such as start_stop,
signals. ready_out, and start_in.
See “External Analog See “External Digital I/O” on
I/O” on page 113. page 112.

Figure 37 External device connectors (mainboard G3581-65000 shown)

3 Close the cover after connecting the cables.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 85

5 Interfaces

Table 15 Micro GC communication ports

  490-PRO Micro GC (with

Port Connection G3581-65000)
Ethernet LAN 100 Mbit/s
Interface with PC /
PROstation
COM 1 RS232 Stream selector valve
Modbus serial
COM 2 RS232 Stream selector valve
Modbus serial
LCD screen
COM 3 RS485 (4-wire)
COM 3 RS232, RS422, or Modbus serial
RS485 (selectable)
COM 4 RS232, RS422, or Modbus serial
RS485 (selectable)
Analog I/O Analog input
Extension boards
Digital I/O Digital input and output
ready in - ready out
start in - start out
Extension boards
USB USB 2.0 VICI Valves, WIFI interface,
USB storage

86 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Figure 38 A possible network

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 87

5 Interfaces

Ethernet Connections

PROstation
The Agilent data systems require an Ethernet network for data
communications with the Micro GC. This network can be a local
area network (LAN) or wide area network (WAN).
General requirements:
• Micro GC with mainboard G3581-65000 installed (100 Mbps
connection)
• Cat6, Cat5e, or Cat5 UTP/STP cabling.
• The network should comply with Standard Ethernet 
(IEEE 802.3).
• The network must be100BASE-T, 10/100BASE-TX, or
10/100/100BASE compatible hubs or switches.
• TCP/IP should be used on the network.

Firewall configuration
The 490-PRO Micro GC (and PROstation) communicate over a
TCP/IP network. On the TCP/IP network 490-PRO Micro GC and
PROstation use some standardized protocols and some custom
protocols. All protocols used, make use of User Datagram
Protocol (UDP), Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) or
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP). Any of these
protocols can be blocked by a firewall, preventing the 490-PRO
Micro GC and PROstation from communicating with each other.
Therefore, the firewall should be configured as showed below.
Table 16 490-PRO custom data protocols using TCP protocol

TCP-Port User Description Direction

4900 InstDataExchange Inst protocol Instrument From PC (PROstation) to
(PROstation) status and up- download 490-PRO
4901 InstDataExchange Datastream protocol  From PC (PROstation) to
(PROstation) Chromatogram data 490-PRO
4902 InstDataExchange PDef protocol From PC (PROstation) to
(PROstation) Stream selection 490-PRO
4903 InstDataExchange RFile protocol Alternative file From PC (PROstation) to
(PROstation) and data transfer 490-PRO

88 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Table 17 Standardized data protocols using TCP protocol

TCP-Port User Description Direction

502 490-PRO Modbus TCP/IP Protocol  From Any Modbus master
Data transfer to Modbus (PC -winDCS,
masters. scada/DCS/Flowcomputer)
to 490-PRO
20 InstDataExchange FTP protocol Bidirectional
(PROstation). 490-PRO -Test for FTP communication
to -FTP server (PROstation
Getting chromatogram and
diagnostic data (PROstation)
-Storing chromatogram and
analysis reports on server
(490-PRO)
21* (By Default) InstDataExchange FTP protocol Bidirectional
(PROstation). 490-PRO -Test for FTP communication
to -FTP server (PROstation
Getting chromatogram and
diagnostic data (PROstation)
-Storing chromatogram and
analysis reports on server
(490-PRO)
80 Internet Explorer Onboard Web server for From PC to 490-PRO
Instrument status
* The FTP port used by PROstation and 490-PRO is definable in the configuration. See
Chapter 16, “Automation – FTP Service,” starting on page 631.

Table 18 Standardized data protocols using UDP protocol

UDP-Port User Description Direction

39 InstDataExchange RLP protocol. From PC (PROstation) to
(PROstation) Detection of all 490-PRO 490-PRO
instruments on the subnet
67 InstDataExchange BooptP protocol From PC (PROstation) to
PROstation Assigning an IP-address to a 490-PRO
490-PRO

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 89

5 Interfaces

Table 19 Standardized data protocols using ICMP protocol

ICMP protocol User Description Direction

No port used InstDataExchange Ping protocol  From PC (PROstation) to
(PROstation) To check if a 490-PRO is 490-PRO
reachable using the network

Often, it is company policy to block Ping and or at least RLP in

such a way that the protocols will not leave the subnet. In that
case, 490-PRO instruments connected on a different subnet can
not be detected or checked. However, as long as all other
protocols are let through, communication is still possible, when
the IP address is supplied directly in the configuration manager.

IP Addresses
• An IP address uniquely identifies a computer or device on
the network or internet.
• IP addresses are made up of four 8-bit numbers, and each of
these numbers is separated by a decimal point.
• Each of the 8-bit numbers can represent a decimal value of
0-255.
• Each part of an IP address can only be in that range (for
example, 198.12.253.98).
A network can be public (addressable from the internet) or
private (not addressable from the internet). A private network
can also be isolated, that is, physically not connected to the
internet or other networks. In many cases, you can set up an
isolated LAN for instruments. For example, an isolated, private
LAN may consist of a workstation computer, four Micro GCs, a
printer, a LAN switch, and cabling. Isolated LANs must use IP
addresses in the “private” ranges shown in Table 20 on page 90.

Table 20 Private (isolated) LAN IP address ranges

Starting IP Ending IP Subnet mask Type

0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 N/A Public
10.0.0.0 10.255.255.255 255.0.0.0 Private
172.16.0.0 172.31.255.255 255.255.0.0 Private
192.168.0.0 192.168.255.255 255.255.0.0 Private

90 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Example network configurations

Peer-to-peer

A peer-to-peer network (See Figure 39 on page 91) is required

to assign or change the IP address of a Micro GC. It can also
be used when no network is required or available. The
cable(s) used for peer-to-peer connections depend on the
installed mainboard.
For a Micro GC with mainboard G3581-6500 installed, either
a crossover cable (CP740292) or a regular (non-crossed) patch
cable can be used.

Crossover cable or
regular patch cable

Data system PC
Any IP address allowed
Micro GC with
mainboard G3581-65000
Single 490-PRO connected to a local
workstation. IP address in the same
subnet range as the computer subnet
range.

Figure 39 Peer-to-peer (single instrument)

Peer-to-peer communication requires IP addresses in the same

subnet range for the computer and the Micro GC.
After assigning or changing the IP address of a Micro GC, you
can remove the connection cable and connect the computer and
Micro GC to a local network using normal cabling.
See “Inside View” on page 28.

Local Area Network (LAN)

An example of a LAN configuration is shown in Figure 40 on
page 92.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 91

5 Interfaces

Switch

Patch cable

Data system PC
Any IP address allowed

Multiple 490-PRO Micro GCs connected to a

local workstation. IP address in the same subnet
range as the workstation subnet range.

Figure 40 Local network (multiple instruments)

92 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Global network (WAN)

An example of a Global network is shown in Figure 41.

Subnet 1

Switch

Patch cable

Data system PC
IP address in subnet range of Subnet 1
Can also control Micro GC in Subnet 2.

Multiple 490-PRO Micro GCs connected

Router
to a company network. IP address in the
same subnet range as Subnet 1.
Internet

Subnet 2

Switch

Data system PC IP address

in the same subnet range as
IP address in subnet range of Subnet 2. Subnet 2
Can also control Micro GC in Subnet 1.

Figure 41 Global network with multiple instruments

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 93

5 Interfaces

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

Q: Can I connect the Micro GC to my site network?
A: Yes, if the network is standard Ethernet and uses TCP/IP
with UTP cabling.

Q: I’m using a DHCP server; can I use this to assign an IP

address to the Micro GC?
A: If you have a Micro GC with mainboard G3581-65000
installed, yes. The Micro GC and Agilent data systems work with
static IP addresses only, so an IP address will have to be
reserved on the DHCP server and marked as static. 

Q: How do I assign an IP address to the Micro GC?

A: See “Step 6: Assign IP address” on page 48.

Q: Are the network settings saved if the Micro GC is restarted,

or after loss of power?
A: Yes, the network settings of the Micro GC are stored in flash
memory, and will not be erased at loss of power.

Q: Can I control my Micro GC from anywhere in the world using

the Internet?
A: Yes, if your network is designed for this, and has internet
access or remote access facilities. For more information see
“Firewall configuration” on page 88.

Glossary of network terms

Crossover cable A cable used to connect two, and only two,

Ethernet devices directly without the use of a hub or switch.

Domain One of several settings within the TCP/IP

configuration that identifies paths used to communicate with
Ethernet devices. The Domain is an IP address.

Ethernet address (MAC address) This is a unique identifier that

every Ethernet communication device has assigned to it.
Typically, the Ethernet address cannot be changed and is the
permanent way of identifying a particular hardware device. The
Ethernet address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal digits.

Gateway This is one of several settings within the TCP/IP

94 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

configuration that identifies paths used to connect with

Ethernet devices on a different subnet. The Gateway is assigned
an IP Address.

Host name The host name is an alternate way of identifying a

device that is friendlier to people. Frequently the host name and
the IP address may be used interchangeable.

IP address This is a unique number for each Ethernet device

within the set of connected devices. Two PCs may have identical
IP addresses as long as they are not interconnected to each
other through the Internet. The IP Address consists of a series
of four sets of decimal numbers (between 1 and 255) that
provide routing information used by the TCP/IP protocol to
establish a reliable connection. Without the IP Address,
communications would be bogged down trying to establish
connections to Ethernet addresses at unknown locations.

Patch cable A cable used to connect Ethernet devices to hubs,

switches, or your company network.

Protocol A set of rules that govern how computers send and

receive information.

RJ45 connector A telephone jack style connector used for a

Universal Twisted Pair (UTP) hardware connection for 10/100
Base-T Ethernet connections. RJ45-style connectors are used by
the Micro GC.

TCP/IP An international standard protocol used by the

Internet. We use this protocol for communication to the Micro
GC. You may find several network protocols, such as IPX/SPX
and NetBEUI, installed on your computer.
For more information please see Chapter 8, “PROstation
Installation,” starting on page 137.

FTP server
The FTP server provides external storage capacity for run data,
reports and diagnostics. The 490-PRO Micro GC has no
capabilities for storing data, except for the last run. By
obtaining a “35-day logging” license, the 490-PRO Micro GC
becomes capable of storing data.

Modbus TCP/IP
This is the main connection to the control computer (DCS,

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 95

5 Interfaces

Flowcomputer, SCADA, etc). Analysis results, GC-status,

external device status, etc. are provided to the DCS and certain
operations can be requested by the DCS. A total of 25 Modbus
TCP/IP Masters can connect to the same 490-PRO Micro GC
simultaneously.
Additional Modbus Protocol/Specifications documents can be
found on the Installation CD.
• Modbus TCP/IP Protocol and Message implementation.
• Modbus
• Daniel protocol (serial mode) includes defined Modbus
registers.
• MODICON protocol (serial).

Wireless: Modbus TCP over WIFI

Figure 42 Wireless: Modbus TCP over WIFI

96 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Wireless: Modbus TCP/IP over GSM/GPRS

Figure 43 Wireless: Modbus TCP/IP over GSM/GPRS

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 97

5 Interfaces

Modbus TCP/IP to PROFIBUS conversion

Figure 44 Modbus TCP/IP to PROFIBUS conversion

Modbus serial to Modbus TCP/IP conversion

Figure 45 Modbus serial to Modbus TCP/IP conversion

• When to use Modbus serial to Modbus TCP/IP conversion

• DCS with only 2 wired RS485
• DCS with only RS485 and 490-PRO on other location
• DCS with only RS485 and multiple 490-PROs

98 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Modbus TCP to other industrial networks

Figure 46 Modbus TCP/IP to Ethernet/IP with the AnyBus Gateway

AnyBus Gateway supports:

• Profibus, DeviceNet, CANopen, Modbus, Interbus, CC-Link,
ControlNet, AS-Interface and the industrial Ethernet
protocols Profinet, EtherNet/IP, Modbus-TCP and EtherCAT

Modbus TCP to OPC

OLE for Process Control (OPC) (OLE = Object Linking and
Embedding developed by Microsoft)
• Requires Modbus TCP OPC server (driver)
• OPC is a standard on all SCADA applications
• Once data is in OPC format any SCADA application can read
it.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 99

5 Interfaces

Figure 47 A Modbus server

100 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Figure 48 Modbus TCP to OPC by using the AnyBus X-Gateway

Modbus TCP and multiple Modbus masters

In the example below, every DCS reads it’s a specific range of
Modbus registers containing only the results of a specific
sample stream.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 101

5 Interfaces

Figure 49 A multi-location network

Web server
The 490-PRO Micro GC built-in web server can be accessed
within your local network using an internet browser by entering
the instrument’s IP address (for example
http://192.168.100.100) in the address/search bar.
The web server provides instrument status information, sample
results, system control, network configuration, firmware update
and a reference to support documents. Some of these functions
are password protected with the following credentials:
• Login name: admin
• Password: agilent

Status
The Instrument Status section provides instrument status, see
Figure 50 on page 103 for an example. The Instrument Results
section reports the calculated application results, like ESTD and
calorific power results. These screens are refreshed every

102 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

10 seconds. Instrument clock settings and uptime can be

monitored from Statistics. From Firmware the firmware version
information is displayed.

Figure 50 Webserver instrument status overview

Control
The 490-PRO can be identified by an acoustic (beep) or visual
(blinking LEDs) signal using Identify. With Reset, the
instrument’s operating system can be rebooted.

Configuration
The configuration section provides an overview of the
instrument’s network setting from Network. These setting can be
changed and downloaded to the instrument from this section.
Names gives an overview and the ability to change the system’s
network hostname.

Maintenance
Instrument firmware upgrade can be done from the Update
section using a file provided by Agilent.

Support
Micro GC support documentation, such as data sheets and
application notes can be accessed from Agilent. The 490-PRO
Micro GC Help file/User manual can be viewed from the User
Manual.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 103

5 Interfaces

Multiple 490-PRO analyzers

Multiple 490-PRO instruments may be connected to the
network. Multiple internet browsers from different computers
can display the instrument status of the same 490-PRO
simultaneously. Multiple 490-PROs can transfer the analysis
results to the same FTP server simultaneously.

104 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

USB WIFI
Preparation: One USB Network Interface Card (NIC) with a
Realteck RTL8188 family chipset.
Table 21 USB WIFI Adapters

Part number Name Region

G3581-60060 Wireless N Nano USB Adapter China
0960-3303 Adapter-USB Nano Wireless 150mbps Europe, US, Canada

The USB network interface card works as an access point so

that a computer or mobile device can connect to the micro GC
remotely through wireless.

Access the 490 Micro GC webserver via a wireless network

To access the 490 Micro GC via a wireless network:
1 Insert the USB NIC into the USB port of the 490 Micro GC or
into a connected USB hub.
2 On your computer desktop, open the wireless connection
panel and select AP-490. The name AP-490 is the default
SSID name of the USB NIC attached to the 490 Micro GC.
You will be able to change this name via the GC web page
later.

Figure 51 Wireless connection panel

3 When prompted, enter the security key 12345678. You will be

able to change this later via the GC web page.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 105

5 Interfaces

Figure 52 Connect to a network dialog

4 The wireless IP address of the 490 Micro GC is fixed to

192.168.0.2 (Submask 255.255.255.0). Ensure the wireless
settings of your PC are in the same network range. You are
free to set your PC's wireless IP address from 192.168.0.3 to
192.168.0.255.
5 Click OK to complete the connection. Your PC is now able to
access the GC's web page via IP address 192.168.0.2.

106 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Figure 53 IPv4 properties

Figure 54 490 Micro GC web page

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 107

5 Interfaces

Access to the 490 Micro GC via PROstation

To access the 490 Micro GC via PROstation:
1 Access the 490 Micro GC web page via wireless network.
(See “Access the 490 Micro GC webserver via a wireless
network” on page 105.)
2 Open PROstation.
3 Configure the instrument with IP address 192.168.0.2.
4 Click OK.

Figure 55 490-PRO Micro GC configuration

108 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

5 On PROStation's main menu, right-click the configured GC

and click Open. You may now manipulate the GC as though it
were connected via a wired network.

Figure 56 Open a GC

Figure 57 GC main window

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 109

5 Interfaces

Change USB AP name (SSID) and passphrase (security key)

To change the USB SSID and passphrase (security key):
1 Use your web browser to navigate to the 490 Micro GC web
page via either a wired or wireless network.
2 Click the Wireless Network link on the left side. The WIFI
configuration appears.

Figure 58 WIFI configuration

3 To change the AP name (SSID) only, uncheck I want to change

passphrase and enter the new SSID you want to assign, then
click Save. (Note the new settings will take effect after
rebooting the GC or unplugging and replugging the USB
NIC).
4 To change the passphrase (security key), check I want to
change passphrase, enter the new passphrase, and confirm it.
The passphrase must be 8-15 characters long.

Figure 59 Changing the passphrase

5 Click Save to save your changes, and OK to confirm the

changes.

110 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Figure 60 Confirm changes

6 The new settings will take effect after you reboot your GC or
unplug and replug the USB NIC. Your PC will not
automatically connect to the new AP hotspot until after you
manually connect once.

Figure 61 wireless network panel with new SSID shown

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 111

5 Interfaces

I/O Connections

External Digital I/O

Connections between Micro GCs and external devices are made
with the appropriate cable to the External Digital I/O port.

Ready/Not Ready signal

490-PRO Micro GC
Pin 1 Digital IN1
2 Digital IN2
3
4 Digital OUT1 (not defined)
5 Digital OUT2 (not defined)
6 2
Reserved (I C bus)
7
8 Reserved Micro-GC will only start in external ready mode when
9 Start-IN Start-IN detects a contact closure pulse
10 External Ready-IN
11 External system reset
12 Digital Input (galvanic separated)
* 13
OUT Relay 1
14
* 15
OUT Relay 2
16
* 17
OUT Start 500 ms contact closure when injection will take place
18
* 19
OUT Ready/not ready
20
21 Reserved
22 +5 VDC out (electronic fused max 500 mA)
23
24 +12 VDC out ( electronic fused max 500 mA)
25

GND External Digital I/O *Relay contacts maximum 24 Volt 1 Ampere

Figure 62 External digital connections

Synchronization with other devices

External Ready In signal determines the instrument state.
When external devices are not ready, the Micro GC will not be
ready to start a run.

Contact open = Ready

Contact close = Not ready

112 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Start In signal starts one single run when the contact is closed.
Ready Out will be ready when the system is not in a
chromatographic run phase and all temperatures, pressures
(selectable external Ready In) are ready.

External Analog I/O

The external analog I/O port can handle six analog inputs
(input 0 to 10 Volt).
The user interface receives this analog information and
translates it into actions to be taken by the local user interface,
events, or data to be shown or stored in the remote user
interface. In OpenLAB EZChrom and OpenLAB ChemStation,
only status is visible.

Figure 63 External analog connections

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 113

5 Interfaces

Extension boards

Figure 64 Extension boards

The 490-PRO has limited on-board capabilities for digital inputs

and external relays. “External Digital I/O” on page 112.
By using a series of extension boards the instruments
capabilities to control solenoids, handle I/O’s is greatly
expanded. A maximum of eight boards are stackable, leading to
a maximum of 64 external relays, 64 digital inputs, a maximum
of 25 configurable analog outputs.
The extension boards can be used for many functions:
• Solenoid driven stream selection
• Alarming to DCS or external device by use of relay,
• Collecting analog signals from external devices (flow meter,
etc)
• Collecting digital input from external devices (flow meter,
etc)
• Handling external digital inputs representing: start
automation, stop automation, start Calibration Table, start
Verification Table, selecting a stream, executing a single line.
• Providing sample results from analog output (4 to 20 mA,
configurable) to a DCS
For more information about installation and setup of the
extension board see the Extension Boards User Manual.

114 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Figure 65 Multi-stream selection using extension board(s) and

solenoid valves

Digital Input DCS

(low/high) (legacy)

External Analog devices (0-10V, Control

(start, etc.) Peak amounts
Pressure sensor, temperature
sensor, etc.)

Analog extension
8 x 4-20mA
Digital extension
8 relay,
Basic board
Extension bus 8 digital inputs
8 relays, 8 digital
inputs, 6 analog
inputs

Alarms
External (relay open/
Events, close)
External relay
Events, Alarms open/
relay (relay open/ close
open/ close)
close
Stream
selection
Stream
(solenoids)
selection
(solenoids)

Figure 66 Extension board signals

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 115

5 Interfaces

Serial COM Connections

Connector layout
The COM ports on instrument mainboard can be used for serial
connection to a computer or industrial devices. Table 15 on
page 86 gives an overview of the communication options.
The port layout details for the 490-PRO Micro GC (mainboard
part number G3581-65000) is given in Figure 67 and Table 22 on
page 117.
Part number for connector COM 3/4 on mainboard with part number
NOTE
G3581-65000 is p/n 0360-3106.

Figure 67 Communication ports layout

116 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

Table 22 COM 3 and COM 4 Connector pin functions (mainboard

G3581-65000)

Function
Pin number RS232 RS422 RS485 2-wire RS484 4-wire Comport
1 CTS RX- not used RX- COM 3
2 RX RX+ not used RX+ COM 3
3 TX TX+ Data+ TX+ COM 3
4 RTS TX- Data- TX- COM 3
5 GND GND GND GND COM 3
6 CTS RX- not used RX- COM 4
7 RX RX+ not used RX+ COM 4
8 TX TX+ Data+ TX+ COM 4
9 RTS TX- Data- TX- COM 4
10 GND GND GND GND COM 4

Stream selector valve

Sample stream selection can be performed in a number of ways.
One way is the use of electrically activated Valco (VICI) stream
selectors.
For more information about how to setup up and use the stream
selector valves also see “D. Communication port settings” on
page 184 and “Hardware configuration for stream selection
valve” on page 185.

Figure 68 Using a stream selector valve

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 117

5 Interfaces

Modbus serial
From Modbus, analysis results, GC-status, external device
status, etc. are provided to the DCS and certain operations can
be requested by the DCS.
A total of 2 Modbus Serial Masters Can connect to the same
490-PRO simultaneously.

LCD screen
The optional 4-line LCD screen can display instrument
information, such as:
• Actual operating conditions
• Instrument and run status
• Calculated values
• Instrument errors
• and more.
See also “Micro GC LCD Module Installation” on page 125 for
installation and “Application – Local User Interface (LCD)” on
page 360 for setting up the LCD screen.

118 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

USB Connection
The USB port can be used to connect external accessories
directly or with a USB hub.

Figure 69 Possible USB configuration

Connect VICI valves with the use of a serial to USB-to-serial

Converter. See “How to use a stream selector valve” on
page 185 for information on using VICI valves via USB.

Figure 70 Possible setups for USB VICI valves

Connect to the 490-PRO Micro GC via WIFI with the use of a

USB WIFI adapter. See “USB WIFI” on page 105.
USB storage is supported via the USB port. See “Automation –
FTP Service” on page 631.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 119

5 Interfaces

Interface Examples

In the following examples, you will find a few of the possibilities

of how to use/connect the 490-PRO in combination with other
devices.

490-PRO Micro GC
DCS ModBus Autonome Controls
Stream Selector control, Stream Selector
(Distributed Control (TCP/IP and/or serial)
Analysis, Calibration, and
System) verification sample

Figure 71 Simple steam selector

Figure 72 Computer and stream selector

ModBus

DCS (Sample results, GC status) 490-PRO Micro GC

(Distributed Control System) ModBus Slave Stream Selector
(start calibration level)

Control Stream Selector, start/stop

control
and calibration, verification of
490-PRO Micro GC through ModBus registers
Figure 73 490-PRO GC as slave

120 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Interfaces 5

4-20 mA Analog
Extension
Board

DCS 490-PRO Micro GC Stream 1

(Distributed Control Slave Stream Selector
System) Start Run Start IN
Calibration Gas
Analog Calibration request
Digital In

Control Start of 490-PRO Micro GC and

calibration moment
Start “Execute single sequence line”
Digital IN #1 (stream 1)
Digital IN #2 (stream 2) digital inputs
Digital IN #3 (stream 3) Extension
Analog Boards
4-20 mA Extension
Board

DCS 490-PRO Micro GC

Stream 1
(Distributed Control Slave
System) Stream Selector Stream 2
Calibration Gas
Analog

Start “Execute single sequence line”

Select stream 1
digital inputs
Select stream 2
Select stream 3 Extension
Boards
4-20 mA Analog
Extension
Board

DCS 490-PRO Micro GC Stream 1

(Distributed Control
Stream Selector Stream 2
System) Start Run Start IN Slave Stream 3
Analog

4-20 mA Analog
Extension
Board

DCS
490-PRO Micro GC Stream 1
(Distributed Control
System) Stream Selector Stream 2
Autonome
Analog Stream 3

Figure 74 Analog cases

Flow computer controls 490-PRO from analog signals and

receives results from 4-20 mA signals.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 121

5 Interfaces

Figure 75 Alarms, extension boards, etc.

Calibration request
Status and Control External Devices Digital Inputs
Verification request
Select request
Execute single line request
Start/Stop automation request
(DCS, operator)

DCS 490-PRO Micro GC External device

Digital Inputs status
(Distributed Control ModBus Flow level
System) OK/NOT okay

External device
Analog Inputs status
Flow / P
controllers

Figure 76 Status and control devices

Digital Output External Devices

DCS 490-PRO Micro GC

Alarm Yes/No
Controlled by
490-PRO Micro GC
Timed Relays
(Distributed Control ModBus
System)
Relays controlled by
DCS through ModBus register

Figure 77 Digital outputs

122 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

6
Local User Interface (LCD)
Installation Requirements 124
Micro GC LCD Module Installation 125
Mechanical Product Specifications 128
Connectors 129
Shipping Instructions 129
Cleaning Instructions 129
Disposal Instructions 129

Agilent Technologies 123

6 Local User Interface (LCD)

Installation Requirements

Environmental requirements
• Intended for indoor use.
• Protect the Micro GC LCD Module from corrosive chemicals
or gases, dust/particulate accumulation, and direct venting
of air conditioners, heaters, furnaces, or fans.
• Build in an external housing before operating.

Micro GC
The Micro GC LCD Module need specific level of hardware and
software to function correctly.
For problems or questions about the Micro GC hardware or
software, please contact your nearest Agilent Technologies
representative.

Space requirements
Allow sufficient bench space to permit installation of
workstations, integrators and other Micro GC equipment.

Power source
The LCD Module is powered throughout the Micro GC.

124 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Local User Interface (LCD) 6

Micro GC LCD Module Installation

Inspection
The Micro GC LCD Module will arrive packed in one small box.
Inspect the cartons carefully for damage or signs of rough
handling. Report damage to the carrier and to your local Agilent
office.

Unpacking
Before performing the unpacking procedure be sure to wear an ESD (Elec-
CAUTION
tronic Static Discharges) strap.

Unpack the Micro GC LCD Module and accessories carefully and

transfer to the work area, using proper handling techniques.
Inspect the Micro GC LCD Module and accessories carefully for
damage or signs of rough handling. Report damage to the
carrier and to your local Agilent office.
Check the packing list to see if you have received all that you
require.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 125

6 Local User Interface (LCD)

Packing list
LCD Module

Cable, 9 pins

CD-Rom with manuals

Connect LCD Module

Switch the Micro GC off, remove the power cable before connecting any
CAUTION
cable.

The LCD Module is 100 % tested at the factory. The display has
sensitive electronic components, and must be handled with
care, especially concerning damage by ESD (electrostatic
discharge).
The LCD Module can be built in a housing using the “Mechanical
Product Specifications” on page 128.
Agilent is NOT responsible for any damage occurred during
mechanical handling.
To connect the LCD Module to the Micro GC use the included
cable and connect according to Figure 78.

126 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Local User Interface (LCD) 6

490-PRO Micro GC
Female

Cable, 9-pin
Female LCD Module

Connect to COM2

Connect to J1

Figure 78 LCD Module connection to Micro GC mainboard (left mainboard with p/n G3581-65000, right
mainboard with p/n CP740010).

How to setup the LCD

The LCD setup is done using the PROstation software. For more
information see “Application – Local User Interface (LCD)” on
page 360.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 127

6 Local User Interface (LCD)

Mechanical Product Specifications

128 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Local User Interface (LCD) 6

Connectors

J1 pin-out Definition
Pin Function Signal name from Micro GC serial port
1 NC NC
2 NC RxD
3 RS232 Data In TxD
4 PWRA Not used
5 GND GND
6 NC NC
7 PWRB RTS
8 NC CTS
9 LCD supply +5 Volt DC

Shipping Instructions
If the Micro GC LCD Module for any reason must be sent back to
the factory it is very important to follow the additional shipping
instructions.
Include all cables.
NOTE

Cleaning Instructions
To keep the Micro GC LCD module surface clean:
• Clean only when the Micro GC LCD Module is disconnected
from the Micro GC or other equipment.
• Use a soft (not hard or abrasive) brush to carefully brush
away all dust and dirt.
• If the outer case is dirty (never clean the inside), clean it
with a soft, clean cloth dampened with mild detergent.
• Do not get water on the electronics components.
• Do not use compressed air to clean.

Disposal Instructions
Disposal must be carried out in accordance with all
(environmental) regulations applicable in your country.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 129

6 Local User Interface (LCD)

130 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

7
490-PRO Cycle Scheme
490-PRO Cycle and Stream Selector 132
490-PRO Chromatographic Run and Electronic Pressure 134

This chapter describes the order of five tasks a 490-PRO Micro

GC performs in the different modes.

Agilent Technologies 131

7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme

490-PRO Cycle and Stream Selector

PROstation;
Start Automation,
Start single run, Chromatogram stored Update Modbus registers
External Start IN (Chrom.dat)
. Application results file stored (samprslt.txt)

Time

Peak, Application* Run cycle time

Run cycle Chromatographic run*
time Integration,
Identification, FTP- Service
Calibration.

Figure 79 490-PRO Cycle without Stream Selector

PROstation;
Start Automation,
Start Calibration Table,
Start Verification Table,
Start Execute Single sequence Line
External Start IN, Chromatogram stored Update Modbus registers
PROstation Start single run (Chrom.dat) Application results file stored (samprslt.txt)

Time

Chromatographic run * Peak, Application * Run cycle time

Flush time
Run cycle time

Integration,
Identification, FTP-Service
Stream selection

Calibration.

Figure 80 490-PRO Cycle with Stream Select without Stream Ahead

132 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 490-PRO Cycle Scheme 7

PROstation;
Start Automation,
Start Calibration Table,
Start Verification Table,
Start Execute Single sequence Line,
Start Single Run,
PROstation single run Chromatogram stored Update Modbus registers
External Start IN (Chrom.dat) Application results file stored (samprslt.txt)

Time

Chromatographic run * Peak, Application * Run cycle time

Run cycle time

Integration,
Flush time

Identification, FTP-Service
Calibration.
Injection + 1 sec.
Flush time next stream

Figure 81 490-PRO Cycle with Stream Select with Stream Ahead

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 133

7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme

490-PRO Chromatographic Run and Electronic Pressure

Pressure
1) After the start run 3) Pressurization delay 4) During injection time
sampling is begun. (240 ms), used to the sample is transported
This means that the pressurize the sample to the column by
sample is (mostly) to the same pressure the carrier gas.
sucked into the as the column head
sample-loop. pressure.

initial pressure

Sample time Pressurization Inject time Run time Time

time
Equilibration time
Run started Inject Start data acquisition Run finished

2) Fixed equilibration 5) The real analysis (run) 6) After the specified run-time
delay of 40 ms. This time and data-acquisition is started. has elapsed, the run is finished.
allows the sample to settle
in the sample-loop.

Figure 82 490-PRO Run with Static (Electronic) Pressure

This description is only for one channel. In most cases a dual-channel

NOTE
system is used; in this situation the sequence is the same, but the
timing-settings can differ. If the sample-time on channel A and channel B
are different, the longest time is used for both channels. Also the run-time
can be specified per channel; the data-acquisition stops per channel as
soon as the run-time has elapsed. The total analysis-time depends on the
longest run-time

134 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 490-PRO Cycle Scheme 7

The diagram shows the situation in the Micro GC, using

electronic (programmed) pressure control. The timing before
the injection is identical to the static pressure cycle.

Pressure

Not ready
Final pressure

The pressure rise is Pressure rise Pressure relieve

started, the duration is
depending on two
parameters:
Ready
Ready • Pressure rise
Initial pressure • Final pressure

Time

Pressurization Relieve Stabilization

Sample time Inject time Initial time Rise time Final time
time time time
Equilibration time
Inject Start data acquisition Run finished

Run time

Before chromatographic run the During initial As soon as the final-pressure is

system actual pressure must be time the column reached, the rise stops and the
within 0.2 kPa of initial pressure. head pressure final-time begins. The pressure Stabilization
If not, a 2 seconds delay will occur remains the same. remains the same. time for the
to let the pressure stabilize. pressure after
Relieve time, the time needed it has been
to decrease the column head returned to the
pressure from the final pressure to initial pressure
the initial pressure. Fixed 500 mS

Figure 83 490-PRO Run with Electronic Pressure Control

The remaining final time depends on the total run time, the
duration of the initial time, and the pressure rise. This means
that it is possible that the final time is zero. Another situation is
that the final pressure is limited because of these settings. The
software will check all parameter -values and change them into
realistic values.

During the run-time, there can be only one pressure-ramp to higher

NOTE
pressure.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 135

7 490-PRO Cycle Scheme

136 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

8
PROstation Installation
System Requirements 139
Install PROstation 140

This chapter describes how to install PROstation and other

optional and convenient tools. All programs can be found on the
Agilent PROstation CD-ROM. If the CD does not start
automatically, double-click autorun.exe in the CD main directory.

Figure 84 The software tools

Depending on the chosen menu item, it will install:

• PROstation: The tool for configuration, method development,
collecting analysis results of the 490-PRO
• HistoryLog: A tool for viewing logged result files according API
chapter 21 (optional license required).
• VICI Valve Configurator: A tool for configuring the optional
available VICI Valco electric actuated valve.
• WinDCS: A tool for testing and simulating a DCS monitoring
the 490-PRO through Modbus serial or TCP/IP protocol.
After choosing a menu item, a setup will be started to guide you

Agilent Technologies 137

8 PROstation Installation

through the Installation procedure. See the next chapters for

installation details.
For some programs inside the 490-PRO, specific licenses are
required.
The available licenses can be reviewed in the configuration
screen from PROstation.
The PROstation software runs under Windows on a separate
PC. When connected to the 490-PRO, it allows the user to
perform uploads and downloads of configuration and method
settings and to collect and display analysis results.
The 490-PRO can only store one functional method. Using serial
valve interface or sample line control through the extension
boards, multiple streams may be analyzed using that one
method.
All workstation functions such as integration, identification,
and quantification, as well as verification and calibration
capabilities are performed inside the 490-PRO internal
software. PROstation is used for method development, initial
calibration and setup of communication required in most
automated processes.
Once the method has been developed, an acceptance test can be
performed. During this phase, PROstation is connected while a
sequence of runs is performed. The analysis results collected by
PROstation should indicate whether the method settings are
appropriate to generate excellent analysis results.
Once the instrument is ready to monitor the real process,
PROstation should be disconnected from the instrument while
the 490-PRO operates autonomously. If tracing of data
afterwards is required, set up an FTP server.
Multiple 490-PRO instruments can be configured, but only one
instrument can be actively monitored by PROstation at a time.
This allows flexible switching between instruments if more
490-PRO analyzers are connected to the same network.
Connection with the 490-PRO is always through TCP/IP.

138 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Installation 8

System Requirements

Hardware
• Processor speed: Processor with 2 GHz CPU or higher
• Internal RAM: Recommended 4 GB RAM or more using
Windows 7
• Peripherals: CD-ROM player
• Free Ethernet port
• Free USB slot for the PROstation USB license key

Software
• Supported Microsoft Windows versions: Windows XP
professional edition (ServicePack 2 or higher), Windows 7
32 or 64 bit (ServicePack 1 or higher), or Windows 8.1.
• Other BootP services must be disabled.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 139

8 PROstation Installation

Install PROstation
1 Insert the CD-ROM 490-PRO Software Tools; the CD will
autostart.
2 Select Install PROstation to start the installation.
Users must log in as a Windows administrator.
Ensure no other Windows applications are running during
the PROstation installation.
3 After choosing the PROstation item from the setup menu, a
welcome screen is visible. The welcome screen shows the
version of PROstation and points to some important notes.
Note that the version you will install from the CD-ROM
probably will be newer than the one displayed in this
picture. (Figure 85)

Figure 85 The Welcome screen

4 Click Next, you will get the License Agreement window.

(Figure 86 on page 141.)
Read the license Agreement carefully.

140 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Installation 8

Figure 86 The license agreement

5 After reading the license agreement, select I agree to the terms

of this license agreement and click Next. (Figure 86)
6 On the Select Packages screen, select 490 Micro GC Emulator. By
default, it is selected. (Figure 87)

Figure 87 Select Packages

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 141

8 PROstation Installation

7 Select the folder where PROstation should be installed. We

suggest choosing the default folder. Click Next. (Figure 88)

Figure 88 Installation folder

142 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Installation 8

8 Fill in the name of the Shortcut folder and select whether or

not shortcuts may be available to all users; then click Next.
(Figure 89)
Install shortcuts for current user only is NOT a hard protection
mechanism. It means that only the current user has a
PROstation shortcut in the Windows Start menu. If some
other user finds PROstation on the hard disk, he can still
run it.

Figure 89 Shortcut folder

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 143

8 PROstation Installation

9 Setup is ready to transfer files to the computer, click Install.

(Figure 90)

Figure 90 The ready screen

10 Click OK after installation, to restart the computer.

(Figure 91)

Figure 91 The restart screen

144 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Installation 8

11 If, during the installation, an error message is shown

concerning a Crypto-Box, files for the PROstation USB Key
already exist and they are in use by a previous version of
PROstation or by another application. You can now either
follow instructions to complete the setup or cancel the
installation; in both cases you should close all Windows
applications and restart the installer to fulfill the
Crypto-Box installation successfully. (Figure 92)

Figure 92 Crypto-Box

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 145

8 PROstation Installation

146 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

9
GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide
Installation 148
Create a new instrument by importing a configuration file 150
Open Emulation Mode 153
Offline Data Processing 156
Close an Emulated Instrument 159
The GC Emulator is a Microsoft Windows application and an
optional component of PROstation that mimics the behavior of a
490-PRO micro GC.
The GC emulator can be thought of as the Windows version of
the Micro GC firmware. In other words, the program acts like a
digital 490-PRO GC.

Agilent Technologies 147

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Installation
To install the GC Emulator:
1 Double click the PROstation setup file.
2 The PROstation setup wizard appears. Follow the onscreen
instructions.

Figure 93 PROstation setup

3 On the Select Packages screen, select 490 Micro GC Emulator. By

default, it is selected.

Figure 94 Select packages

148 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9

4 Continue following the onscreen instructions to complete

the installation process. When the installation is complete,
the GC emulator is installed in the directory shown below.

Figure 95 GC emulator install directory.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 149

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Create a new instrument by importing a configuration file

Note: this is a PROstation feature, not a GC Emulator feature,
but is very useful when using the GC emulator. In this use case,
you may not be able to configure the instrument by connecting
to the real device and may have a preconfigured standalone
configuration file (for example, by copying one from another
PROstation).
To create a new instrument by importing a configuration file:
1 Open PGCMain. Click File > New Instrument from Config file...

Figure 96 New instrument from Config file...

2 Select the configuration file you want to import into

PROstation. This file has a .cfg extension. Click Open to
import the selected file.

Figure 97 Open configuration file

3 Click OK to import the configuration file, or click Configure to

further review the instrument settings

150 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9

Figure 98 Configure instrument

Figure 99 Instrument settings

4 The imported instrument is now listed in the main window

of PGCMain, and can be used for GC emulation.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 151

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Figure 100 Imported instruments in PROstation

152 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9

Open Emulation Mode

The emulation mode mimics the behavior of a 490 PRO micro
GC. This mode can be used in a variety of circumstances,
including when access to a physical micro GC is not available.
To open an instrument in the emulation mode:
1 Right-click the desired instrument and select Emulator > Open
in Emulation Mode. This instrument may be a preconfigured
instrument or an imported one.
The 490 micro GC emulator can only mimic one instrument
at a time. If an emulator is already open and running, close
it before opening a new emulator. See “Close an Emulated
Instrument” on page 159 for more details.

Figure 101 Open in emulation mode

The emulated instrument opens in a command window. The

PGCInst window appears and automatically connects to the
virtual machine. The emulated GC has the same
configuration settings as the preconfigured one used to
launch it, such as channel number and types.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 153

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Figure 102 Emulation window

The title bar and status bar indicate that the instrument is
emulated.

Figure 103 Title and status bar indicating emulation mode

2 You are now able to control the emulated micro GC as if it is

a real one. You can upload, download, and change methods,
start a run or a sequence, or do reprocessing.
Note: Some features are disabled in the emulation mode. The
Peak simulation, however, is always enabled. The peaks
displayed are for demonstration purposes only.

154 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9

Figure 104 Emulated instrument status

Figure 105 Downloading and uploading to/from the emulated GC

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 155

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Offline Data Processing

The GC Emulator can be used to provide PROstation's offline
data processing function without connecting to a real micro GC,
or as a demonstration tool (for example, for teaching).
To process data using the GC emulator:
1 Right-click the desired instrument and select Emulator > Open
in Emulation Mode.
2 Open the data that you want to reprocess.

Figure 106 Open data for reprocessing

3 Apply the method you wish to use. You may create a new
method, or modify an existing method, by opening the
existing file and manually changing it or using the wizard
(File > Method > Wizard).

Figure 107 Applying a method

4 Download the data, method, and application to the

emulated GC.

156 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9

Figure 108 Downloading the data, method, and application

5 Recalculate the run

Figure 109 Recalculate current run

6 The calculated application result displays. The result is

exactly the same as downloading the data to a real 490-PRO
micro GC. If needed, save the result.
7 Besides the single recalculation, you may also make use of
the reprocess list feature of PROstation (Automation >
Reprocess List). This operation is the same as working with a
real instrument.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 157

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Figure 110 Reprocess a list

158 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide 9

Close an Emulated Instrument

Only one instrument emulation may be running at a time.
If you attempt to open another instrument in emulation mode
without properly terminating the previous one, you will see a
warning message.

Figure 111 Error message upon attempting to open a second emulator

To close an emulated instrument session, right click the

instrument you are emulating and select Emulator > Close
Emulator.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 159

9 GC Emulator: A Simple User Guide

Figure 112 Closing an emulator

160 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

10
Instrument Configuration
Main Menu 162
Main Menu Functions 166
Instrument Configuration 170
490-PRO Configuration 171
Communication Frame 173
Configuration Frame 175
Services Frame 203
PROstation Operation 204

The instrument must be configured (software settings) before

the first operation.

Agilent Technologies 161

10 Instrument Configuration

Main Menu
PROstation can be started from the Windows desktop or the
Windows menu. After a login procedure, you enter the main
menu manager where you can configure 490-PRO instruments.

Login procedure
After starting PROstation, a login screen is displayed. In this
screen, you can type the username and password. Depending on
the username and password you will log in as one of the three
default security levels. Table 23 displays the default usernames
and passwords.

Table 23 Security level

Security level Username Password

admin demo
Service level service demo
Read only level readonly demo

By entering an administrator username and password, the

usernames and passwords can be changed for all levels by
clicking the Change button.
If the No Password checkbox is enabled, passwords are not
required to login. The Security levels and corresponding
usernames, are unchanged.

Change password
The password can be changed to the user preference. Press the
Change button to change the password.
There are two options:
No Password option: enabling this option gives the user the
ability to log in to PROstation without password.
Edit a new password in the Password field (admin/new
password?)
• Click the OK button. PROstation will return to the main login
window.
• Password should be changed successfully.

162 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

• Press OK button in this window; now the user is logged in to

PROstation.
• To verify that Password is changed successfully, close and
reopen PROstation.
• Now the user must log in with new Password or click the OK
button when No Password option is enabled. PROstation
opens with the main screen as shown in Figure 113 on
page 166.
Depending on the security level, the user will have different
privileges. Table 24 gives an overview of the privileges for each
security level.

Table 24 Privilege

 Administrator  
Privilege level Service level Read only level
Reading all available status X X X
parameters
Open, Edit and save X
Method-, application-,
sequence-, datafiles,
Modbus- and FTP settings,
Up-/download and Edit X X
calibration amounts
Up-/download Method X X
Up-/download Application X
Up-/download Sequence X X
(Automation)
Up-/download and Edit site X X
information
Up-/download Modbus X
settings
Up-/download FTP service X
Up-/download X
chromatogram data
Up-/download Real time X X
clock
Uploading sample results X X
Uploading diagnostics X X

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 163

10 Instrument Configuration

Table 24 Privilege (continued)

 Administrator  
Privilege level Service level Read only level
Up-/download Usersettings X X* X*
from the Configuration
Starting and stopping the X
instrument
Full control over the X
instrument
* upload only

Unrestricted use of PROstation requires an authorization key

(dongle), delivered with the software disk. When the
authorization key is not detected, PROstation runs in
demonstration mode with limited functionality. Moreover, in
demonstration mode, all privileges are set to read only. Table 25
on page 165 gives an overview of the available functionality for
normal and demonstration mode.

164 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Table 25 PROstation functionality for normal versus demonstration mode

  Demo
 Normal No Agilent authorization key found, 
Option Agilent authorization key found Offline instrument
Create a virtual instrument X X
Create online instrument X
Number of active instruments at the same 4 1
time
Number of instruments created 100 1
Open Method-, application-, sequence-, X* X
datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
Saving Method-, application-, sequence-, X* X
datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
Download Method-, application-, sequence-, X*
datafiles, Modbus- and FTP settings
Getting status information of an connected X
instrument
Start or stop an instrument X*
* logged in as administrator only

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 165

10 Instrument Configuration

Main Menu Functions

After login, the main menu will be started. The main menu
consists of two frames. The upper frame shows all controllable
instruments. The lower frame shows all configured instruments.

Control window
A maximum of four instruments can be
shown in the control window, only one
can be controlled at a time.

Configured Instruments window

Here all configured instruments are
shown. The maximum number of
configured instruments is 100.

Figure 113 Main menu

Configured instrument menu

The Configured Instrument menu can be popped up by a
right--click on one of the configured instruments. In the
Configured Instrument menu, the following menu items can be
selected:

Copy instrument X to control window

Copies the selected instrument to the Control window, it is then
available for controlling. An error message will be displayed
when the:
• Instrument already exists in the Control frame.
• Number of instruments exceeds the maximum of four.

Configure Instrument X
Configures the selected instrument.

166 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Create new Instrument

When a new instrument is created, it will appear in the
Configured Instruments frame and in the Control frame
(maximum number of controllable instruments in the control
window is four).
You must be logged in as Administrator or Service level to
create a new instrument.

Delete Instrument X
Removes the selected instrument permanently from the list
with configured instruments and from PROstation.

Control menu
The Control window is the frame where all controllable
instruments are visible. The maximum number of controllable
instruments is four.

Figure 114 Control menu

Controllable Instrument Menu

The control menu, for an existing and configured instrument,
can be accessed in several ways: through the Control pulldown
menu and right clicking on a controllable instrument.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 167

10 Instrument Configuration

In the Controllable Instrument menu, the following items can be

selected:

Open Open the selected Instrument. The privileges depend on

the Login level, see “Login procedure” on page 162.

Open as read only Open the selected Instrument as read only.

The instrument has the same capabilities as when you are
logged in as Read only user, see “Login procedure” on page 162.

Open as Offline Open the selected instrument as Offline. The

instrument allows method editing for that particular configured
instrument.

Configure Configures the selected instrument See “Instrument

Configuration” on page 170.

Remove from control Removes the selected instrument from the

control window. The removed Instrument will still be available
in the Configured instruments window.

Virtual instrument
After creating a new instrument you can choose whether you
want the instrument to be a real instrument or a Virtual
instrument.
In PROstation Created, instruments can be either new,
configured or Virtual.
• New instrument is the instrument state directly after creation.
• Configured instrument is a new instrument, which had contact
with a 490-PRO instrument and uploaded its configuration. If
a configured instrument is used, the status will be either
Busy or Off.
• Virtual instrument is used for creating a method without the
need to be connected to an instrument. In the instrument
configuration menu, hardware tab you can set the Virtual
instrument mode.

168 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Table 26 New Instrument

  Configured Configured 
  instrument opened instrument Opened 
Option New instrument ** normally Offline Virtual instrument
Hardware Configuration X X
editable
Selecting to create an Virtual X***
instrument
Configure network-settings X X
Upload Configuration X X
Download Usersettings X*
Download PROstation X*
settings
Open/Edit Method-, X* X* X*
application-, sequence-,
datafiles, Modbus- and FTP
settings
Saving/Edit Method-, X* X* X*
application-, sequence-,
datafiles, Modbus- and FTP
settings
Upload a method X
Download Method-, X*
application-, sequence-,
datafiles, Modbus- and FTP
settings
Getting status information of X
a connected instrument
Start or stop an instrument X
* Logged in as administrator only
** After configuring network settings and uploading configuration, the new instrument becomes
configured.
*** When selecting this option an upload is not possible

It is not possible to make a configured instrument Virtual,

although a configured instrument can be opened as Offline.
An instrument opened as Offline will not make contact with the
490-PRO instrument.
An instrument Opened as Offline has a fixed hardware
configuration; in a virtual instrument the hardware
configuration is freely editable.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 169

10 Instrument Configuration

Instrument Configuration
Configuration of instruments and detectors is done from the
Main Menu of PROstation. To access instrument configuration,
either create a new instrument or select an instrument by
highlighting it, then select the Control/Configure… command. Or,
click the instrument with the right-mouse button and select
Configure… from the popup menu.
You must have PROstation Administrator privileges to configure
instruments.
To configure a new instrument:
• Select File\New Instrument or Ctrl+N.
• A Configure Instrument window will appear, see Figure 115.
• Instrument Serial number is not identified yet.
• Click the Configure button. The 490-PRO configuration window
appears displaying the configuration settings of the
instrument.
At this point, the default settings of PROstation are displayed.
When you select the Configure command for a 490-PRO, a
configuration dialog box appears, see Figure 116 on page 171.

Instrument Type
Select 490-PRO Micro GC

Serial Number
Instrument serial number will
be displayed once
communication is established.

Title
Enter an identification name
for the instrument. The name
will appear in the icon and in
the application window, as
well as in other areas.

Figure 115 Configuration dialog

170 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

490-PRO Configuration
In this configuration screen, the 490-PRO Micro GC can be
configured. The screen is divided into three frames:
• Communication Frame
• Services Frame
• Configuration Frame

Figure 116 Configuration

1 Enter the IP address as described in “Ethernet

communication” on page 173.
2 Press Upload Config to upload the 490-PRO Micro GC
hardware configuration to the computer. The uploaded
configuration consists of user settings and all information
about software versions, etc. Once the configuration is
uploaded to the computer, all the settings in the Hardware
tab will be locked.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 171

10 Instrument Configuration

Do not press the Upload button If a 490-PRO Micro GC is not

connected.
Manually select the hardware settings, which match a
virtual connected 490-PRO. This can be useful for method
development on a computer without having a 490-PRO
connected.
3 Fill in the user settings parameters (carrier gas, number of
flush cycles, etc) and download to the 490-PRO Micro GC.

172 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Communication Frame

Ethernet communication
Select the Setup IP address button to setup the IP address for the
instrument. If the IP address is already known (and in the
correct subnet range) only the IP address has to be typed in, see
Figure 117.
It is also possible to change the IP address and to view all the
490-PRO Micro GCs connected to the subnet.

Figure 117 Setup Ethernet connection

Find instruments on the network

The Find Instruments on the network feature is used to view all the
490-PROs on the local subnet.
For each 490-PRO detected, the IP address, instrument serial
number and status is displayed.
If the instrument is already controlled from another computer,
the IP address of that computer will be displayed. If not, the
status free is displayed.
This can be helpful if the IP address of an instrument is
forgotten or unknown.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 173

10 Instrument Configuration

Instruments connected to the network with an invalid IP

address for that subnet are also detected, but without the
instrument serial number. This is because the Find Instruments on
the network feature is using a connection-less protocol (UDP);
however, the serial number is loaded using a TCP/IP connection.

Figure 118 Find instruments on the network

Assign new IP address

The Assign IP address button only functions for previous revision
mainboard (with p/n CP740010).
For the IP assignment procedure for the latest revision
mainboard, see “Step 6: Assign IP address” on page 48.

174 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Configuration Frame
In this frame, different tabs are available:
Hardware tab 175
User settings tab 177
PROstation tab 179
Automation tab 180
Info tab 199
Always click the Upload Config button before editing the various
tabs (except if you want to create a virtual instrument).
The instrument hardware settings, user settings, instrument
serial number, available licenses, and general information (such
as software version numbers, etc.) will be uploaded from the
490-PRO and displayed in the Configuration tabs.

Hardware tab
The Hardware Tab contains the hardware settings of the
490-PRO. These can be uploaded from the instrument by
pressing the Upload Config button.

Figure 119 Hardware Tab

The configuration screen of newly created instruments will have
all options available.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 175

10 Instrument Configuration

After an upload has been performed from a connected 490-PRO,

all settings in the configuration screen will be overwritten with
the settings of the connected 490-PRO. Some options will no
longer be editable.
To overcome this, a checkbox option is available to create a
virtual instrument, which cannot connect to an instrument and
can always be used for method creation/demo purposes.
If not checked, the virtual instrument checkbox disappears as
soon as an upload has been performed.
If the configuration is not uploaded from the instrument but
manually selected, control of the instrument is impossible.
Manual configuration can be useful for method development on
a computer without having a 490-PRO connected.

Available Licenses and Options

After performing an upload, the available licenses in the
490-PRO will be visible.
Available licenses:
• 490-PRO Licenses
License to identify itself as a 490-PRO and operate as such.
• Energy Meter option
License to get enhanced calculation options.
Energy meter option must be activated on the User Tab
(only in combination with 490-PRO license).
• API 21 Logging
Storing analysis results of 35 days maximum according to
API chapter 21.
API 21 must be activated on the User Tab (only in
combination with 490-PRO license).
• Modbus serial
Option to configure and use Serial Modbus communication.
(only in combination with 490-PRO license.)
• Modbus TCP/IP
• Web Server
Option to have access to the 490-PRO instrument web site,
showing the instrument status and last analysis results.

176 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

User settings tab

The User settings tab contains user selectable parameters. Press
the Download button to download all changes to the 490-PRO.

Carrier gas
Select the carrier gas for the application. Changing carrier gas
requires a special procedure, which must be followed. The GC
driver will guide you through the special procedure.
Pop up window: Reboot your instrument. In this example,
system carrier gas type is changed from He to N2.

Figure 120 Pop up window changing carrier gas

Download User Settings

Press the Download User settings button to download the settings
Channel disabled, Carrier gas, Continuous flow, Peak simulation and
the Number of flushcycles to the 490-PRO Micro GC. Only the
parameters from the user Settings tab are downloaded.

Channel disabled
Disable an installed channel. Once an installed channel is
disabled, the 490-PRO Micro GC will ignore this channel.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 177

10 Instrument Configuration

Continuous Flow
Select continuous flow if this is required.

Peak simulation
Peak simulation can be used for demonstration and
communication testing. If it is selected, all the GC channels will
generate a default chromatogram.

Flush cycles
The number of flush cycles is configurable. Select between None,
1, 2, and 3 flush cycles. The Flush cycle is invoked at startup of
the instrument or when pressure is restored after a
low-pressure error.

490-PRO activation
Activate 490-PRO behavior. The connected instrument must
have a 490-PRO License before activation is possible. See
“Available Licenses and Options” on page 176.

Energy meter activation

Activate Energy meter behavior. The connected instrument
must have a 490-PRO and Energy meter license before
activation is possible. See “Available Licenses and Options” on
page 176.

API 21 Logging activation

Activate API 21 logging behavior. The connected instrument
must have a license before activation is possible. See “Available
Licenses and Options” on page 176.
If not checked, the instrument will act as a standard 490-PRO
Micro GC and requires a workstation connected (Galaxie).

178 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

PROstation tab

Figure 121 PROstation tab

• Channel description
The channel descriptions are uploaded from the Electronic
Data Sheets (EDS) of the GC channels each time the Upload
Config button is pressed. This will be the description of the
column installed. The descriptions will appear on top of
each chromatogram window in Instrument control. The
channel description can be replaced by any other text if this
is desired, for instance the application name (hydrocarbons,
permanent gases, etc)
• Pressure units
Select between kPa and PSI. The column and ambient
pressures status will be displayed in the selected pressure
units in the Method Setup on page 230 and Instrument
Control window of instrument control on page 649.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 179

10 Instrument Configuration

Automation tab
Settings for control over a number of external devices can be
configured through the contents of the Automation tab.

A C G

D E

Figure 122 Automation tab

A. IO settings
The I/O settings show the availability and usage of the different
types of I/O.

Alarm relays Can be used for alarming, for instance when a

specific component concentration exceeds the predefined
limits. Many more parameters can be checked for exceeding
their limits. Enter the number of Alarm relays to use.

Timed relays Can be used for a timed program based upon the
states of the run. For example a relay can be switched
X seconds after injection. Enter the number of Timed relays to
use.

180 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Digital inputs Can read information from devices connected to

the 490-PRO, for example to request a calibration run or just to
pass through over Modbus. Enter the number of Digital inputs
to use.

Analog outputs To convert sample results to an analog output

signal (4 to 20 mA). Many parameter values can be scaled to a 4
to 20 mA, 0 to 1 V or 0 to 10 V signal. Enter the number of
Analog output channels to use.

Analog inputs For collecting analog inputs (0 to 10 V) from, for

instance, a flow or pressure meter. The acquired voltages can be
converted to predefined units using a linear equation (y=a.x+b).
The calculated units can be used in alarming, reporting or
become available for a Modbus master. Enter the number of
Analog input channels to use.

B. Extension board detection

I/O’s are available on both the 490-PRO and Extension boards.
The possible I/O’s can be divided over several Extension boards.
The connections on the Basic Extension Basic board serve the
I/O’s that are located on the 490-PRO mainboard. Pressing the
button Show IO locations shows a table with the physical location
of every I/O on the Extension boards. It is a read only table. See
Figure 123.

Figure 123 I/O locations

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 181

10 Instrument Configuration

Column description

I/O type Gives the type and number of the specific I/O’s.

BoardID, Type, Address Shows the location address, the type of

the board and the address of the board on which a specific I/O
is located.

Channel Channel is the location of the specific I/O on the

selected Extension board or 490-PRO mainboard.

Description A short description of the IO port related to its

assigned function.

For more details about extension board functionality and setup see the
NOTE
separate extension board manual.

C. Stream selection type

The 490-PRO supports a number of auto sampling devices:
• None - With this option selected no stream selector is
controlled by the 490-PRO.
• Serial (VICI) - If this option is selected, the option VICI is
added in section D for the ports COM1 or COM2. Only one
COM-port can be used for a VICI Valco valve at a time. For
connection through COM1 a Null modem adapter or a Vici
Null cable (p/n VLI22697NULL) should be used.
• Relays (solenoids) - With this option, selected relays are used
to control solenoid valves. For each stream being used, one
relay is required. When selecting a stream, the corresponding
relay will close while all other relays are opened.
For more information about the setup and use of a VICI stream
selector valve, see section “D. Communication port settings” on
page 184 and “How to use a stream selector valve” on page 185.

How to use relays for stream selection?

To use relays switching for stream selection, the Streamer Type in
the Automation tab must be set to Relays (solenoids).
For each stream used, one relay is required. Relays are used to
control solenoid valves. When selecting a stream, the
corresponding relay will be activated. The number of streams
must be set according to your setup, see Figure 124. The
490-PRO is equipped with two on-board relays of the 490-PRO.
The number of relays can be increased using extension boards.

182 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Depending on the number of board connected, 2 to 64 relays

additional relays will be available. See the Extension board
manual for details about this hardware.
The number of relays that must be used for stream selection
should be set in the Automation tab, see Figure 124. The chosen
number of relays reduces the available number of relays. The
number of available relays for other tasks will be shown in the
To be used column. If no relays are available, the numbers will
color red, for an example see Figure 125.

Figure 124 Dependency of Available Relays from Number of Streams

Figure 125 More Streams requested than Relays available

After having chosen the Number of Streams, the availability of the

remaining Relays and Inputs are visible in the I/O section. Press
the Show IO Configuration button to observe the assignment of
stream ID’s to IO ports. See Figure 126.

Figure 126 Assignment of Stream ID’s to IO ports using Streamer Type

Relays (solenoids)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 183

10 Instrument Configuration

D. Communication port settings

The 490-PRO Micro GC is equipped with four serial ports and
one USB port for connecting external devices.
• VICI Stream selector valves - micro electric actuated.
• LCD display - displays process data like analysis results,
instrument status, etc.
• Modbus and Modbus Redundant - These setting are used to
setup Modbus serial connections to industrial devices.

Modbus connection using TCP/IP see section is implicit available. No

NOTE
additional configuration is required.

Figure 127 and Table 27 give an overview of the port settings.

Figure 127 Communication port settings

184 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Table 27 Communication port settings

Port Function Port type

COM1 Not used RS232 fixed
VICI
Modbus
Modbus Redundant
COM2 Not used RS232 fixed
VICI
LCD
Modbus
Modbus Redundant
COM3 Not used RS232
Modbus RS422
Modbus Redundant RS485 2-wire
RS484 4-wire
COM4 Not used RS232
Modbus RS422
Modbus Redundant RS485 2-wire
RS484 4-wire
USB VICI USB
Wi-Fi
USB Storage

VICI on COM 1 or COM 2 is only selectable when selected Streamer Type

NOTE
is set to Serial (VICI).
When Modbus or Modbus redundant is selected in combination with
RS232, RTS state while not transmitting is Active. This enables the use of
a RS232-to-RS485 converter.
In the configuration, VICI, Modbus, and Modbus Redundant is limited to a
single port.

Hardware configuration for stream selection valve

How to use a stream selector valve

The 490-PRO can control VICI micro-electric actuated stream
selection valves connected through USB or the serial ports on
the instrument’s mainboard. To use these valves for stream
selection, the Streamer Type in the Automation tab must be set to
Serial (VICI). The number of streams must be set according to
your setup.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 185

10 Instrument Configuration

Single valve connected (via serial com ports)

When the Number of Streams is set to 16 or less (4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14,
or 16), the 490-PRO Micro GC will recognize that one valve is
connected. In this particular scenario, the valve ID must be set
to none. Valves supplied by Agilent are standard shipped with
ID = none. If however a valve ID change is required, follow the
instruction given in section “Setup valve identity” on page 187.
A single valve could be connected to either to com port 1 or
com port 2. You can also connect valves to USB with the use of a
USB-to-Serial Converter (FTDI FT232 or Prolific PL2302). See
“Stream selector test via USB (one VICI)” on page 188. The
setting Comport VICI in Automation tab is used to select the com
port. A specific cable for each com port is available from
Agilent. See Figure 128 for cable part numbers.

Figure 128Connection of a single VICI stream selector valve

Multiple valves connected (via serial com port 2)

Multiple stream selector valves, with a maximum of three, are
supported on com port 2. The 490-PRO recognizes multiple
valves are connected when the number of streams exceeds 16.
Each valve should have a unique valve ID when multiple valves
are used; 0 for valve 1, 1 for valve 2, and 2 for valve 3. Valves
supplied by Agilent are shipped with ID = none. For ID changes,
follow the instruction given in section “Setup valve identity” .
In case two valves are connected, it is required that the first

186 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

valve is a 16 port valve. If three valves are used, the first and
second valve must be equipped with 16 ports. Multiple valves
should be connected in cascade mode. The outlet of valve 2 (and
valve 3) should be connected to stream number 16 on the
previous valve. See Figure 129 for logical stream numbers as
used in the 490 PROstation.
For each valve a serial cable is required. Moreover, multiple
serial cables should be connected using a multi drop cable to
com port 2. For more details about stream connections and
cable part numbers, see Figure 129.

Figure 129Connection of a multiple VICI stream selector valves

Setup valve identity

To set or change the valve’s identity, use the program VICI Valve
configurator.exe. This program can be installed from the
PROstation installation DVD. Once installed, VICI Valve
Configurator can be accessed from the Windows Start bar - All
Programs - Chromatography - VICI Valve Configurator.exe or 
C:\VICI Valve Configurator\VICI Valve Configurator.exe
The VICI Valve Configurator can set or change the ID for one
valve at a time by connecting the valve to a free com port of your

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 187

10 Instrument Configuration

computer and performing the following steps.

1 Select the com port (of the PC) where the valve is connected,
see Figure 130.
2 Click Detect Valve.
3 Set Baud Rate to 9600 Bauds.
4 Set ID to desired number (see “Single valve connected (via
serial com ports)” on page 186 or “Multiple valves
connected (via serial com port 2)” on page 186 sections for
correct setting for each scenario).
5 Click Set new values.
The correct values are now set, the program can be closed.

Figure 130 VICI Valve Configurator to set the correct valve ID

Stream Selection requests from host

Select this when Stream selection must be done from the host
system. Otherwise, the sequence in the 490-PRO will select the
valves.

Stream selector test via USB (one VICI)

To run the PROstation steam selector test with one VICI Valve:

188 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Set the VICI ID to None.

Figure 131 VICI valve configurator

2 Connect the VICI Valve to your 490 Micro GC using either a

USB-to-serial cable, or through a USB hub.
We currently support the following two types of chipsets.

Figure 132 Prolific PL2303

Figure 133 FTDI FT232

3 Open PROstation
4 Configure your 490 Micro GC. For one VICI Valve, the
number of streams is <= 16.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 189

10 Instrument Configuration

Figure 134 Configuring your USB

You can also click the Configure USB button to check whether the
attached USB-to-serial converter is recognized. The 490 Micro
GC will ignore any USB serial device with an invalid SN.
The Configure USB table is read only. Currently, a valid SN
will have the pattern 067b2303* for a FTDI FT232 series
chipset, or 04036001* for a Prolific PL2303 family chipset.

Figure 135 Configure USB table

190 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

5 After rebooting, open the instrument in PROstation.

6 Select Control > Stream Selector Test.

Figure 136 Control dropdown menu

7 Input the stream number you want to switch, and click OK.
The VICI valve will switch to the target stream, and the
Sample stream # will change to match.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 191

10 Instrument Configuration

Figure 137 Manually set stream dialog

Automated run via USB (one VICI)

To start an automated run on PROstation with only one VICI
Valve:
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Set the VICI ID to None.

Figure 138 VICI valve configurator

2 Connect the VICI Valve to your 490 Micro GC using either a

USB-to-serial cable, or through a USB hub.
We currently support the following two types of chipsets.

192 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Figure 139 Prolific PL2303

Figure 140 FTDI FT232

3 Open PROstation.
4 Configure your 490 Micro GC. For one VICI Valve, the
number of streams is <= 16.

Figure 141 Configure USB

You can also click the Configure USB button to check whether
the attached USB-to-serial converter is recognized. The 490
Micro GC will ignore any USB serial device with an invalid
SN.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 193

10 Instrument Configuration

The Configure USB table is read only. Currently, valid SNs

will have the pattern 067b2303* for a FTDI FT232 series
chipset, or 04036001* for a Prolific PL2303 family chipset. 

Figure 142 Configure USB table

5 After rebooting, open the instrument in PROstation.

6 Set up the following sequence table and download it to your
GC.

Figure 143 Sequence table

7 Start an automated run. The VICI valve will switch prior to

each run, following the sequence table.

194 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Figure 144 An automated run

Stream selector test via USB (two VICI)

To run the PROstation stream selector test with two VICI Valves:
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Configure one VICI valve
ID to 0, and the other VICI valve ID to 1.

Figure 145 VICI valve configurator for two VICI valves

2 Attach the two VICIs to the 490 Micro GC through

USB-to-serial converters and a USB hub.
3 Open PROstation.
4 Configure the 490 Micro GC as follows: For two VICI Valves,
the Number of Streams is <= 31. You can also click Configure

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 195

10 Instrument Configuration

USB to check whether the attached USB-to-serial cable is

recognized.

Figure 146 Configure USB

Figure 147 Configure USB table

5 After rebooting, open the instrument in PROstation.

6 Click control > stream selector test.
7 Input stream 5 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 5, and
VICI1 does not change.
8 Input stream 17 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 16, and
VICI1 switches to 2.
9 Input stream 8 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 8, and
VICI1 does not change.
10 Input stream 26 and click OK. The VICI0 switches to 16, and
VICI1 switches to 11.

196 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Figure 148 Manually set stream

Automated run via USB (two VICI)

To start an automated run on PROstation with two VICI Valves:
1 Open the VICI Valve configurator. Configure one VICI valve
ID to 0, and the other VICI valve ID to 1.

Figure 149 VICI valve configurator for two VICI valves

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 197

10 Instrument Configuration

2 Attach the two VICIs to the 490 Micro GC through

USB-to-serial converters and a USB hub.
3 Open PROstation.
4 Configure the 490 Micro GC as follows: For two VICI Valves,
the Number of Streams is <= 31. You can also click Configure
USB to check whether the attached USB-to-serial cable is
recognized.

Figure 150 Configure USB

5 Setup the following sequence table and download it to your

GC.

Figure 151 Sequence table

6 Start the automated run. The VICIs will switch according to

the table.

198 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Figure 152 An automated run

E. Modbus serial settings

This section only applies to the Modbus communication over
serial. These communication settings are the same for the
Modbus primary and the Modbus Redundant connection. If
Modbus over serial is not configured, one can ignore this
section.

Modbus Serial Settings

Baud rate 1200 | 2400 | 4800 | 9600 | 19200 | 38400 |
57600 | 115200
Data bits 8|7
Stop bits 1|2
Parity None | Odd | Even

F. Postpone run till external ready in

This setting is used to synchronize another device with the
490-PRO. If selected, the 490-PRO will postpone the start of its
run until the Ready-In signal is true. External Ready In is
included in determination of overall Instrument Readiness.

G. Download
After changing the automation settings, it is mandatory to
download these settings to the 490-PRO. After a download, a
reboot of the instrument is required to enable all settings.

Info tab
The Info tab contains information about software versions,

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 199

10 Instrument Configuration

serial numbers and part numbers uploaded from the GC when

the Upload Config button is pressed.

Figure 153 Configuration (Admin)

MPU
Software version of the GC application in the MPU of the
490-PRO.

Firmware I/O Ext.

Software version of the I/O Extenders, a micro controller in the
490-PRO on every GC channel.

Serial# Analytical Module

Serial numbers of the analytical module part of the GC channel.

Part number#
Part number of each GC channel.

200 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

GC_DLL
Software version of the GC_DLL.dll library used by the
PROstation. This library contains the communication and
protocol layer.

InstDataExchange
Software version of the InsDataExchange.dll used by
PROStation. This library creates a connection between the
different parts of PROstation.

I/O Controller
Software version of the I/O Controller, a micro controller in the
490-PRO

Exit configuration
Exit configuration screen by clicking the OK button. The
instruments serial number is displayed in the Configure
Instrument screen.

Figure 154 Exit system configuration

• Exit configuration page by clicking the OK button Figure 154.

• The created instrument now appears in the PROstation
database and its serial number is shown, as well as IP address
and busy status, see Figure 155 on page 202.
• When instrument connection status is Off, this indicates that
the instrument is not in use.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 201

10 Instrument Configuration

• When instrument is in use (the instrument is opened in

PROstation) Busy is displayed, see Figure 155 on page 202.

Figure 155 Instrument connected status

202 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

Services Frame

Calibrate pressure sensors

Select this service if the pressure sensors have to be calibrated.
Calibration must only be carried out if there is any reason to
distrust the actual column pressure as shown in the Instrument
Status window.
It is important to exactly follow the instructions given by
PROstation.
1 Disconnect the carrier gas tubing.
2 Allow the 490-PRO to stabilize (2 minutes).
3 The TCD filaments will automatically switch off when low
carrier gas pressure has been detected.
4 Press the OK button.
5 Reboot the 490-PRO.

Reboot 490-PRO Micro GC

The Reboot 490-PRO Micro GC service allows you to restart the
490-PRO processor remotely. This can be useful in case of
Ethernet communication and long distance between computer
and 490-PRO.

End configuration
After all necessary information has been entered and
downloaded to the 490-PRO instrument, the configuration must
be exited and accepted by pressing the OK button on the
490-PRO configuration window and OK from the configuration
instrument window.
Now the instrument is completely configured and the
configuration information is stored.
From the PROstation main menu, one can select and open an
instrument by double-left clicking on the appropriate
instrument icon to continue method development.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 203

10 Instrument Configuration

PROstation Operation
Once programmed, the 490-PRO gas chromatograph is capable
of running samples and report results to external computers
without any workstation connected. Programming the 490-PRO
is done using the PROstation package.
PROstation is the communication interface between your PC
and the 490-PRO.
PROstation allows up- and downloading of various method
parts. Inside PROstation, the methods can be edited only.
PROstation is not a standard data handling system. It can not
do any integration or result calculation. That is handled inside
the 490-PRO.
PROstation is capable of collecting and showing results only.
After the instrument(s) have been configured, a method should
be developed.
Method development takes a number of separate steps: The first
part is the development of the chromatographic method:
1 Set Clock (it is advised to use the PC clock).
2 Run a (test or calibration) sample with correct analytical
instrument settings.
3 Develop and set integration parameters.
4 Run the method wizard.
5 Complete the identification table.
6 Set up calibration parameters.
7 Run the application wizard.
8 Complete all application features.
9 Run a sample and show integration and application results.
10 Setup automation (sequence, FTP service, etc).
11 Start full automation.

Method development tables should be completed for each

individual channel separately. Once this is done, the application
should be set. The application contains all information
regarding the way results are reported, either after
normalization or through the embedded Energy Meter
application (license protected).
The Automation should be built. Automation determines how
the 490-PRO will operate. Automation selects the sample
stream, determines if a run is a normal run, a calibration,

204 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Instrument Configuration 10

verification or a blank run. Automation also controls the

external communication through ModBus as well as file and/or
result transfer to an external storage facility (FTP)
Method -, Application -, and Automation information are all
stored in separate files to allow the use of a specific part in
another 490-PRO instrument that must handle a sample
identically (automation) or communicates to the same external
computer (Modbus).
Note that for changes to take effect, different types of
downloads to the instrument are required.
All details about peak calibration can be found in the chapter
“Multi Level Calibration” on page 677.
Find a number of Input Output signal cases in the chapter “I/O
Cases” on page 705.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 205

10 Instrument Configuration

206 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

11
PROstation Instrument User Controls
Log in 208
Instrument Method Setup 209
User Log In 210
Toolbar Instrument Control 214

Agilent Technologies 207

11 PROstation Instrument User Controls

Log in
When PROstation is started, User Name and Password are
requested. Press the Change button to set up passwords for
different end users. The default password is demo for all users.

Figure 156 PROstation login window

208 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument User Controls 11

Instrument Method Setup

• Right click on instruments to open the instruments dialog
menu.
• Select the Open option for full Instrument control. This is
required for method development and acceptance, see
Figure 157. The Open option can also be achieved by double
left-mouse clicking the instruments icon.
• The operator is also able to remove the instrument from the
PROstation database, Open as read only in order to only view the
ongoing analysis or to Open Off line for off line method
development or analysis results display.
There is detailed information about “Instrument Setup” on
page 230.

Figure 157 Open Instrument menu

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 209

11 PROstation Instrument User Controls

User Log In
There are three user levels for logging into the instrument. Each
level requires a unique login. Set up a unique password for each
user, see Figure 158.

Figure 158 Three levels of login each with password

Method developer (admin)

Developers have full control of the instrument and are
authorized to modify any parameter, unless the method protection
jumper is placed, see “Instrument Overview” on page 23.

Service engineer (service)

Engineers are authorized to change only a few parameters.
These include:
• Changing the concentrations of calibration mixtures (after
placing a new calibration bottle).
• Changing the sequence
• Starting and Stopping a sequence
• Testing Input/Output the signals
• Setting date and time of internal clock.
• Changing parameters in the Site Information window
Instrument control and method editing menus are limited, see
Figure 159 and Figure 160 on page 211.

210 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument User Controls 11

Figure 159 Instrument control menu for service engineers

Figure 160 Service menu for changing methods for service engineers

Operator (read only mode)

The authorization only includes viewing reports,
chromatograms, method, instrument status, etc. The Instrument
Control menu only consists of uploading methods to PROstation
and viewing instrument status.

Figure 161 Control menu for operators (read only mode)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 211

11 PROstation Instrument User Controls

Off line control

Off line control allows you to setup methods without an
instrument connected.
Another feature is exporting component results from a selected
peak (searched by peak name) in a selected group of FTP
sample results files. The exported file can be opened in Excel
for further analysis. Also sample result files (file name *_prslt)
generated by PROstation can be (re-) exported to a csv (comma
separated text file). The export file is identical to the export file
as defined in menu Method - Advanced.

Figure 162 Off-Line control

212 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument User Controls 11

Figure 163 Batch report

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 213

11 PROstation Instrument User Controls

Toolbar Instrument Control

Once logged in as an administrator (method development), the
toolbar in Figure 164 is shown.

Figure 164 GC Channel selector

The PROstation menus and toolbars should be used to instruct

PROstation what to do. The more frequently used commands
have images on the lower toolbar. Use the GC Channel selector to
browse through all installed GC channels for every opened
window under the Method menu.

214 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

12
PROstation Instrument File Menu
Import/Export 216
Method Wizard 219
Application Wizard 220
Sequence Wizard 222
Modbus Wizard 223

This chapter describes the Instrument Control program file

menu. Its function is method development and monitoring
analysis.

Agilent Technologies 215

12 PROstation Instrument File Menu

Import/Export
PROstation stores chromatograms in a proprietary format with
a .pdat file extension. Using the import/export functionality of
PROstation it is possible to exchange chromatograms between
OpenLAB CDS EZChrom, Galaxie CDS, PROstation FTP service,
and PROstation.
The file menu gives access to this functionality, see Figure 165.

Figure 165 File menu

Import FTP Service file

The 490-PRO Micro GC typically runs in unattended mode,
where configured calculation values are reported through
Modbus and/or analog signals. The 490-PRO Micro GC can be
configured to store chromatograms on an FTP server, see
“Automation – FTP Service” on page 631. This allows the user
or service engineer to investigate the chromatograms.
The FTP service of the 490-PRO Micro GC stores the files with
the .dat extension. These files can be imported into PROstation
using the Import FTP Service file.

Import Galaxie ascii file

The Galaxie CDS collects chromatograms in its proprietary
format. The method can be configured to export the
chromatogram in ascii format, see Galaxie manual for details.
The exported ascii files can be imported into PROstation. After
importing the ascii file the chromatograms are shown in
PROstation.

216 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument File Menu 12

Import OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file

The OpenLAB CDS EZChrom collects chromatograms in its
proprietary format. The method can be configured to export the
chromatogram in ascii format, see OpenLAB CDS EZChrom
manual for details. The exported ascii files can be imported into
PROstation. After importing the ascii file the chromatograms
are shown in PROstation.

Export as Galaxie ascii file

The chromatograms collected in PROstation can be exported to
Galaxie ascii format. A single channel can be exported to an
ascii file. The channel should be selected using the Select
Channel Galaxie Data screen, see Figure 166.

Figure 166 Channel selection

The exported ascii file contains two columns, the Time column
in minutes and the Value column.

This file can also be imported into Excel.

NOTE

Export as OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii file

The chromatograms collected in PROstation can be exported to
OpenLAB CDS EZChrom ascii format. This exported ascii file
can be imported into OpenLAB CDS EZChrom using the Open
Data file menu item (File>Open>Data… menu structure) and

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 217

12 PROstation Instrument File Menu

selecting the SSI Ascii (*.asc) file type, see Figure 167. For more
details see the OpenLAB CDS EZChrom manual.

Figure 167 Import chromatogram into OpenLAB CDS EZChrom

218 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument File Menu 12

Method Wizard
The method wizard can be used to easily generate a Method
containing Peak identification/Calibration settings extracted
from an analysis run.

Figure 168 Method Wizard

To activate the method wizard, from the PROstation toolbar

select file\method\wizard:
The method wizard fills the different method tables with
necessary default data. Check the appropriate boxes for the
tables you want the wizard to fill. Note that filling the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table is only valuable after the
integration parameters have been optimized. This implies that
you can use the wizard multiple times for different tables.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 219

12 PROstation Instrument File Menu

Application Wizard
From the Application menu Normalization, Calorific Power, Analog,
and Digital Control can be defined.
An Application or Verification check is only required when
Calorific values, IO’s or an LCD screen are defined.
• Activate Application Wizard. Select File\Application\Wizard.
• Select from the Application window, select option Generate
Normalization table from Method-Peak table, see Figure 169 on
page 221.
• Select the options required for later instrument operation
and click OK.
• Save Application (Save as... option). Edit a proper application
file name.
To access the sequence, select Automation\Sequence. Fine tune
the sequence after the sequence wizard has created most of the
parameters.
Find information about Sequence setup in the chapter
“PROstation Automation Menu” on page 387.
Save sequence and download sequence to the instrument, see
Figure 169 on page 221.

220 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument File Menu 12

Figure 169 Application Wizard

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 221

12 PROstation Instrument File Menu

Sequence Wizard
Select the sequence wizard to quickly set up a sequence from
scratch.
To activate the sequence wizard, from the PROstation toolbar
select File\Sequence\Wizard.

Figure 170 Sequence Wizard

222 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument File Menu 12

Modbus Wizard
Select the Modbus Setup Wizard to generate a modbus table
from scratch containing a list of modbus registers holding the
sample results, instrument status, instrument control, etc. To
activate the Modbus wizard, from the PROstation toolbar select
file\Modbus\wizard. More information can be found in
“Automation – Modbus Setup” on page 402.

Figure 171 Modbus Setup Wizard

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 223

12 PROstation Instrument File Menu

224 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

13
PROstation Instrument View Menu
View 226

This chapter describes the Instrument Control program view

menu. Its function is method development and monitoring
analysis.

Agilent Technologies 225

13 PROstation Instrument View Menu

View
From the PROstation toolbar, select View:

Figure 172 View menu

There is a choice between two different workspaces:

• When the instrument is running a single run or sequence,
one can monitor the instrument by making PROstation display
the live chromatogram, Integration or Application report and
instrument status.
• The layout of PROstation can be defined by positioning the
required windows on the screen and followed by a save of the
workspace. In the View window, one can select the workspace
to activate.

Application workspace
Detailed instrument status, application report and the actual
channel data. The chromatogram window has all kinds of
scaling functionality. This is identical to the scaling functions in
the Calibration chart, see “Calibration chart” on page 284.
Figure 172 on page 226 is an example of the Application
Workspace.

226 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument View Menu 13

Figure 173 Example of application workspace of PROstation view.

In PROstation, the following reports are available:

• Integration Report
• Application Report
• Stream Application Report, the last application report for
every sample stream.
• Diagnostic Report containing operation errors and other
events (upload report first Control\diagnostic\OK).
• Select Report\ Report type.
• Printing options are also available in this menu.

User workspace
The user workspace displays a fixed number of windows on the
screen which cannot be changed.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 227

13 PROstation Instrument View Menu

228 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

14
PROstation Instrument Method Menu
Instrument Setup 230
Integration Events 236
Peak Identification 254
Peak Calibration 266
Method Advanced 292
Method Properties 293

This chapter describes the Instrument Control program method

menu. Its function is method development and monitoring
analysis
The method consists of all windows found under the Method
menu.

Agilent Technologies 229

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Instrument Setup
Before you can make a run with your 490-PRO, you must set up
the instrument and data acquisition parameters for one or both
channels of the instrument. To access the Instrument Setup
dialog, click the Instrument Setup icon on the toolbar, or select the
Method/Instrument Setup command from the menu.

Figure 174 Method setup

490-PRO Micro GC tab

The 490-PRO Micro GC tab consists of the sub tabs: Channel and
Common. For each single-channel installed in the 490-PRO
Micro GC, a separate channel tab will appear. Installed
channels, which are disabled in the configuration, will not be
displayed.

Figure 175 490-PRO Micro GC tab

230 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Instrument common tab

This tab contains parameters you can set which are common for
all installed channels.

Figure 176 Common tab

Sample time
Sample time determines the amount of time the pump operates
to draw the sample into the sample loop. The sample time
entered here applies to all channels.

Sample line temperature

This setting controls the instrument heated sample line (only
when the sample line is physically connected).

Stabilizing time
If a value larger than zero is entered for Stabilizing time, an
extra instrument state will be created, the Stabilizing state.

Continuous flow
This is the current continuous flow setting in the 490-PRO. At
startup of Instrument control, this setting is uploaded from the
490-PRO.

Flush cycles
This is the current number of flush cycles in the 490-PRO. At
startup of Instrument control this setting is uploaded from the
490-PRO.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 231

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Peak simulation
This is the current peak simulation setting in the 490-PRO. At
the startup of Instrument control, this setting is uploaded from
the 490-PRO.

Stabilization Time
The stabilization state becomes active as soon as all individual
temperature and pressure states of all channels are in the
Ready state. In the Stabilizing state, all individual temperature
and pressure states are checked.
If they all remain ready during the stabilizing period, the overall
instrument state will become Ready. If during the stabilizing
period one of the channel temperatures or pressures becomes
Not Ready, the overall instrument state will jump to Not Ready
and the whole process will start again. Enter zero for
Stabilizing time if the stabilizing period is not required.

Instrument method channel tab

For each channel installed in the Hardware tab of the 490-PRO
configuration (and not disabled in the User Settings tab of the
490-PRO configuration), a Channel tab appears.

Figure 177 Channel tab

Column temperature
Enter the desired column temperature, in °C. The GC driver
checks on the maximum allowed temperature, which can be
found in the Hardware tab of the instrument configuration.

232 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Injector temperature
Enter the desired injector temperature, in °C. This is only
possible if the GC channel is equipped with heated injector
hardware.

Inject time
Enter the Inject Time. The Inject Time determines the amount
of time the injection valve will be open. A practical minimum
value is 20 ms.

Backflush time
Enter the backflush time in seconds. This is only possible if the
GC channel is equipped with backflush to vent hardware. A
backflush time of zero means no backflush.

Detector state
Select this box to turn the detector filaments on.

Invert signal
Select this box to invert (change polarity) of the acquired
detector data.

Sensitivity
Select the desired detector sensitivity – Auto (auto ranging),
Low, Medium, High or Extra high. Auto is highly advised as it
gives the widest linear dynamic range, with the lowest noise
level.

TCD temp.limit check

Select this box to turn the TCD temperature limit check on. If
activated the TCD will be protected against high amount of Air
that could damage the filaments.

Pressure Mode
Select the pressure-programming mode to be used. Choose
Static for nonramped mode. Choose Programmed if you want to
enter a programming ramp rate. If you select Programmed, the
following parameters will become available.

Run Time
Run Time determines the length of time, data will be sampled.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 233

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Initial Pressure
Enter the initial pressure setting, in kPa or PSI (depending on
configuration).

Initial Time
Enter the time to hold the initial pressure, in seconds.

Pressure Rise
Enter the rate of pressure change for the ramp, in kPa/min or
PSI/min (depending on configuration). Positive rise only.

Final Pressure
Enter the final pressure setting, in kPa or PSI (depending on
configuration).

Final Time
The final time will be calculated and displayed, based on the Run
time you have set in the Acquisition Parameters.
If the final time displayed is 0, this means that your Run time is
equal to or less than the sum of your initial time and the time to
ramp the pressure to the final pressure setting. You should
change your run time accordingly.
If you have entered an incorrect parameter for any of the above
items, an error message will be displayed in this field to aid you
in correcting the setting.

234 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 178 Pressure program scheme

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 235

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Integration Events
To access integration events, click Method and select Integration
Events….

Figure 179 Method integration events

Chromatogram markers
PROstation presents the chromatograms collected from the
490-PRO Micro GC to the user. These chromatograms are
instrumented using several markers.

Figure 180 PROstation chromatogram

A. Component name
The component name is assigned to a peak using the criteria
of the Peak Identification, see “Peak Identification” on
page 254.
The component name is shown in blue in the chromatogram
above the identified peak, see Figure 180.

236 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

B. Start / Stop baseline

The baseline of a peak is influenced by the shape of the peak
and the integration parameters, see “Integration Events” on
page 236. The details of the baseline are presented in
PROstation using three visual elements.
• Start baseline: The turquoise arrow pointing up,
underneath the baseline.
• Stop baseline: The turquoise arrow point down, above the
baseline.
• Baseline: The blue line between the Start baseline marker
and the Stop baseline marker.

C. Begin/End retention time window

The area of the identification of a peak is determined by the
retention time window. The size and location of this window
is configured using the Peak Identification, see “Peak
Identification” on page 254.
The location of retention time windows can be inspected in
the chromatogram on PROstation. The retention time
window is marked with two markers in red. The triangle
pointing to the right indicates the begin of a retention time
window. The triangle point to the left indicates the end of a
retention time window.

Set peak width

This event defines the width of the peak to be found in the
chromatogram. This value is used to smooth the chromatogram
by grouping several acquisition points during peak detection.
The number of grouped points depends on the chosen width. A
point whose height is the mean of all the points in the group
represents each group.
Enter a value corresponding approximately to the width of the
narrowest peak to be detected in the chromatogram.
If the peak width varies greatly in the same chromatogram, it is
possible to change peak widths throughout the chromatogram
as necessary. Set new values in Set Peak Width, half it using Half
Peak Width, or double it using Double Peak Width. If the defined
peak width value is too small, the peaks will be detected, but too
late.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 237

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 181 Peak width

If the defined peak width value is too large, the peaks will not
be detected. A peak width must be defined before integrating
the chromatogram. The default peak width is 0.2 seconds.

Set threshold
This parameter is used to define the start and the end of peaks
and eliminates the lowest signal variations due to noise or to
detector signal drift.
The chromatogram is first normalized to 100,000 (Highest peak
of the chromatogram) to obtain a similar detection from one
analysis to another (for example, if the injected quantity varies).
Next, the points are grouped depending on the peak width
defined above. The mean height of a group of points is
compared to the mean height of the following group. If the
difference is higher than the threshold, the integrator marks the
beginning of a peak. The position of the marker is adjusted by
only considering the points. The peak will only be kept if its area
and height are larger than minimum values defined by user.
The peak ends are detected in the same way, using the
threshold.
The value of the threshold is important. If a too high threshold
value is defined, the peak starts will be detected too late and the
peak ends too early. Moreover, small peaks could not be
detected at all. If a too small threshold value is defined, the
peak starts will be detected too early, and the peak ends too
late, and signal noise can be detected as peaks.
The user can define the threshold value, or the 490-PRO can
estimate it using Estimate threshold according to the peaks that
should be detected. It is also possible to add a value to the
threshold using Add to threshold. For example, if the threshold is
estimated at the beginning of the analysis, and the signal noise
increases at the end of the analysis, the threshold should be
increased only at the end. Note that it is possible to add a
negative value in order to decrease the threshold value. The
default threshold value is 10.

238 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Set solvent threshold

This event permits the elimination of solvent peak(s) if they are
not peaks of interest. The parameter associated with this event
works without previous normalization of the chromatogram.
The points are grouped depending on the peak width defined
above. The mean height of a group is compared to the mean
height of the following group. If the difference is higher than the
solvent threshold, the 490-PRO considers that the peak is a
matrix peak, and does not integrate it.
The defined value must be high enough to prevent the deletion
of peaks of interest.

Figure 182 Solvent threshold

Estimate threshold
If the event Estimate threshold is not defined, solvent peaks are
integrated. The user can define several Estimate threshold events.
Each time the event is defined, the 490-PRO calculates
threshold.

Set minimum height/area

These parameters are used to prevent the integration of noise as
peaks or to eliminate small peaks which are not of interest in
the analysis.
All peaks, whose height or area is less than the minimal height
and/or area parameters set, are deleted from the peak report.
Therefore, choose parameters that are less than the areas and
heights of all the peaks to be integrated. By default, minimum
area and height settings are equal to zero.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 239

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Turn integration on/off

These events activate or deactivate integration within sections
of the chromatogram (that is, during baseline fluctuations such
as injection shock).

Figure 183 Deactivating integration

In the above example, integration has been deactivated during

the first 5 seconds.

Start/Stop peak now

These events allow the start or the end of a peak to be defined,
earlier or later, without having to modify the integration
parameters. The marker is repositioned at a new retention time
when this event is specified.
For example, before:

Figure 184 Marker repositioning before

240 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

After:


Figure 185 Marker repositioning after

Be cautious if using these events in automatic mode: check that

retention times have not shifted from one analysis to another.

Add peaks/grouping
This event enables addition of several peaks. All the peaks
defined between the activation and the deactivation of this
event are grouped into one peak. For example, isomers whose
names are not known peak by peak, but contain nearly the same
response factors can be considered as one group. The peak
grouping is considered as one peak. Note that the peak start or
stop position is automatically adjusted around the defined time
to avoid the baseline cut by the signal.

Figure 186 Adding peaks

In the above example, the peaks between 10.5 and 12.5 seconds
are added.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 241

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

If the baseline cuts the signal in the section corresponding to

the Add peaks events (ON + OFF), the expected added peak may
not be defined. In this case, change the baseline position thanks
to the corresponding integration event(s).

Split peak
This event will split a peak into two parts, and can be used
either to separate peaks that are not base line resolved or to
obtain specific results on parts of some peaks in certain
applications.

Figure 187 Split peak

This integration event is time. Variation in peak retention times vary from
NOTE
one analysis to another, may result in incorrect results.

The presence of an inflection point overrides the Split Peak integration

NOTE
Event. If there is an inflection point near the time for the Split Peak
Integration Event, the Split Peak Integration Event is not executed.
Without the inflection point the Split Peak Integration Event is executed. If
the chromatogram is closely examined, the Split Peak Integration Event is
executed on a merged peak without an inflection. If the Split Peak
Integration Event was used near the peak at ~7.3 the inflection point
would be executed instead.

242 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Baseline processing

Baseline valley to valley On/Off

When this event is activated, the baseline passes through all the
valleys.

Figure 188 Baseline valley to valley

Each peak has its own baseline drawn from the peak start
marker to the peak end marker.

Horizontal baseline
This event enables the definition of a horizontal baseline. A
horizontal baseline is drawn from the activation of this event
until its deactivation. It is imperative to define the event couple
(ON and OFF) to apply this event.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 243

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 189 Horizontal baseline

The height of the baseline is the height of the signal when the
event is activated. It is better to use the Horizontal baseline by peak
event, because the height of the baseline will be related to the
start or the end of a peak, and not to the event activation time.

Horizontal baseline by peak

This event enables definition of a horizontal baseline.

Figure 190 Horizontal baseline by peak

The horizontal baseline start or stop are not applied to the

defined times, but to the nearest start or stop peak time.
If an event is activated at the beginning of a peak (between the
start marker and the peak apex), it becomes operative at the
peak start time. If the event is activated at the end of the peak

244 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

(between the top of the peak and the stop marker), it becomes
operative at the peak stop marker time.

Backward horizontal baseline

This event enables definition of a horizontal baseline at the level
of the signal when this event is deactivated.

Figure 191 Backward horizontal baseline

The horizontal baseline is drawn from the activation of the

event until its deactivation. The baseline is drawn at the level of
the signal when the event is deactivated. As a consequence, the
two events Horizontal baseline Backward On and Horizontal baseline
Backward Off must be defined.

Backward horizontal baseline by peak

This event enables definition of a backward horizontal baseline.
The horizontal baseline is drawn from the activation of the
event until its deactivation. The baseline is drawn at the level of
the signal at the stop marker of the peak preceding the event
deactivation.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 245

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 192 Backward horizontal baseline by peak

As a consequence, the two events Backward Horizontal Baseline by

peak On and Backward Horizontal Baseline by peak Off must be
defined.

Force baseline
This event forces all the peaks between the events Force baseline
On and Force baseline Off to have a common baseline. The peak
markers of the first and last peaks are, therefore, modified by
this event. To prevent modification of the first and last peak
markers, the recommended event to use is Force baseline by peak.
As a consequence, the two associated events Force baseline On
and Force baseline Off must be defined.

246 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

instead of

Figure 193 Force baseline On and Off

If the forced baseline penetrates the signal, the baseline will

automatically adjust so that it always remains under the signal.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 247

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

instead of

Figure 194 Force baseline by peak

Force baseline by peak

This event forces all the peaks between the events Force baseline
by peak On and Force baseline by peak Off to have a common
baseline. The difference with force baseline is that in this case,
the markers of the first and the last peak are not modified.

Baseline now
This event forces the baseline to pass through the signal at the
event time.

248 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

instead of

Figure 195 Baseline now

This event is used to bring the baseline back to the signal.

Separate peaks, which have a common baseline, end a tailing
peak earlier. The position of this event is relative to retention
time drift, but as for most of the events, a similar
peak-dependent event exists: Baseline next valley.

Baseline next valley

This event is similar to the previous one (Baseline now). The
only difference is that the 490-PRO waits for the valley following
the event to bring back the baseline to the signal. As a
consequence, this event is best suited for separation of peaks
having a common baseline, since Baseline next valley is less
dependent on retention time variations from one analysis to
another.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 249

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Shoulder peaks
To integrate a peak as the skimming of another, both peaks need
first to be integrated. Thus, it is important to define correct
detection parameters (Set peak width and Set threshold) before
defining the skimming parameters.

Set skim ratio

This event sets the shoulder integration threshold above a
mother peak. This threshold must be associated to the events
Tangent skim front/rear and Exponential skim front/rear. A peak will
be integrated as a shoulder peak on another peak, if its height
satisfies the shoulder peak criterion. In the following example,
the second peak will be considered as a shoulder on the first
peak if:

Figure 196 Set skim ratio

By default, this threshold is equal to 4.

Tangent skim next peaks on/off

If this event is activated (On), all the peaks having a common
baseline are integrated as shoulder peaks on the first peak, with
a tangent baseline.

250 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 197 Tangent skim next peaks on/off

The tangent skim Next Peaks event does not work when the
mother peak is not fully resolved (has a valley with the previous
peak). The use of a Baseline Now event has the effect of removing
the valley, and thus allows the skimming event to work properly.

Figure 198 Without the baseline now event, there is a group of three
peaks sharing a common baseline

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 251

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 199 The baseline now event breaks the group of peaks

Note that there is another event, more powerful, called Tangent

Skim Rear, which handles such situations.

Tangent skim rear/front

Select this event to integrate one or several peaks as shoulders
on a mother peak with a tangent baseline. The 490-PRO detects
poorly resolved peaks whose heights satisfy the above height
criterion (see page 250) and a tangent baseline is drawn
underneath the shoulder peaks.

Figure 200 Tangent skim rear/front

If the event is Tangent skim front, the shoulders are integrated

before the mother peak. If the event is Tangent skim rear, the
shoulders are integrated after the mother peak.

252 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Exponential skim rear/front

Select this event to integrate one or several shoulder peaks with
an exponential baseline. If the 490-PRO detects two poorly
resolved peaks whose heights satisfy the above height criterion
(see page 250), an exponential baseline is drawn underneath
the shoulder peaks.

Figure 201 Exponential skim rear/front

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 253

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Peak Identification
The Peak Identification/Calibration contains settings to identify a
peak based on its retention time.
To access the Peak Identification/Calibration Table, click on Method,
then select Peak Identification. If no method is developed before,
it is easier to start with running the Method Wizard. Read the
information in “Method Wizard” on page 219.

Figure 202 Peak identification

Peak identification table

Figure 203 The peak identification table

The first step is to fill out the identification table. The

identification table associates a peak, identified by its retention
time, to a name. It is possible to define reference peaks by
checking the Reference peaks box. These are then used for the
peak identification when differences in the retention times due
to analytical conditions occur.

254 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

How to build an identification table

To fill a table, press the right mouse button when in the table.
Insert as many lines as needed, fill in the names and retention
times.
Each line of the table represents one peak. In each line, enter
the name of the compound corresponding to the peak,
identified by its retention time and then choose the
identification window width in the columns Abs. Ret Windows
and Ret Ret Window selection and the identification mode.
To delete an identification table line, highlight it by left clicking
at the beginning of the line that is to be removed, then right
click and choose DELETE Line in the popup menu.

Figure 204 Peak identification/calibration

The popup menu of the peak identification table contains a

Copy line option that enables its content to be copied and
pasted into another application.

Identification table columns

The parameters in the Identification table used for peak
identification.

Peak Name
The name of the compound corresponding to the peak. Two
different peaks cannot have the same name.

Retention Time
The theoretical retention time of the peak. Two different peaks
cannot have the same retention time.

Abs. Ret. Window

The absolute part of the identification window.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 255

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Ret. Ret. Window

The relative part of the identification window. These windows
define the maximum interval around the retention time in
which the peak will be assigned a specific compound name.
The absolute identification window is defined in seconds. The
relative identification window is defined as a percentage of
retention time. If the relative identification window percentage
(Rel. Ret. Window) is used, the larger the retention time is, the
wider the relative retention time window will be.
If retention time is RT, absolute window is Abs, and relative
window is %W, a peak will be identified as the peak if its
retention time is between

The identification window can thus be defined in seconds using

absolute or relative windows, or defined using a combination of
both. The reference peak identification windows are treated
separately. The reference peaks are identified first followed by
all other peaks. If the reference peaks are correctly identified in
these windows, it is then possible to define larger windows for
reference peaks. This will ensure that they will be found, even if
a retention time offset occurs.

Reference
To select reference peaks, check the Ref box in the appropriate
line(s) to indicate that the selected peak is now considered a
reference peak.
The theoretical retention times of the peaks will be corrected
according to the difference between theoretical and
experimental retention time of these peaks (see Nonreference
peaks expected retention time).
The reference peaks must be chosen carefully. Reference peaks
must be common constituents that will always appear in the
chromatogram.
If a reference peak is not present, another peak could be
incorrectly assigned as the reference peak, and thus, the
identification of the other peaks will be severely affected.
Reference peaks should be easily recognizable. It is better to
choose very high or large peaks, or the last peak of the run (with
the certainty that no other peak will occur afterward).

256 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Selection Mode
This column defines which peak will be chosen if several peaks
are included in the identification window.

Figure 205 Selection mode

Nearest
The peak will be the one whose retention time is the closest
to the defined time.

Max height
The peak will be the highest one.

Max area
The peak will be the largest one.

First
The peak will be the first peak found in the reference
window.

Last
The peak will be the last peak found in the reference
window.
Peaks are always listed in the retention time order.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 257

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Identification process
Peaks are identified by their retention times, according to the
identification window defined by the user.
In simple cases, peak retention times are reproducible from one
analysis to the other. In the case of nonreproducible retention
times from one chromatogram to the other (due to analysis
conditions, samples etc.), identification is more complicated
and the definition of easily identifiable reference peaks is
advisable.
In the first step, the 490-PRO will identify the reference peaks
and will estimate the time offset (according to the retention
time) that will be applied during the identification of the other
peaks of the chromatogram (nonreference).
First, the 490-PRO checks that the identification windows of the
reference peaks do not overlap each other. If window overlap
occurs, the 490-PRO resolves the overlaps and the reference
peak identification is processed.
Using the experimental reference retention times, the 490-PRO
calculates the other expected retention times, resolves the
nonreference peak window overlaps, and the nonreference
peaks are identified with these retention times and windows.
Since the reference and nonreference peaks are processed
separately, it is possible to define larger reference windows
because it does not matter if they overlap with the nonreference
identification windows.

Resolving window overlap

If peaks are very close together, windows can overlap. This
means that the end of an identification window can occur after
the beginning of the next one. To cope with this problem, the
490-PRO considers the common part of the windows, splits it in
two, and assigns half to each window.
For example:

If several successive windows overlap, the system resolves the

first overlap (two first identification windows), then the next
two.

258 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

For example:

When using the relative identification windows (Ret. Ret.

Window), window overlaps can occur easily. If problems are
encountered in peak identification, investigate what occurs
during the window overlapping resolution.
• General rule
The window limit can not go beyond the retention time of
the previous or of the next peak. In this case, the retention
time of the previous/next peak is taken into account as the
limit of the window, and the overlap is divided in two.
• Example1
A peak retention time belongs to the identification window
of another peak
Peak 1: RT1= 1.3 ID window: 0.4 min [0.9 -1.7]
Peak 2: RT2= 1.7 ID window: 0.45 min [1.25 -2.15]

The identification window of Peak 1 becomes: [0.9 to 1.5]

where 1.5 = RT1 + (RT2–RT1)/2
The identification window of Peak 2 becomes: [1.5 to 2.15]
where 1.5 = RT2 – (RT2–RT1)/2

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 259

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

• Example 2
A peak window belongs entirely to another.
Peak 1: RT1= 1.7 ID window: 0.45: [1.25 -2.15] 
Peak 2: RT2= 1.99 ID window: 0.04(W2) [1.95 -2.03]

The identification window of Peak 1 becomes: [1.25 to 1.97]

where:

The identification window of Peak 2 becomes: [1.97 to 2.03]

where:

Finding reference peaks

An identification window is defined for each peak. A peak is
identified as the reference peak if its retention time is found to
be within the reference identification window. If there are no
such peaks, the reference is not found.

Figure 206 Finding reference peaks

If a reference identification window contains several peaks, the

reference peak is chosen according to the selected reference
window mode:

260 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Nearest
The peak will be the one whose retention time is the closest
to the defined time.

Max height
The peak will be the highest one.

Max area
The peak will be the largest one.

First
The peak will be the first peak found in the reference
window.

Last
The peak will be the last peak found in the reference
window.
Once the reference peaks are identified, the 490-PRO will
identify the other peaks.

Identification of the nonreference peaks

Generally, the retention times are recalculated according to the
two adjacent reference peaks. The formula for calculating the
expected retention times for the nonreference peaks is:

Where
• RT is the expected retention time for a nonreference peak.
• RT1 is the real retention time of the reference peak preceding
the peak.
• RT2 is the real retention time of the reference peak following
the peak.
• RTID is the theoretical retention time of the peak defined in
the identification table.
• RTID1 is the theoretical retention time of the reference peak
preceding the peak, defined in the identification table.
• RTID2 is the theoretical retention time of the reference peak
following the peak, defined in the identification table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 261

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

If peaks are eluted before the first reference peak:

RT1 = RTID1 = 0

The index 2 is attributed to the next reference peak:

If a peak appears after the last reference peak:

where RT0 and RT1 represent, respectively, the real retention

times of the two reference peak eluted before the peak of
interest.
This correction step works best when reference peaks are
distributed throughout the entire chromatogram. In particular,
be careful when using references that elute only at the
beginning of a long run. They have a too strong impact on
retention times at the end of the run. To minimize this effect,
define a reference peak at the end of the run.
Once the system has calculated expected retention times for the
remaining peaks, it centers the calculated identification
windows on these times. If any windows overlap, the system
will resolve the conflicts.
If several peaks fall within a window, the correct peak is chosen
according to the selected identification mode:

Nearest
The peak will be the one whose retention time is the closest
to the defined time.

Max height
The peak will be the highest one.

Max area
The peak will be the largest one.

First
The peak will be the first peak found in the reference
window.

262 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Last
The peak will be the last peak found in the reference
window.
If a reference peak is not found, its retention time is the
retention time set in the identification table, as if it had not
shifted at all. The identification of the peaks placed between the
previous and the next reference peak may be affected.
If no reference peak is defined or found, peaks are identified by
the retention times set in the identification table. Each peak
retention time is compared to the identification window defined
in the identification table.
Example
Assume that three peaks exist in a chromatogram with
theoretical retention times (saved in the identification table) of
5, 6, and 10 seconds.
When the sample is analyzed, the retention times have shifted to
6, 7.2, and 12 seconds. If the identification windows are
0.5 minute wide, and reference peaks are not used, the peaks
will not be identified.
However, if the last peak at 12 seconds is defined as the
reference peak, and it elutes 1.2 times later than the defined
theoretical retention time of 10 seconds, the expected retention
times for the two other peaks (nonreference peaks) can be
calculated.
First peak: 5 × 1.2 = 6 seconds.
Second peak: 6 × 1.2 = 7.2 seconds.

The first two peaks can now be identified correctly with these
new corrected retention times.

Moving retention window

The main peak identification is performed on retention window
as defined in the “Peak identification table” on page 254.
However, the retention of a peak can drift in time. Although the
drift is small, on a longer time the peak can drift outside its
retention window. The retention window of a peak can be set up
to follow the actual retention in order to compensate for
retention drift.
Open the Calibration window and set the parameters Retention
Update% and Retention Window Update to activate retention
compensation.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 263

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Retention Update%
With the Retention Update% parameter, one can set the
percentage of shifting the Retention Window as defined in the
Peak Identification/Calibration Table.

Figure 207 Retention window update

Figure 208 Retention Update %

Use this parameter to use the optimum retention window for
peak identification. A peaks retention can shift over a longer
period. By setting a positive value in the Retention Update% the
retention window will shift with the percentage the retention
from a peak differs from the retention in the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table. One can determine to only
update the retention window on a specific sample type, for
instance a calibration run.
New_Ret = Current_Ret + ( (New_Ret - Current_Ret) *
RetentionUpdate/100)

264 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Retention Window update

Select the type of runs on which the retention window must be
updated for a GC channel.

Figure 209 Selecting type of runs

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 265

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Peak Calibration
The aim of this step is to define the calibration parameters. To
define the calibration parameters select the Method/Peak
Calibration menu.

Figure 210 Peak calibration

A default calibration window will appear with several

calibration options, see Figure 211. The following chapter
describes the functionality of the different Calibration Settings.

Figure 211 Review peak calibration window

266 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Calibration parameters (channel dependent)

Channel unique calibration parameters.

Response Mode
Define the Response Mode. Select Area or Height from the list.
This defines the processing of the peak concentration. For most
applications on a 490-PRO Micro GC, area must be selected.

Figure 212 Response Mode

Calibration Mode
External Standard mode is the fixed mode for the calibration
run.

Figure 213 Calibration Mode

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 267

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

R.F. type
Define how the Response factor should be determined.

Figure 214 RF type

There are three options.

• Manual
If the components Response Factor cannot be determined
from a calibration mixture, it must be set manually in the
Peak Identification/Calibration Table.
The concentration of a peak (Q) is determined using the
equation:
Q= RF × R

in which RF is the Manual R.F. of the component in the Peak

Identification/Calibration Table. R is the response (area and
height) of the peak.
• Curve
If a component exists in the calibration mixture, the
Response Factor can be determined by the instrument by
running a calibration run. This option requires that every
component in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table for
that particular GC channel exists in the calibration mixture.
Manually R.F. for other peaks are ignored and resulting in a
peak concentration zero.
The coordinates of a calibration point in the curve are the
response area/height of the compound and the associated
quantity (amount). The concentration of a peak (Q) is
determine using the equation:
Q = a * x3 + b * x2 + c * x + d

268 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

in which a is the Cubic Coeff., b the Quadratic Coeff., c the

Linear Coeff. and the Intercept. From the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table, x is the response (area or
height) of the peak.
• Manual and Curve
If both manual R.F. and determined R.F. by the instrument
are performed in one GC channel, select this option. See the
description for R.F. type Manual and Curve.

RF Unknown peaks
It is possible to process the Response Factor of unknown
components in two different ways.

Figure 215 RF Unknown peaks

These are:
• Absolute (Abs.)
Enter the Response Factor for all unidentified peaks of this
GC channel. This R.F. is determined outside the instrument
or described in literature.
The concentration of an unidentified peak (Q) is determined
by using the equation:
Q= RF × R

in which RF is the value from RF Unknown peaks and R is the

response (area and height) of the peak.
• Relative (Rel.)
In order to determine the concentration of an unidentified
peak, the Response Factor will be used from the first
identified peak following the unidentified peak. The
concentration of an unidentified peak (Q) is determined by
using the equation:
Q = a * x3 + b * x2 + c * x + d

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 269

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

in which a is the Cubic Coeff., b the Quadratic Coeff., and c

the Linear Coeff. and the Intercept. From the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table of the identified peak
following (higher retention) the unidentified peak, x is the
response (area or height) of the unidentified peak.

Calibration parameters (channel independent)

Calibration parameters common for all GC channels.

Total calibration level

Determines the Total Calibration Levels that are required.

Figure 216 Total Calibration Levels

If only a single level calibration is performed, select 1. For

Multilevel Calibration define the total levels to be used
(maximum seven levels). Detailed description of Multilevel
Calibration is given in “Setting Up a Typical Multilevel
Calibration” on page 692.

Calibration Check
A calibration check is used to check whether the response
factor (curve) drifts away in time after every new calibration.

Figure 217 Calibration Check

270 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

When a new calibration is performed, the detector response will

be compared with the initial calibration. In a single calibration
level system, enter the percentages of drifting allowed in the
table “Peak identification” on page 254 (Initial RF% and
Current RF% attributes).
For a multilevel calibration level with a field correction
calibration (Rw), the allowed drifting is entered in the Rw Limit%
field.

Use Estimate Concentration

Figure 218 Use Estimate Concentration

The option Use Estimate Concentration is used to enable or

disable the estimate concentrations of the normalization table.
This option is only applicable to calibration and verification
runs.

Use GOST calibration

The energy calculation norms GOST 22667 and GOST31369
describe that the calibration of the Micro GC should be
performed according to norm GOST31371.7. This norm
describes that the Micro GC should be calibrated using a
sequence of three calibration runs. The results of these three
calibrations (M1, M2 and M3 see Figure 219) should be within
the specified limits of the norm. These limits are concentration
depended. The limit per component is calculated using
following formula:
y= ax+b where
a and b are coefficients defined in the norm
x is the component concentration

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 271

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

If the set of three calibration is not within the limits, an

addition calibration is started and the first calibration run is
discarded. This process is repeated until five calibration runs
are performed (M4 and when required M5 see Figure 219). A
calibration alarm is generated if, after five calibration runs, the
results are still not within the limits.

Figure 219 Flow chart with principle of GOST31371.7 calibration

The calibration GOST31371.7 is called GOST R7 calibration in

the 490-PRO Micro GC. Results of the calibration can be viewed
in FTP-report (generated by the instrument), and in Application
and Integration report (PROstation). Application report has two
fields: calibration method and calibration status. The
integration report shows the alarms for calibration failure.
Below the user will find a guide to set up the GOST calibration
for the 490-PRO.

272 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 220 Use GOST Calibration

When the checkbox Use GOST Calibration is enabled, the

calibration sequence is configured according to the GOST
calibration norm:
• Review Peak Calibration screen, Figure 220:
• Total Calibration Levels is set to 1 and is grayed out
• Calibration Check and Initial Calibration are unchecked and
grayed out
• In Sequence screen, Figure 221:
• On Runs Performed [runs] is set unselectable and value is
set 0
• On Time Elapsed [hours] is set unselectable and value is
set 0
• On Fixed Time is selected. The Hours and Minutes options
can be changed, but the Once Every n days is unselectable
and value is set to 1.
• None is set unselectable

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 273

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 221 Sequence Calibration Properties

The Calibration Table is preconfigured according the GOST

calibration norm. Only the Stream # and Flush time (s) of the first
line can be set. See Figure 222.

Figure 222 Sequence Calibration Table

On the Peak Identification/Calibration table for each channel, four

additional columns become available.
In the Peak Identification/Calibration table for each component,
the calibration limit coefficients should be given the values
according to the tables given in the GOST R7 calibration norm
(Figure 223).

274 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 223 Peak Identification/Calibration tables

All changes should be saved. The settings of Method and

Sequence should be downloaded to the Micro GC.
See“Download” on page 656.
Results of the calibration can be viewed in FTP-report
(generated by the instrument), and in Application and
Integration report (PROstation). In the Application report the
fields, calibration method and calibration status, inform the
user GOST calibration has been performed.
The integration report shows the alarms. If the calibration
alarm is raised, the mean calibration values calculated over the
calibration runs, are outside the calculated limits.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 275

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Initial calibration
If it is required to check the Response factor of a new
calibration run against current Response factor (determined in
last calibration run) and initial Response factor (determined in
an Initial Calibration run), select this option.

Figure 224 Initial Calibration

To setup a check for Response:

1 Select both Initial Calibration and Calibration Check and
download method to the instrument and perform a
calibration run(s). All new Response factors will be checked
and stored in the instrument as Initial RF values.
2 Deselect Initial Calibration. Download the method to the
instrument.
3 In the Peak Identification/Calibration Table in Figure 204 on
page 255, enter percentages for InitialRF% and CurrentRF%
attributes.
4 Now, perform analysis and daily calibration run(s) with
Calibration Check (still) on. When a calibration run is
performed and one of the peaks new R.F. exceeds its limits
for InitialRF and CurrentRF, the entire calibration will be
rejected and the instrument continues with R.F. from the
last good calibration.

Download Calibration Curve with method

If a calibration curve (or R.F.) is determined outside the
instrument, select Download Calibration Curve with method option.

276 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 225 Download Calibration Curve with method

Enter the curve coefficients in the Peak Identification/Calibration

Table on page 254. Find more information in “Offline
calibration” on page 681.
After downloading the new Calibration Curve (download
Method), disable this option.

Prepare a calibration method

Setting up all parameters for a calibration.

Peak Identification/Calibration Table

This part defines how to prepare the calibration.

Figure 226 Peak identification / calibration table

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 277

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Open the Peak Identification/Calibration Table. Peaks are listed in

order of their retention time and appropriate component name.
Complete the Peak ID table.
• Level 1-7
Fill in the “Levels” in the corresponding fields (level 1 to 7).
These are the concentrations of components labeled on the
gas bottle containing the calibration mixture. Level 1
contains the lowest sample concentration and level 7 the
highest, see “Online calibration” on page 682.
• Level 8 Rw
Fill in the Level 8 Rw value if performing a multilevel
calibration with a field calibration correction. These are the
concentrations of components labeled on the gas bottle
containing the field calibration mixture, see “Rw
Calibration” on page 685.
• Curve Type
Three types of mathematical regression models are
available, see “Multi Level Calibration” on page 677.
• Thru origin
The curve will be forced to go through the origin (0.0). Find
more information in “Multi Level Calibration” on page 677.
• RF other peak
Select the peak number to use the calibration curve. For
instance if peak 4 in the peak Identification table is
n-Butane and peak 8 is n-Hexane and requires the Response
factor from n-Butane, enter 4 in RF other peak for n-Hexane
peak.
• Rel. RF
Must be used in combination with RF other peak. This is an
extra factor multiplied with the Response factor from the
peak referring to.
The concentration of an identified peak (Q) is determined by
using the equation:
Qpeak = R * R.F.other_peak * Rel.RF.

in which R.F.other_peak is response factor from the peak

referring and R is the response (area and height) of the
peak.

278 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

• Intercept Coeff
The calculated intercept coefficient of the calibration curve.
Can also be set manually if the calibration is determined
off-line. Find more information in “Multi Level Calibration”
on page 677 and “Download Calibration Curve with
method” on page 276.
• Linear Coeff
The calculated linear coefficient of the calibration curve.
Can also be set manually if the calibration is determined
off-line. Find more information in “Multi Level Calibration”
on page 677 and “Download Calibration Curve with
method” on page 276.
• Quadratic Coeff
The calculated Quadratic coefficient of the calibration
curve. Only required if calibration curve is set to Quadratic
of Cubic. Can also be set manually if the calibration is
determined off-line. Find more information in “Multi Level
Calibration” on page 677 and “Download Calibration Curve
with method” on page 276.
• Cubic Coeff
The calculated Cubic coefficient of the calibration curve.
Only required if calibration curve is set to Cubic.Can also be
set manually if the calibration is determined off-line. Find
more information in “Multi Level Calibration” on page 677
and “Download Calibration Curve with method” on
page 276.
• Rw factor
The calculated Rw coefficient of the calibration curve. Only
required if a multilevel calibration is performed with a field
correction calibration. Find more information in “Rw
Calibration” on page 685.
• Manual RF selection
Select this option if the Response factor can/should not be
determined by the instrument and will be set manually by
the operator. This option can only be used in single level
calibration for a component. If selected enter a Response
Factor in the next column Manual RF. Find more information
in “R.F. type” on page 268.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 279

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

• Manual RF value
Enter a manual Response factor if Manual RF was selected in
the previous column. Find more information in “R.F. type”
on page 268.
• Initial RF%
This is the percentage limit that the calculated Response
Factor from a new calibration run can differ from the Initial
Response Factor for that component. The entire calibration
for all components will be rejected if exceeding this limit.
Use this setting only for a single level calibration. Find more
information in “Calibration Check” on page 270 and
“Calibration Validation” on page 701.
• Current RF%
This is the percentage the limit that the calculated Response
Factor from a new calibration run can differ from the
Current Response Factor for that component. The entire
calibration for all components will be rejected if exceeding
this limit. Use this setting only for a single level calibration.
Find more information in “Calibration Check” on page 270
and “Calibration Validation” on page 701.

GOST R7 Coefficients
The four columns containing the GOST R7 coefficients will be
enabled when the GOST calibration is enabled. For further
explanation on GOST calibration method please refer to “Use
GOST calibration” on page 271.

Running a new Calibration

If the calibration curve is not determined outside the
instrument, but must be determined inside the instrument,
perform all calibration levels in order to let the instrument
determine the calibration curve for every peak. Ensure the
Calibration method is saved and downloaded to the instrument.
Start a Calibration run through Control/Start. Define correct
parameters and press Single Run or run the Calibration block if
it is prepared.
If a calibration analysis is already performed, reprocess the
existing “Calibration run” manually for the selected level.

280 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 227 Running a new calibration

After completion of the run, the 490-PRO processes the

chromatogram. The chromatogram, analysis results and the
updated method containing the calibration curve will be
automatically uploaded to PROstation. The Analysis results can
be found in the Integration Report, see Figure 230 on page 282.
The updated calibration curve can be found in the Preview
Calibration window, see Figure 228 on page 282. The calibration
curve coefficients can be found in the Peak
Identification/Calibration window, see Figure 229 on page 282.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 281

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 228 Example of a Calibration Curve (single calibration level).

Figure 229 Peak ID/Calibration Table after calibration

Figure 230 Example of an Integration report.

282 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Recalibrating an existing Calibration run

If a Calibration run (chromatogram) is already collected,
reprocessing this data is sufficient to let the instrument
determine the calibration curve. In all cases ensure the method
is saved and method and chromatogram are downloaded to the
instrument, see Figure 231.
The chromatogram, method, and analysis results will be
uploaded to PROstation after the processing as described in the
Chapter 19, “Multi Level Calibration,” starting on page 677.

Figure 231 Reprocessing a calibration run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 283

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Calibration chart
The Calibration graph has a certain functionality that makes it
easier to work with and inspect the Calibration curve.

Change list
Click the Changelist button to load the change list. The function
of the change list is explained in “Remove and revert calibration
outliers” on page 287.

Zoom functionality
By selecting a location (rectangle) in the calibration chart with
the left mouse button, and then dragging from the left upper
position to right bottom (keeping the left mouse button
pressed), will show a zoom rectangle. If the left mouse button is
released, the chart will zoom in on the rectangle shown.

Figure 232 Zoom functionality

To zoom out, select any location in the calibration chart with

the left mouse button and then drag from lower right to upper
left corner of chart (keeping the left mouse button pressed).
Again a rectangle is shown. When the left mouse button is
released, the chart will fully zoom out.

284 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Drag functionality
Select any location in the calibration chart with the right mouse
button and drag the mouse, keeping the button pressed. The
calibration lines and points are dragged along in the chart
window. When the button is released, the calibration chart
remains as shown at that moment.

Scale setting
The scale button can be used to quickly inspect what
shape/behavior the calibration curve has for higher
concentrations. Typically, this function can be useful for
nonlinear calibration curves.
The scale button switches between three steps. The default step
is the same as the fully zoomed out view. The two other scale
modes show the calibration curve for an amount respectively
4 times bigger and 20 times bigger than the biggest amount
currently in the calibration graph.

Figure 233 Scale setting

Full screen
Click Full screen to show the calibration chart maximized within
the Review Peak Calibration window. All calibration chart
functionality, such as drag and zoom functionality, are available
in this view.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 285

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 234 Full screen

To return to the normal view, click Normal Size.

Calibration graph tooltip text

When pointing with the mouse pointer at a calibration point or
a calibration line, a tooltip text will appear, supplying
information about the item the mouse pointer is pointing at.
When the mouse pointer is hovering over a calibration point, it
presents the Calibration level number, Area and amount of that
calibration point. If the mouse pointer is pointing at a
calibration line, the tooltip text appears, presenting the Area
and Amount of the location on the calibration line. When the
mouse pointer is pointing at an Rw Calibration point or
corrected Rw calibration line, the tooltip text will inform about
this as well.
Find more information about an Rw calibration in “Rw
Calibration” on page 685.

286 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 235 Marking calibration points

Remove and revert calibration outliers

Marking calibration outliers for delete Removing outliers from

the calibration curve can be done by using the remove single
calibration points mechanism. This chapter describes how this
mechanism works, and how to use it.
Clicking on a calibration point with the left mouse button,
marks that point for deletion. Marking for deletion means that
the calibration point is stored in a change list, and the point will
be colored red in the calibration graph.

Figure 236 Marking calibration outliers for delete

Note that if calibration points are very close to each other, the
red colored calibration point might not be visible.
To view the calibration point change list, open the change list
viewer by clicking the Changelist button. The change list viewer
shows the GC channel, component, calibration level, Area and
Amount of the calibration points that are marked for deletion.
The change list can contain numerous points of different
channels, components, and levels.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 287

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Figure 237 Remove calibration points list

Note that the change list is cleared when a method is uploaded

from the instrument, when a new method is opened, or when
PROstation is closed.

288 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Removing calibration outliers The points are only marked

visually, but they still are present in the calibration chart. At
this stage the Changelist only exists in PROstation and not in the
instrument. To remove the marked calibration points from the
calibration graph:
1 Select the Start automation button from the tool bar (or select
Start from the Control menu).

Figure 238 Start automation window

2 Go to the Recalculate Calibration Curve section and select

Remove Single Point List from the Action list.
3 Click the Recalculate Calibration Curve button.

Figure 239 Recalculate calibration curve button

Now all marked calibration points are removed from

corresponding calibration graphs (from the different channels
and components), and all calibration curves are recalculated.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 289

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Afterwards, the method is automatically uploaded including the

updated calibration curves with the previous marked points
removed. Note that the curve equation exists in the method
peaktable.
The change list is cleared, since all points previously in the
change list are now removed.
Note that points marked for delete can only be deleted by using
the above guideline, and not by downloading the method. The
change list is not downloaded to the instrument.
Note that the item Remove Single Point List in the Recalculate
Calibration Curve list only exists when there are points in the
Change list.

Reverting (rescuing) calibration points marked for deletion When

an incorrect calibration point is accidentally marked for
deletion, it can be reverted. To revert a calibration point in the
change list, that calibration point is removed from the change
list and is colored black again in the corresponding calibration
graph. When actually removing the marked points as described
in “Removing calibration outliers” on page 289, the reverted
points will not be removed.
One can choose to revert a single point from the list or revert
the complete list at once.
1 Go to the Calibration method.
2 To view the calibration point change list, start the change
list viewer by clicking the ChangeList button.
3 Select a calibration point to revert by clicking on it.
4 Click the Revert Selected Point button.
5 To remove several points, redo this procedure.

290 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Figure 240 Revert all points

6 To revert all points at once, click the Revert All Points button.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 291

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

Method Advanced
In Method\Advanced, define the analysis parameters which
should be exported to a tab separated text file (export file), for
processing and diagnostics in MS Excel at a later stage.
• Select Method\Advanced.
• Select Export enabled option. Define which parameters to
export.
• Save the method. A method download is not required since
the export parameters exist only in PROstation.

Figure 241 Open Method Advanced

Figure 242 Method Advanced Export Results settings

292 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Method Menu 14

Method Properties
The method properties define what the 490-PRO executes after
the chromatographic run has ended. If Peak integration,
Identification and Calibration calculations is disabled, all runs will
be performed without calculations.
If only the upper box is checked, the run data will be integrated;
peak identification and concentration calculations will be
performed and presented in the Integration Report. If the upper
box is unchecked, the underlying lines are not accessible.
If the middle box is checked, which is only possible in
combination with a checked upper box, application calculations
will be performed and Input output signals are controlled. The
sample results are presented in the Application Report.
If the bottom box is checked, which is only possible in
combination with a checked middle box, application
calculations will be performed using test amounts instead of
actual calculated amounts.

Figure 243 Method properties

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 293

14 PROstation Instrument Method Menu

294 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

15
PROstation Instrument Application
Menu
Application – Normalize 296
Application – Calorific Power 300
Application – Verification Check 345
Application – Alarms 347
Application – Analog Outputs 349
Parameters 351
Application – Timed Relays 356
Application – Analog Inputs 358
Application – Digital Inputs 359
Application – Local User Interface (LCD) 360

This chapter describes the Instrument Control program

application menu. Its function is method development and
monitoring analysis.
The application allows additional calculations on the results as
reported in the Integration Report. Also, analog and digital
interfacing can be defined. The external interfacing is provided
by the (on-board) standard GC I/O or by the Extension Boards.

Figure 244 Instrument control program application menu

Agilent Technologies 295

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Application – Normalize
Normalization is a standard calculation available in the
490-PROstation, in addition to calculated external standard
concentrations.
The Normalization table is activated under the Application menu.
If the Normalization table is empty, run the Application Wizard.
This automatically generates all peaknames in the
Normalization table for all configured peaknames in the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table.

Figure 245 Normalize

Components in the Normalization table are identified only by

their name used in the Peak Identification/Calibration Table.
The normalization table consists of:
• #
Index number
• Active
If checked, the information of this peak will be downloaded
to the 490-PRO during a method download action.

296 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

• Peak Name
The name must be identical to the peakname in the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table. It can also be filled in
automatically using the Application Wizard.
• Channel
The GC channel on which the peak is detected.
• Ignore
If checked, the external standard concentration for this peak
is excluded from the normalization calculation.
• Bridge Component
A bridge component is used to bridge two GC channels and
compensate for an injection difference between the two
channels, a so-called bridge component. This requires a
component to be detected on two GC channels.
Select 0.none if not using a bridge component.
Select 1.comp.1 for a component which is detected on two GC
channels. Mark the same component on the other channel
also with 1.comp.1.
If the instrument is equipped with three or four channels,
two other channels can be bridged by marking the two
components 2.comp.2.
Once a bridge component is defined, the instrument
calculates a bridge factor of the component marked as
1.comp.1. This factor is the result of dividing the two external
standard concentrations. Note that this factor should be
close to value 1.0. All peak concentrations of one channel
will be multiplied with this bridge factor. Select Ignore for
only one appearance of the bridge component. This will
exclude one instance of the components concentration from
the normalization concentration.
• Estimate
Select to add a component that is not identified in the
chromatographic run to the Application Normalization. Give
a name in the name-field. The added component can either
have an absolute value to be provided in the Estmate Conc
field or the concentration can be set relative to an identified
peak (add indexnumber to RefConcPeak# field) and a fixed
percentage peak (add %number to RefPeakConc% field) of that
peak.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 297

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

• Test Conc
Value to check the normalization calculation method. Any
value given here will overrule the actual calculated
normalized concentration. Note that you have to select the
appropriate box Application Use test Amount under 
Method\properties.
• RefConcPeak#
Must be used in combination with Estimate. See parameter
Estimate.
• RefPeakConc%
Must be used in combination with Estimate. See parameter
Estimate.
• Group#
Multiple components can be grouped together. Groups will be
separately reported in the Application Report. Add a
component to a group by giving the group number, range: 1-9.
If, for instance, components Methane, Ethane, and Propane
are to be grouped, enter a 1 in the Group# column for all three
components.

Synchronize

Figure 246 Synchronize with calorific power table

The Normalization Table and the Component Constants in the

Calorific Power settings are linked. Changes made to the
Normalization Table should be transmitted to the Component
Constants in the Calorific Power settings. The Synchronize button
activates the propagation process. With the synchronization
process, components which are added or removed from the
Normalization Table are automatically added or removed from the
Component Constants table in the Calorific Power settings.

298 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Constants for added components in Component Constants table

should be updated manually. Prior to synchronization, a popup
message with the changes is presented to the user, giving the
user the ability to authorize or abort the change.

Closing of the Normalization Table and downloading of the application is

NOTE
blocked when changes to the Normalization Table are synchronized with
the Component Constants table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 299

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Application – Calorific Power

Introduction
Natural Gas is an energy source used throughout the world. The
energy is generated by the reaction of the natural gas with
oxygen (also known as combustion). For example, when
propane is burned in air, the following reaction occurs.
C3H8 + 5O2 3CO2 + 4H2O + heat

When propane is burned, the temperature where this reaction

occurs may be in the range where the water can exist in either
the liquid or gaseous state. When the water is condensed, the
latent heat of vaporization provides additional heat. The total of
the energy from the combustion and the latent heat of
vaporization of the water is defined as the higher, gross, or
superior Heat Value (Calorific Value). When the water is
considered to remain in the gaseous state, the latent heat of
vaporization is not included, and the heating value is called the
lower, net, or inferior heat value. This gives the following
relationship.
HG = HN + hV * (nH2O/ncomb)

where
HG = total heat value (Gross, Higher, Superior, Maximum)

HN = heat value of combustion only (Net, Lower, Inferior,

Minimum)
hV = latent heat of vaporization for water

nH2O = moles of water produced in combustion

ncomb = moles in combustion mixture.

When calculated on a per mole basis for a specific compound

and assuming ideal gas behavior, the equation now becomes,

HGid= HN + hVid * nH2O

This allows the calculation of the Gross Heat and Net Heat
values on per compound basis. When combined with the
identification of the compounds in the natural gas to estimate
the heat content.
The analysis of natural gas by gas chromatography is used to
estimate the energy content of the natural gas. This provides a
means to monitor custody transfer of the natural gas from the

300 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

producer to the end user. Several organizations (Gas Processors

Association (GPA) [now in conjunction with the American
Petroleum Institute], ASTM international - formally American
Society of Testing and Materials, International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) [which is also considered as DIN
standard and other Natural Gas Standards are based on the ISO
standards]) have developed standards based on the individual
compound energy values and other physical constants. The
calculation is based on the assumption that the Natural Gas
mixture can be separated into the individual components. This
assumption is based on Dalton's law (the total pressure of a gas
mixture is the sum of the partial pressures):

P = pi

where
pi is the partial pressure on compound i.

When Dalton’s law is combined with the ideal gas law:

P*V=n*R*T
where P is the pressure, V is the volume, T is the temperature
and R is the Gas Constant (the value will depend upon the units
used for V, T, and P) and n is the number of moles.
When the Temperature and Volume are defined and constant,
the number of moles for each component will be proportional to
the partial pressure.
xi = pi/P = ni/ntot

The amount xi can be calculated from the response of the

individual component in the GC separation of the gas mixture.
With gas mixtures, the total concentration is normalized to
100 %. The gas mixture suppliers usually provide the gas
mixture with concentrations in mole %, however, it is possible
that the concentrations will be given in volume % or weight %. If
this is the case the volume % or weight % values will need to be
converted to mole %, since the values in the tables are given in
units/mole.
However, the gases in the Natural Gas mixture (with the
possible exception of Helium) are non-ideal. Based on a per
mole basis, the equation for a real gas is:
P * V = R * T * Z (T,P)
where
P is the absolute pressure

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 301

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

T is the thermodynamic temperature

V is the volume for one mole of gas
Z (T,P) is the compression factor

R is the molar gas constant (8.314472 J mol-1 °K-1 or

10.7316 psia (lbmol °R)-1
This approach is then used to determine the compression factor
for individual compounds. The compression factor is physically
the amount of volume occupied at the temperature and pressure
defined for the measurement. Near ambient, the truncated viral
equation of state satisfactorily describes the behavior for
natural gas.
z (T,P) = 1 + BP/RT
where
B = second viral coefficient for the gas mixture
B considers all the possible interactions between the
components in the mixture. This has led to an alternate
expression that is more convenient.
1
 ---
2
z  T P  = 1 –  P    xj    jj   
 

where
xj = mole fraction of compound j

βjj = and √βjj is the summation factor for component

j.
The component constants are used in conjunction with the base
pressure to calculate the different reported values.

Energy calculation setup

When the 490-PRO Micro GC includes an energy-meter license
the user is able to set up the 490-PRO Micro GC using
PROstation, and determine the calorific value and other
physical properties in the (natural) gas being sampled. The
availability of the energy-meter license can be checked in the
instrument configuration on the User tab at Available licenses.
See “Configuration Frame” on page 175 for additional
information.

302 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

To calculate the physical properties of the (natural) gas confirm

international standards ISO 6976, GPA 2172, ASTM D3588,
GOST 22667 and GOST 31369 require five steps:
1 Select and optimize chromatographic conditions to provide
sufficient separation of the components. “Instrument
Setup” on page 230 describes the instrument’s parameter
settings.
2 Correctly integrate and identify the peaks. For additional
information, see “Integration Events” on page 236 and “Peak
Identification” on page 254.
3 Calibrate the 490-PRO Micro GC. The calibration procedure
is given is section “Peak Calibration” on page 266.

When GOST 22667 calculation is selected, the use of embedded GOST

NOTE
calibration procedure is required. See “Use GOST calibration” on page 271
for additional information.

4 Normalize results from multiple channels. See “Application

– Normalize” on page 296 for how to set up the
normalization table.
5 Select and set up the energy calculation. The sections below
show how to select the calculation method and conditions
used for the various official methods. Calorific Power can be
displayed by selecting Application>Calorific Power. The
PROstation also provides preconfigured applications which
are stored as .papp files. The application can be loaded by
selecting File>Application>Open.

Once Open is selected, the user can choose from the following
preloaded .papp files or from applications they have already
saved. There are 11 application files initially available. In
addition to a default.papp file, files for ISO 6976, GPA 2172,

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 303

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

ASTM D3588, and GOST 2267 are included.

ISO 6976 ISO 0-0.papp, ISO 15-0.papp, ISO 15-15.papp,

ISO 20-20.papp, ISO 25-0.papp, and ISO
25-20.papp. The first number indicates the
combustion temperature and the second
number the metering temperature. These
files are based on ISO 6976 -1995 (including
Technical Corrigendum 2). See “ISO 6976 /
GOST 31369” on page 305.
GPA 2172 GPA 14.696 Psi.papp. This file is based on
GPA 2172 -09. GPA 2145 -09 is used for the
physical properties. See “GPA 2172” on
page 324.
ASTM D3588 D3588.papp and D3588_98.papp.
D3588.papp is based on the most recent
values form GPA (2145-09) and
D3588_98.papp is based on values from the
original D3588-98 (Table 1). See “ASTM
D3588” on page 331.
GOST 22667 GOST 20-0.papp and GOST 20-20.papp.
These files are based on GOST 22667
published in 1982. See “GOST 22667” on
page 333.
GOST 31369 This standard was published in 2008 and is
substantially based on ISO 6976. The
availability of this functionality depends on
your license. See “GOST 31369” on page 336.

304 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

ISO 6976 / GOST 31369

For the calculations based on ISO 6976, selection of the

metering temperature and the combustion temperature are
necessary. On the Calculation Method tab, the Reference
Temperature provides three choices of temperature:
• 273.15 K (0 °C)
• 288.15 K (15 °C)
• 293.15 K (20 °C)
These correspond to the metering temperatures defined in ISO
6976. The Compressibility Air (Zair) is also needed for the
calculations and is linked to the temperature.
• 273.15 K (0.99941)
• 288.15 K (0.99958)
• 293.15 K (0.99963)
For more details see “Sum C6+ unidentified components” on
page 340.
Along with the metering temperature, the combustion
temperature is required to define the values used in Component
Constants table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 305

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

The Superior Heating Value (Hs) and Inferior Heating Value (Hi)
are defined by the choice of the metering temperature and the
combustion temperature, the Summation Factor (SF) is defined
by the metering temperature and MW is the molecular weight of
the component. The 490-PRO calculates physical properties of
the gas on volumetric base, therefor component specific values
for Hs and Hi from Table 5 in ISO 6976:1995 (with the
correction for Propane) should be used. The heating values are
given in MJ m-3.
In the Application Report, and on the instruments webpage, the
following results are presented for Energy:

Name of parameter Unit Dry Saturated

Molar mass kg/kmol A1 = X j  M j A2 = X j  M j 
 1 – X water  + X water  M water
Relative density ideal -
A1 A2
(Molar mass ratio) B1 = ----------- B2 = -----------
M air M air

Relative density real - B1  Z air  t2.p2  B2  Z air  t2.p2 

C1 = --------------------------------------- C2 = ---------------------------------------
Z mix Z mix_Saturated

Gas density ideal kg/m3 D1 = B1   air  Z air  t2.p2  D2 = B2   air  Z air  t2.p2 
Gas density real kg/m3
D1 D2
E1 = ------- E2 = -------
F1 F2
2
Zmix (compressibility) - F1 = 1 –  X j  b j  F2 = 1 –    X j  b j 
2
 1 – X water  + X water  b_water 

306 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Name of parameter Unit Dry Saturated

Hs volume ideal MJ/m3 G1 = X j  H s_j G1 = X j  H s_j  1 – X water 
+ X water  H s_water
Hs volume real MJ/m3
G1 G2
H1 = ------- H2 = -------
F1 F2

Hi volume ideal MJ/m3 I1 = X j  Hi j I2 = I1   1 – X water 

Hi volume real MJ/m3
I1 I2
J1 = ------- J2 = -------
F1 F2

Hs molar KJ/mol K1 = X j  H · K2 = X j  H sj.molar 

sj. molar
 1 – X water  + X water  H water.molar

Hi molar KJ/mol L1 = X j  H ij.molar L2 = X j  H sj.molar   1 – X water 

Hs mass MJ/kg
K1 K2
M1 = ------- M2 = -------
A1 A2

Hi mass MJ/kg
L1 L2
N1 = ------- N2 = -------
A1 A2

Wobbe superior MJ/m3

H1 H2
O1 = ----------- O2 = -----------
C1 C2

Wobbe inferior MJ/m3

J1 J2
Q1 = ----------- Q2 = -----------
C1 C2

In the table shown above, each parameter value has both dry
and saturated (sat) descriptions. Dry indicates that there is no
water in the natural gas. Saturated indicates that water has
been saturated in the natural gas. In ISO 6976, the reference
temperate is 0 C, 15 C, or 20 C. The saturated water mole
fraction is 0.6%, 1.68%, and 2.31%.
The 490-PRO has the ability to convert into other units as
explained below.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 307

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Calorific value unit conversion

The calorific value unit conversion is present in the ISO
calculation method screen. The ISO component constants are
based on MJ/m3 for the heating values. The drop down menu
provides a means for conversion to other units.
1 BTU = 1,054.6783 J (CRC Handbook, Condition 60 F)

Conversion factor  
selection Multiplier Units
No Conversion 1 MJ/m3
MJ/m3 -> KJ/m3 1,000 KJ/m3
MJ/m3 -> KWH/m3 (1/3.6) KWH/m3
MJ/m3 -> kcal/m3 239.00573613767 kcal/m3
MJ/m3 -> BTU/ft3 26.84875658 BTU/ft3

Calculations

Molar mass
The molar mass is molar weight.
The molar mas is calculated by:

Molar mass dry: A1 = X j  M j

Molar mass sat: A2 = X j  M j   1 – X water  + X water  M water

where
xj = mole fraction of component j

Mj = molar mass of component j

Xwater = saturated water mole fraction

Relative density ideal (Molar mass ratio)

The Relative density ideal is the ratio of molar mass to the
molecular weight of air. Molar mass ratio is calculated by
dividing the molar mass of the gas mixture by the molar mass of
dry air.
Relative density ideal dry: B1 = A1/Mair.

Relative density ideal sat: B2 = A2/Mair.

308 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

where
Mair = 28.9626

Relative density real

Real gas relative density is equal to ideal gas density multiplied
by Zair, then divided by Zmix.

airB1  Z  t2.p2 
Relative density real dry: C1 = ---------------------------------------
Z mix

B2  Z
air  t2.p2 
Relative density real sat: C2 = ---------------------------------------
Z mix_Saturated

where
Zair(t2, p2) is air compressibility; values are:

• 273.15 K (0.99941)
• 288.15 K (0.99958)
• 293.15 K (0.99963)

Gas density ideal

Ideal gas density is ideal mass per cubic meter, and is calculated
as follows:

Gas density ideal dry: D1 = B1   air  Z air  t2 p2 

Gas density ideal sat: D2 = B2   air  Z air  t2 p2 

Where
air is real air density:

air(273.15k, 101,325 kpa) = 1.29292283 kg/m3

air(288.15k, 101,325 kpa) = 1.22540971 kg/m3

air(293.15k, 101,325 kpa) = 1.20444873 kg/m3

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 309

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Gas density real

Real gas density is real gas mass per cubic meter, and is
calculated as follows:

D1
Gas density real, dry: E1 = -------
F1

D2
Gas density real, sat: E2 = -------
F2

Zmix (Compressibility)
Compressibility is the departure from ideal gas behavior. For
each compound in the sample, the following is calculated:
2
Zmix dry: F1 = 1 –  X j  b j 

2
Zmix sat: F2 = 1 –    X j  b j   1 – X water  + X water  b_water 

where
Xj = Mole fraction of compound j

bj = summation factor for component j

Xwater = saturated water mole fraction

Hs volume ideal
Hs ideal volume is based upon ideal gas superior heating value:

HS volume ideal dry: G1 = X j  H s_j

HS volume ideal sat:

G1 = X j  H s_j  1 – X water  + X water  H s_water

where
Hs_j is the superior heating value of compound j

Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water

Hs_water is superior water heating value

310 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Hs volume real
Hs volume real is volume based on real gas superior heating
value:

G1
Hs volume real dry: H1 = -------
F1

G2
Hs volume real sat: H2 = -------
F2

Hi volume ideal
Hs ideal is the volume based idea gas inferior heating value:

Hs volume ideal dry: I1 = X j  H i_j

HS volume ideal sat: I1 = X j  H i_j  1 – X water 

where
Xj is the mole fraction of compound j

Hi_j is the superior heating value of compound j

Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water

Hi_water is the superior water heating value

Hi volume real
Hi volume real is the volume based real gas inferior heating
value:

I1
Hi volume ideal dry: J1 = -------
F1

I2
Hi volume ideal sat: J2 = -------
F2

Hs molar
Hs molar is the molar gas superior heating value expressed as
KJ/mol:

Hs molar dry: K1 = X j  H sj.molar

Hs molar sat:
K2 = X j  H sj.molar   1 – X water  + X water  H water.molar

where

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 311

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Xj is the mole fraction of compound j

Hsj.molar is the superior heating value of compound j

Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water

Hwater.molar is the water molar superior heating value

Hi molar
Hi molar is the molar based gas inferior heating value expressed
as KJ/mol:

Hi molar dry: L1 = X j  H ij.molar

Hi molar sat: L2 = X j  H ij.molar   1 – X water 

where
Xj is the mole fraction of compound j

Hij.molar is the inferior molar heating value of compound j

Xwater is the mole fraction of saturated water

Hs mass
Hs mass is the mass based gas superior heating value expressed
as MJ/kg:

K1
Hs mass dry: M1 = -------
A1

K2
Hs mass sat: M2 = -------
A2

Hi mass
Hi mass is the mass based gas inferior heating value expressed
as MJ/kg:

L1
Hi mass dry: N1 = -------
A1

L2
Hi mass sat: N2 = -------
A2

312 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Wobbe superior
Wobbe index based on superior heating value:

H1
Wobbe superior dry: O1 = -----------
C1

H2
Wobbe superior sat: O2 = -----------
C2

Wobbe inferior
Wobbe index based on inferior heating value:

J1
Wobbe superior dry: Q1 = -----------
C1

J2
Wobbe superior sat: Q2 = -----------
C2

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 313

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

GPA2172 / ASTM-D3588

Name of Unit Dry Actual Saturated

parameter
Molar mass kg/kmol
A2 – w%  Mwater
A1 = ----------------------------------------------- A2 = X j  M j A3 = A1  1 – 1.74%  + 1.74%  M water
 1 – w% 

Relative -
A1 A2 A3
density ideal B1 = ----------- B2 = ----------- B3 = -----------
(Molar mass M air M air M air
ratio)
Relative -
B1 B2 B3
density real C1 = -------  Z air C2 = -------  Z air C3 = -------  Z air
(SG) F1 F2 F3

Gas density ibm/ft3 D1 = A1  P   RT  D2 = A2  D3 = A3  P   RT 

ideal P   RT 

Gas density ibm/ft3

D1 D2 D3
real E1 = ------- E2 = ------- E3 = -------
F1 F2 F3

Zmix (com- - F1 = 1 – P b  F2 = 1 – P b  F3 = 1 –  1 – 1.74% 

pressibility) 2
X i  b i – w%  b w 2  Xi  bi  X i  b i – w%  b w
--------------------------------------------  -------------------------------------------- +
1 – w% 1 – w%
2
1.74%  b w   P b
H gross BTU/ft3 G2 – w%  H wv
volume ideal G1 = ------------------------------------- G2 = X j  H s_j G3 = G1   1-1.74% 
1 – w%
+ 1.74%  H wv
H gross BTU/ft3
G1 G2 G3
volume real H1 = ------- H2 = ------- H3 = -------
F1 F2 F3

H net volume BTU/ft3 I2 – w%  H w

ideal I1 = --------------------------------- I2 = X j  H i_j I3 = I1   1-1.74% 
1 – w%

H net volume BTU/ft3

I1 I2 I3
real J1 = ------- J2 = ------- J3 = -------
F1 F2 F3

H gross mass BTU/ Mw

Mw
ibm K2 – w%  H wm  -------- K2 = X j  K3 = K1   1-1.74%  --------
M  M
K1 = ---------------------------------------------------- Mj Mw
Mw ------  H s_j.mass
1 – w%  -------- + 1.74%  --------  H wm
M M M

314 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Name of Unit Dry Actual Saturated

parameter
H net mass BTU/ Mw
Mw
ibm L2 – w%  H wm  -------- L2 = X j  L3 = L1   1-1.74%  --------
M  M
L1 = --------------------------------------------------- Mj
Mw ------  H i_j.mass
1 – w%  -------- M
M

H gross molar KJ/mol M2 – w%  H wm M2 = M3 = M1   1-1.74% 

M1 = --------------------------------------- X j  H s_j.molar + 1.74%  H wm
1 – w%

H net molar KJ/mol N2 – w%  H w N2 = N3 = N1   1-1.74% 

N1 = ----------------------------------- X j  H i_j.molar
1 – w%

Wobbe index, BTU/ft3

H1 H2 H3
real O1 = ----------- O2 = ----------- O3 = -----------
C1 C2 C3

Spec. volume, ft3/ibm P1 = 1   E1  P2 = 1   E2  P3 = 1   E3 

real
GPM total, gal/ Q act – W%  GPM w Q2 = X i  Q3 =
real 1,000 ft3 Q1 = -------------------------------------------------  GPM i    F2  Q dry   1-1.74%  + 1.74%  GPM w
 1 – W% F1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F3

In the table shown above, each parameter value has Dry, Actual
(act), and Saturated (sat) values. Dry indicates natural gas
(containing no water). Actual indicates the known actual water
mole fraction in real measured natural gas. Saturated indicates
natural gas saturated with water. In GPA2172 and ASTM-D3588,
tested base pressure is 14.696 psi, base temperature is 60 F,
accorded saturated water mole fraction is 1.74 %, and actual
water mole fraction is 0 (Dry) and 1.74 % (sat).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 315

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Calorific value unit conversion

The calorific value unit conversion is present in the ISO
calculation method screen. The ISO component constants are
based on BTU/ft3 or BTU/lbm for the values. The drop down
menu provides a means for conversion to other units.
1 BTU = 1,055.0559 J (ASTM-D3588)

Conversion factor  
selection Multiplier Units
BTU/ft3 -> BTU/m3 (1/0.0283268466) BTU/m3
BTU/ft3 -> MMBTU/ft3 (1/1,000,000 MMBTU/ft3
BTU/ft3 -> MMBTU/m3 (1/1,000,000* MMBTU/m3
0.02831684666)
BTU/ft3 -> MJ/m3 (1/26.83914663) MJ/m3
BTU/lbm -> MJ/kg (2.326/1,000) MJ/kg

Calculations

Molar mass
The molar mass is molar weight.
The molar mass is calculated by:

A2 – w%  M water
Molar mass dry: A1 = -------------------------------------------
-
 1 – w% 

Molar mass act: A2 = X j  M j

Molar mass sat: A3 = A1  1 – 1.74%  + 1.74%  M water

where
Xj is mole fraction of component j, including actual water
mole fraction
Mj is molar mass of component j

w% is mole fraction of actual water

1.74% is mole fraction of saturated water

316 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Relative Density Ideal (Molar Mass Ratio)

The Relative density ideal indicates the ratio of molar mass to
the molecular weight of air. Molar mass ratio is calculated by
dividing the molar mass of the gas mixture by the molar mass of
dry air.

A1
Relative density ideal dry: B1 = -----------
M air

A2
Relative density ideal act: B2 = -----------
M air

A3
Relative density ideal sat: B3 = -----------
M air

where
Mair = 28.9626

Relative Density Real (SG)

Real gas relative density is equal to ideal gas density multiplied
by Zair and then divided by Zmix.

B1
Relative density real dry: C1 = -------  Z air
F1

B2
Relative density real act: C2 = -------  Z air
F2

B3
Relative density real sat: C3 = -------  Z air
F3

where
Zair is the compressibility of air = 0.9996

Gas density ideal

Ideal gas density is the ideal mass per cubic meter, and is
calculated as follows:

Gas density ideal dry: D1 = A1  P   RT 

Gas density ideal act: D2 = A2  P   RT 

Gas density ideal sat: D3 = A3  P   RT 

where
P is base pressure = 101325 pa

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 317

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

R is constant = 8.314510 J*mol-1* K-1

T is base temperature = 273.15k + 15.5k = 288.65k

Gas density real

Real gas density is real gas mass per cubic meter, and is
calculated as follows:

D1
Gas density real dry: E1 = -------
F1

D2
Gas density real act: E2 = -------
F2

D3
Gas density real sat: E3 = -------
F3

Zmix (Compressibility)
Compressibility is a departure from ideal gas behavior. For each
compound in the sample, the following is calculated:

i X  b – w%  b
i w
2
Zmix dry: F1 = 1 – P b  -------------------------------------------
-
1 – w%

2
Zmix act: F2 = 1 – P b   X i  bi 

Zmix sat:
X i  b i – w%  b w 2
F3 = 1 –  1 – 1.74%   -------------------------------------------- + 1.74%  b w   P b
1 – w%

where
Pb is the base pressure =14.696 psi

Xi is the mole fraction of component of i

bi is the summation factor of component i

bw is the summation factor of water

w% is the mole fraction of actual water

1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated water

318 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

H Gross volume ideal

H Gross volume ideal is the ideal gas volume based, gross
heating value, and is calculated as follows:

G2 – w%  H wv
H Gross volume ideal dry: G1 = -------------------------------------
1 – w%

H Gross volume ideal act: G2 = X j  H s_j

H Gross volume ideal sat: G3 = G1   1-1.74%  + 1.74%  H wv

where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j

Hs_j is the gross heating value of component j

Hwv is the gross water heating value

W% is the mole fraction of actual water

1.74% is the saturated water mole fraction

H Gross volume real

H Gross volume real is the real gas gross heating value, and is
calculated as follows:

G1
H Gross volume real dry: H1 = -------
F1

G2
H Gross volume real act: H2 = -------
F2

G3
H Gross volume real sat: H3 = -------
F3

H Net volume ideal

H Net volume ideal is the ideal gas volume based, net heating
value, and is calculated as follows:

I2 – w%  H
H Net volume ideal dry: I1 = --------------------------------w-
1 – w%

H Net volume ideal act: I2 = X j  H i_j

H Net volume ideal sat: I3 = I1   1-1.74% 

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 319

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j

Hi_j is the net heating value of component j

H Net volume real

H Net volume real is the real gas volume based, net heating
value, and is calculated as follows:

I1
H Net volume real dry: J1 = -------
F1

I2
H Net volume real act: J2 = -------
F2

I3
H Net volume real sat: J3 = -------
F3

H Gross Mass
H Gross Mass is the real gas mass based, gross heating value,
and is calculated as follows:

Mw
K2 – w%  H wm  --------
M
H Gross Mass dry: K1 = ----------------------------------------------------
Mw
1 – w%  --------
M

M
H Gross Mass act: K2 = X j  ------j  H s_j.mass
M

H Gross Mass sat:

Mw Mw
K3 = K1   1-1.74%  -------- + 1.74%  --------  H wm
 M M

where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j

Hs_j.mass is the mass based gross heating value of

component j
Mj is the molar mass of component j

320 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

M is the molar mass of act real gas

Hwm is the water mass based gross heating value

W% is the actual water mole fraction

1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas

H Net Mass
H Net Mass is the real gas mass based, net heating value, and is
calculated as follows:

Mw
L2 – w%  H wm  --------
M
H Net Mass dry: L1 = ---------------------------------------------------
Mw
1 – w%  --------
M

M
H Net Mass act: L2 = X j  ------j  H i_j.mass
M

M
H Net Mass sat: L3 = L1   1-1.74%  -------w-
M

where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j

Hi_j.mass is the mass based net heating value of component

j
Mj is the molar mass of component j

M is the molar mass of act real gas

Hwm is the water mass based gross heating value

W% is the actual water mole fraction

1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas

H Gross molar
H Gross molar is the molar based, gross heating value, and is
calculated as follows:

M2 – w%  H
wm
H Gross molar dry: M1 = ---------------------------------------
1 – w%

H Gross molar act: M2 = X j  H s_j.molar

H Gross molar sat: M3 = M1   1-1.74%  + 1.74%  H wm

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 321

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j

Hs_j.molar is the molar based gross heating value of

component j
Hwn is the water molar based gross heating value

W% is the actual water mole fraction

1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas

H Net molar
H Net molar is the molar based, net heating value, and is
calculated as follows:
N2 – w%  H
H Net molar dry: N1 = ----------------------------------w-
1 – w%

H Net molar act: N2 = X j  H i_j.molar

H Net molar sat: N3 = N1   1-1.74% 

where
Xj is the mole fraction of component j

Hi_j.molar is the molar based net heating value of

component j
Hwn is the water molar based gross heating value

W% is the actual water mole fraction

1.74% is the mole fraction of saturated gas

Wobbe index, real

Wobbe index is the real gas based on gross heating value

H1
Wobbe index, real dry: O1 = -----------
C1

H2
Wobbe index, real act: O2 = -----------
C2

H3
Wobbe index, real sat: O3 = -----------
C3

322 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Spec. volume, real

Spec. volume, real is reciprocal of real gas density

Spec. volume, real dry: P1 = 1   E1 

Spec. volume, real act: P2 = 1   E2 

Spec. volume, real sat: P3 = 1   E3 

GPM total, real

GPM total, real is the liquid volume equivalent, expressed as
gallons per 1,000 cubic feet of gas:

act Q – W%  GPM w
GPM total, real dry: Q1 = ------------------------------------------------
-
 1 – W% F1

GPM total, real act: Q2 = X i   GPM i    F2 

dry Q   1-1.74%  + 1.74%  GPM w

GPM total, real sat: Q3 = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
F3

where
Xi is the mole fraction of component i

GPMi is the liquid volume equivalent expressed as gallons

per 1,000 cubic feet of gas of component i
(Xi*1000*Pb/(Vi*14.696))
Vi = cubic feet per gallon for compound i (this is shown as
Vfact in the Component Constants table)

Pb = base pressure

W% is the actual water mole fraction

GPMw is the water liquid volume equivalent expressed as
gallons per 1,000 cubic feet of gas

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 323

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

GPA 2172
For the calculations based on GPA 2172, selection of the
metering temperature and the combustion temperature are
defined at 60 °F. It is necessary to input the Base Pressure,
normally 14.696 psia (1atm) is used unless a different base
pressure is specified (GPA 2172 cites other common base
pressures as 14.65psia, 14.73psia, and 15.025psia).

In addition to the Component Name, the Component Constants tab

shows the following in the table. Check the values being used
with the standard being used. You may be required to use a
specific standard defined by publication year.

324 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Hv is the Gross Heating Value, hv is the Net Heating Value, Vfact.

is the Volume expressed as Ft3 ideal gas/gal liquid, SF is the
summation factor, and MW is the molecular weight.
Comp. Type is a special variable which allows the user to
calculate the calorific value for the natural gas which is
partially saturated or has additional air. The use of estimates
for water is described in section “Accounting for water -
partially saturated natural gas” on page 338. The use of an
estimate for air is highlighted in section “Using an estimate air
concentration” on page 332.
Check the values being used with the standard being used. You
may be required to use a specific standard defined by
publication year.
The following calculations are now provided and reported (in
the application report and webpage) for GPA 2172 and are
shown in Table 28.

Table 28 GPA 2172 report calculations

  Description (Natural gas sample

GPA 2172 Application  being tested, unless noted
report parameter Unit otherwise)
Compressibility Departure from ideal gas behavior
Molar mass lb/lbmol Molecular weight
Molar mass ratio The ratio of the molar mass to the
molecular weight of air (relative
density for ideal gas)
Hv act Btu/ft3 Gross heating value
3
Hv dry Btu/ft Gross heating value for dry real gas
Hv wet Btu/ft3 Gross heating value for water
saturated real gas

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 325

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Table 28 GPA 2172 report calculations (continued)

  Description (Natural gas sample

GPA 2172 Application  being tested, unless noted
report parameter Unit otherwise)
hv act Btu/ft3 Net heating value
hv dry Btu/ft3 Net heating value for dry real gas
hv wet Btu/ft3 Net heating value for water saturated
real gas
S.G. Specific gravity (Relative density for
real gas)
Wobbe Btu/ft3 Wobbe index for real gas
Hv act MJ/M3 MJ/m3 Gross heating value converted to
MJ/m3
hv act MJ/M3 MJ/m3 Net heating value converted to
MJ/m3
Density lb/ft3 lb/ft3 Mass density for ideal gas
Spec. volume ft3/lb ft3/lb 1 / mass density for ideal gas
GPM Total gal/1000 ft3 gal/1000 ft3 Total gallons of liquid hydrocarbon
per thousand cubic feet of gas
GPM per compound gal/1000 ft3 Gallons of liquid per thousand cubic
gal/1000 ft3 feet of gas calculated on per
compound basis
Weight % per The weight of a compound divided by
component the sample's total weight expressed
as a percentage.

Calculations

Compressibility
For each compound in the sample the following is calculated.
cfj= xj * SFj

where
xi= Mole fraction of compound j

SFj= summation factor for component j

CF = Σcfj

Compressibility = 1-CF2

326 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Molar mass
Molar mass is calculated by:
Molar mass = Σ xj * Mj

where
xj = mole fraction of component j

Mj = molar mass of component j

Molar mass ratio

Molar mass ratio is calculated by dividing the molar mass of the
gas mixture by the molar mass of dry air.
Molar mass ratio = Molar mass/28.9626

Gross Btu/ft3 (Ideal gas dry gas)

Calculated as
Hv(Pb) = Σ xi * HI(Pb/14.696)

where
xi = mole fraction of component i

Hi(ti) = Gross BTU/ft3 of compound i at temp ti

Pb = Base pressure

The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole
fraction multiplied by the calorific value of the compounds in
the mixture.

Gross Btu /ft3 (Real gas dry gas)

Calculated as

Hv(dry) = Σ [xi * HIid(Pb/14.696)]/zi

where
xi = mole fraction of component i

Hiid = Gross BTU/ ft3 of compound i

Pb = Base pressure

zi = Compressibility of for the gas

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 327

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Gross Btu /Ft3 (Real gas wet gas)

Hv wet is then calculated as

Hvid(wet) = (1-xw)*Hvid(dry)

xw = Pwsat/Pb

At 60 °F the vapor pressure of water is 0.25640 psia.

Pw = 0.25640

Net Btu /Ft3 (Ideal gas dry gas)

Calculated as
hv(Pb) = Σ xi * hI(Pb/14.696)

where
xi = mole fraction of component i

hi(ti) = net BTU/ft3 of compound i at temp ti

Pb = Base pressure

The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole
fraction multiplied by the calorific value of the compounds in
the mixture.

Net Btu /ft3 (Real gas dry gas)

Calculated as

hvid(dry)= Σ [xi * HIid(Pb/14.696)]/zi

where
xi = mole fraction of component i

hiid = Net BTU/ft3 of compound i

Pb = Base pressure

zi = Compressibility of for the gas

Net Btu /ft3 (Real gas wet gas)

hv wet is then calculated as

Hvid(wet) = (1-xw)*Hvid(dry)

328 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

xw = Pwsat/Pb

At 60 °F the vapor pressure of water is 0.25640 psia.

Specific gravity
Specific gravity is also known as relative density and is
calculated from the molar mass.
d° = Σ xj * [Mj /Mair]

where
d° = relative density of the ideal gas
Mj = molar mass of component j

Mair = 28.9626 kg*kmol-1 (molar mass of dry air of

standard composition)
The relative density for a real gas is then calculated as
SG = d° * (zair/ zsample)

where
zair = compression factor for air at t1

zsample = compression factor for the sample at t1

Wobbe index
Wobbe = Hv act/√Rel. Density

Hv act MJ/M3
To convert from BTU/CF to MJ/M3

Convert Hv act from btu ft-3 to MJ/m-3

= Hv act *(1055.0559 Joules/BTU * (1/ 0.0283168 m3/ft3)

hv act MJ/M3
To convert from BTU/CF to MJ/M3

Convert hv act from btu ft-3 to MJ/m-3

= hv act *(1055.0559 Joules/BTU * (1/ 0.0283168 m3/ft3)

Density
The density of the ideal gas

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 329

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

P
  t p  =  ----------------  x j  M j 
  R  T 

where

  t p  = density of the ideal gas

R = 8.314510 J*mol-1 * K-1

T = t + 273.15 °K
where
T = temperature in °K
t = temperature in °C
The density of the real gas is calculated from
ρ(t,p) = ρ°(t,p) / Zmix (t,p)
where
Zmix (t,p) = compressibility factor of the gas mixture

This is then converted to lb/ft3.

Specific volume
Specific volume = 1/Density

GPM total
This is the liquid volume equivalent expressed as gallons per
1000 cubic feet of gas
N
GPM = Σ (xi *1000) * Pb) / (Vi *14.696)

I=1
xi = mole fraction of compound I

Vi = Cubic feet per gallon for compound I (this is shown as

Vfact. in the Component Constants table)
Pb = Base pressure

N = number of components

330 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

ASTM D3588
For the calculations based on ASTM D3588, selection of the
metering temperature and the combustion temperature are
necessary. The ASTM calculations are the same as the GPA
calculations. The Application Report provides the same
calculations as the GPA Application Report. The application
D3588.papp has the values from Figure 247 in the ASTM D3588
standard. These are based on the ASTM D3588-1989 version.
Footnote A of Table 1 shown in Figure 247 states: This table is
consistent with GPA 2145-89, but it is necessary to use the
values from the most recent edition of GPA 2145 for custody
transfer calculations.

Figure 247 Component Constants for ASTM D3588 Table 1

Updating the application file with GPA 2145 updates for custody
transfer calculations
Comparing the Component Constants to GPA 2145-09 does
show some differences. Using n-pentane as an example, the
value of Hv (Gross Heating Value) has changed from 4008.9 to
4008.7, the value of hv (Net Heating Value) has changed from
3703.9 to 3707, the value of SF (Summation Factor) has changed
from 0.0631 to 0.0606, and MW (Molecular Weight) from 72.15 to
72.1488. The updated values can be entered by clicking on the
cell and entering the updated value.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 331

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

The Summation Factor for Air have also been updated. See
Figure 248.

Figure 248 Component Constants for Air

Using an estimate air concentration

The Summation Factor for Air has changed from 0.0050 to
0.00537. The 0.0050 value is used in the Energy Calculation,
unless the air is used as an estimated concentration.
The PROstation also provides a means to use an estimated
concentration of air. The application is setup for calculating the
air using a different Summation Factor as follows.
If necessary, air is added to the Normalization Table and can
either have an absolute value to be provided in the Estim. Conc
field (Estimate must be checked) or the concentration can be set
relative to an identified peak (add index number to
RefConcPeak# field) and a fixed percentage peak (add % number
to RefPeakConc% field) of that peak. See Figure 249.

Figure 249 Normalization table

332 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

When using the Estimate feature, air is not required in the Peak
Identification Table, only the Normalization Table. See Figure 250.

Figure 250 Peak Identification table

In the Calorific Power under the Component Constants table,

Comp. Type is set by selecting 1. Air from the drop down list.
Either update the Summation Factor for Air or add the
necessary values for the physical constants for Air to the table.
Save the application. Download this application and then
upload the application to check the values again.

GOST 22667
When GOST 22667 is selected, the Calculation Method tab shows
the following screen. GOST 22667 does not require the selection
of metering temperature and the combustion temperature. See
Figure 251.

Figure 251 Calorific Power - Calculation Method

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 333

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

The Component Constants table has three columns. Hs(r) is the

maximum heating value, Hi(r) is the minimum heating value,
and Rel.Density is the relative density for each of the
components. See Figure 252.

Figure 252 Calorific Power - Component Constants

The temperature used in the calculations is defined by the

values used in the Component Constants. These values are for a
combustion temperature of either 0 °C or 20 °C. The standard
provides the maximum heating and minimum heating values in
either MJ/m3 or kcal/m3 and the relative density. For the
purposes of the calculations, the air density is accepted to be 1,
and the heating values include each component’s
compressibility factor. The user must check the values against
the standard to verify the correct values are being used.
See “Sum C6+ unidentified components” on page 340 and
“Component concentration by difference” on page 344 for
further discussion of these topics.
The following calculated results for the gas sample are reported
in the Application report for GOST - 22667.
Rel. Density
Hs (Maximum heat value) in MJ/m3 or kcal/m3
Hi (Minimum heat value) in MJ/m3 or kcal/m3
Wobbe sup. (Wobbe index for maximum heat value) MJ/m3
or kcal/m3
Wobbe inf. (Wobbe index for minimum heat value) MJ/m3 or
kcal/m3.

334 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Calculations

Maximum heat value (Molar)

Hs(t1) = xi * Hi(t1)
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
Hi(ti) = maximum calorific value for 1 mole of i at temp tI
The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole
fraction × the calorific value of components in the mixture.

Minimum heat value (Molar)

Hi(t1) = xi * Hi(t1)
where
xi = mole fraction of component i
Hi(ti) = minimum calorific value for 1 mole of i at temp tI
The total heat value of the mixture is the sum of each mole
fraction × the calorific value of components in the mixture.

Relative Density
For each compound in the sample the following is calculated.
sgi= xi *(MWi/MWAir) where

xi= Mole fraction of compound i

All of the sg’s are summed to give the sum SG

Relative Density = Σ xi * (MWi/MWAir)

Wobbe Index
The Wobbe Index is calculated for the gas sample:
Wobbe = Heat Value (Maximum or Minimum)/√(Relative
Density)
The GOST standard allows the Wobbe index to be reported as
the Maximum and Minimum values in either MJ/m3 or kcal/m3.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 335

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

GOST 31369
The availability of this functionality depends on your license.

Figure 253 GOST 31369 Calculation Method

GOST 31369 Standard was published in 2008 and is

substantially based on ISO 6976. Therefore, calculations require
the selection of the metering temperature and the combustion
temperature. On the Calculation Method screen, the Reference
Temperature provides three choices of temperature:
• 273.15 K (0 °C)
• 288.15 K (15 °C)
• 293.15 K (20 °C)
These correspond to the metering temperatures defined in
ISO 6976. The Compressibility Air (Zair) is also needed for the
calculations and is linked to the temperature.
• 273.15 K (0.99941)
• 288.15 K (0.99958)
• 293.15 K (0.99963)

336 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Along with the metering temperature, the combustion

temperature is required to define the values used in the
Component Constants table. The user should check the values
being used with the standard being used.

Figure 254 GOST 31369 Component Constants

The Superior Heating Value (Hs) and Inferior Heating Value (Hi)
are defined by the choice of the metering temperature and the
combustion temperature, the Summation Factor (SF) is defined
by the metering temperature and MW is the molecular weight of
the component. The 490-PRO calculates physical properties of
the gas on volumetric base, therefor component specific values
for Hs and Hi from Table 29 in GOST 31369 should be used. The
heating values are given in MJ m-3.
In the Application Report and on the instrument’s webpage, the
following results are presented for Energy:

Table 29 GOST 31369 component values

GOST 31369 Application  Description (for the Natural Gas sample

report parameter Unit* being tested, unless noted otherwise)
Compressibility Departure from ideal gas behavior
Molar mass kg/kmol Molecular weight
Molar mass ratio The ratio of the molar mass to the
molecular weight of air
Relative density Density relative to density of air
Absolute density Kg/m3 Mass/Volume at specified temperature
and pressure

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 337

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Table 29 GOST 31369 component values (continued)

GOST 31369 Application  Description (for the Natural Gas sample

report parameter Unit* being tested, unless noted otherwise)
Hs MJ/m3 Superior heating value
Hi MJ/m3 Inferior heating value
Wobbe superior MJ/m3 Wobbe index based on superior heating
value
Wobbe inferior MJ/m3 Wobbe index based on inferior heating
value
* Note: displayed units from GOST 31369.

Discussion of the calculations and conversion to other units are

covered in “ISO 6976 / GOST 31369” on page 305. See “Sum C6+
unidentified components” on page 340 and “Component
concentration by difference” on page 344 for further discussion
of these topics.

Accounting for water - partially saturated natural gas

The PROstation also provides a means to use an estimated
concentration of water. Selecting ASTM 3588 or GPA 2172 in the
Calorific Power Calculation Method panel gives information on how
to estimate the water. See Figure 255.

Figure 255 How to select water amounts

The application is setup for calculating the water in a partially

saturated sample as follows.
Water is added to the Normalization Table, and can either have an
absolute value to be provided in the Estim. Conc field (Estimate
must be checked) or the concentration can be set relative to an
identified peak (add index number to RefConcPeak# field) and a
fixed percentage peak (add % number to RefPeakConc% field) of
that peak.

338 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

In the Calorific Power under the Component Constants table,

Comp. Type is set to 2. Water for the water entry by selecting 2.
Water from the drop down list for Comp. Type. Add the necessary
values for the physical constants for water to the table. Save the
application. Download this application and then upload the
application to check the values again. See Figure 256.

Figure 256 Component Constants - Water

When the application report is displayed, the energy

calculations show Hv act, Hv dry, and Hv wet. See Figure 257
Hv Act is the calculation that includes the water concentration
and Hv dry compensates for the water amount. In this example
the water concentration is 0.3 %, the Hv dry is calculated by
dividing the Hv act by 0.997 which is [1/(1 - 0.003)] or in %
[100/(100-0.3)]. Hv act is the ideal Hv adjusted for the. 0.3 %
water. Hv act = Hv ideal - [(0.3*50.312)/100]

Figure 257 Energy calculations

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 339

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Sum C6+ unidentified components

Summing C6+ unidentified components must be used in
combination with setting the RF unknown peaks to Relative in the
Method Calibration window.
When Calorific Power is selected from the drop down for
Application, the following screen appears. The top half of the
screen under Calculation Method allows the user to select the
calculation type. There is also a checkbox which can be selected
to Sum C6+ unidentified components. See Figure 258.

Figure 258 Sum 6+ unidentified components

Since the Micro GC does have back flush-to-detector it is

necessary that n-hexane, and all peaks that elute beyond the C6
are summarized. The standards do provide for the grouping of
the components by providing physical constant data for hexanes
and heptanes. These values can be used for the summed peaks.
When using a TCD, it is appropriate to use different response
factors for the components since the thermal conductivity has a
molecular weight dependence.
Typically, for saturated hydrocarbons, the isomers of the
n-alkane elute prior to the respective n-alkane. For example, it
would be appropriate to use the response factor for n-hexane
for the hexane isomers, 2-methylpentane, 3-methylpentane,
2,2-dimethylbutane, and 2,3-dimethylbutane. The isomers of
n-heptane would then use the response factor of n-heptane, etc.
See Figure 259 on page 341.

340 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Figure 259 Elution order of the hexane isomers. (Chromatogram from

application note for 7890)

However, if aromatic components are in the mixture, it is

appropriate to exclude these components since the heating
value is significantly different. Table 30 is an excerpt from
ISO 6976, Table 5. As can be seen, the aromatic compounds are
significantly different from the alkanes in heating value for the
same carbon number. With n-Hexane, Benzene, n-heptane, and
n-octane identified and not excluded, the following regions are
used for the response factors. See Figure 260 on page 342.
Table 30 ISO 6976 Table 5 excerpt

Compound Carbon number Superior 15 °/15 °C MJ/m3

n-Hexane 6 177.55
2-Methylpentane 6 177.23
3-Methylpentane 6 177.34
2,2-Dimethylbutane 6 176.82
2,3-Dimethylbutane 6 177.15
Benzene 6 139.69
n-Heptane 7 205.42
Toluene 7 167.05
n-Octane 8 233.28
Ethylbenzene 8 194.95
o-Xylene 8 194.49

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 341

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Figure 260 Response factors sorted by regions 1-5

Figure 260 shows region 1 includes the unidentified peaks

eluting after n-pentane and up to and including n-hexane, 2
includes the unidentified peaks eluting after n-hexane and up to
and including Benzene, 3 includes the unidentified peaks
eluting after Benzene and up to and including n-heptane, 4
includes the unidentified peak eluting after n-heptane and up to
and including n-octane, 5 is the region after the last identified
peak. Region 1 uses the response factor for n-hexane, region 2
uses the response factor for Benzene, region 3 uses the response
factor for n-heptane, region 4 uses the response factor for
n-octane, and region 5 uses the response factor for n-octane
since it is the last identified peak.
As one can see in Table 29 on page 337 this will lead to
erroneous values for the calculated amounts and calorific
values. If the option is used to exclude a peak from the
summation algorithm, for example, Benzene is excluded the
earlier mentioned regions are redistributed a bit. (See
Figure 261 on page 343.) Region 2 is now allocated to Benzene
only while Region 3 is expanded to include all unidentified
peaks eluting right after n-Hexane up to and including
n-Heptane.

342 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Figure 261 Response factor excluding a peak

The Integration Report shows the unidentified peaks, and the

Application Report will show the summed unidentified peaks as
part of the normalized amount for n-Hexane and n-Heptane and
n-Octane and other identified peaks that are not excluded.

Figure 262 Normalization Table - water

When using the Estimate feature, water is not required in the

Peak Identification table, only the Normalization Table.

Figure 263 Peak Identification table

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 343

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Component concentration by difference

The availability of the Component Concentration by Difference
option depends on your license. This option is used to
normalize to 100 % using a selectable component. The
concentration for the selected component is calculated using
the following formula:
Component concentration = 100 % - (Sum all other measured
component concentrations + Sum all estimated component
concentrations).
The option is enabled using the checkbox. The specific
component is selected using the combo boxes.

344 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Application – Verification Check

As part of the automation, on the basis of time or number of
runs passed, a verification block can be programmed.

Figure 264 Verification block

The results of this verification will either be reported as a

normal sample, identifying the run as a verification run or
reported as normal, but also compared to a set of
preprogrammed limits.
As part of the application, the user must define limits, against
which the verification will be checked. The user can choose
from raw results, sample results, or calculated results.
The user must program the appropriate minimum and
maximum values. If outside the programmed range, the
verification is set negative, initiating a calibration block.
Note that the Verification Table must be set very carefully. Too
many variables will likely result in unwanted and unnecessary
calibrations. Too few variables might result in unwanted errors.
During a verification run, it is possible to check whether
parameters are within limits. Such as:
• External standard or normalized concentrations of
components listed in the Application Report.
• Sample results like sum or group total and bridge component
as defined in the Normalization window (Application menu).
• Analog Inputs using the (sampling) converted values as
defined in the Analog Input window.
• Calorific Power results as defined in the Energy Calculation
window (Application menu).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 345

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Figure 265 Verification check

A verification check is only performed after the sample

calculation of a verification run, either from the Sequence- or
Verification Table or Single run.
Enable the Verification Table in the Settings tab.

Figure 266 Verification enable

Use the Download Application from the Control menu to store the
Verification settings to the 490-PRO. Only the Activated lines in
the Verification Table will be downloaded to the 490-PRO.
Find more information in “Verification run” on page 701.

346 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Application – Alarms
Alarm relays can be used to indicate whether parameters are
out of limits. Such as:
• External standard or normalized concentrations of
components listed in the Application Report.
• Sample results such as sum or group total and bridge
component as defined in the Normalization window
(Application menu).
• Analog Inputs using the (sampling) converted values as
defined in the Analog Input window.
• Calorific Power results as defined in the Energy Calculation
window (Application menu).
• GC Status such as ambient temperature and pressure.
• External Digital inputs from other devices such as flowmeter.

Figure 267 Alarms

The Minimum and Maximum column entries can be omitted

(here left zero). Some parameters do not need maximum and
minimum such as digital inputs.

Figure 268 Alarms with no minimum or maximum

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 347

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Using one relay output for multiple alarm conditions can be

handled by using the Any Alarm parameter. For example, to set
an alarm if either the ESTD Amount of Methane is out of limits
or a Verification Failure occurs, use the following Alarm Table.

Figure 269 Any alarm parameter

Although the first two Alarms have no physical relay, their

status can be read using ModBus. For fail-safe purposes or
inverting a digital input, the alarm output can be inverted in the
Invert Alarm column.
The analog outputs are set after processing a certain run type or
when using Recalculate Current Run. The run type is defined in
the Alarm On column as either Analysis, Blank, Calibration, or
Verification
Enable the Alarm Table in the Settings tab.

Figure 270 Alarm enable

Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the

Alarm settings to the 490-PRO. Only the Activated lines in the
Alarm Table will be downloaded. Find more information in
“Case 2: Alarms” on page 713.

348 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Application – Analog Outputs

Analog outputs can be used to indicate a parameter value or
status. The conversion from the input value is illustrated in the
following curves:

Figure 271 Input value conversion illustration

The conversion follows a straight line (linear interpolation)

between the points [Input Low X1, Output Y1] and 
[Input High X2, Output Y2].
Outside the <Input Low X1, Input High X2> input range the
output is limited to the respective Output Y1 or Output Y2
value.
A negative slope is defined by making Output Y2 smaller than
Output Y1.
A zero slope (equal Output Y1 and Y2) gives one output 
(Output Y1/Y2) for all input values.
Note that Input Low must always be smaller than Input High.
The analog outputs can be coupled to parameters as:
• Integration results for components defined in the Method
menu.
• Sample results like sum or group total and bridge component
as defined in the Normalization window (Application menu).
• Analog Inputs using the (sampling) converted values as
defined in the Analog Input window.
• Calorific Power results as defined in the Energy Calculation
window (Application menu).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 349

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Examples of these parameters and possible conversions are

given below:

Figure 272 Analog outputs example parameters

Analog Outputs can also be coupled to digital signals. Such as:

• GC Status and
• Verification Failure
Use for digital inputs 0 and 1 as Input Low X1 and High X2
values. The output will be the respective Output Y1 or Y2 value.

Figure 273 Analog outputs digital signals

The analog outputs are set after processing a certain run type
(or when using Recalculate Current Run). The run type is defined
in the Update On column. Choices are:
• Analysis
• Blank
• Calibration and
• Verification
Enable the Analog Output Table in the Settings tab.

Figure 274 Analog output enable

Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the
Analog Output settings to the 490-PRO. Find more information
in “Case 1: Analog Output” on page 709.

350 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Parameters
The parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output are
listed in Table 31.

Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output

Parameter type Parameter Display

Integration results (1) ESTD <Component 1> Application report
Amounts (lower table)
<Component 2>
…
(2) Normalized <Component 1>
Amounts
<Component 2>
…
(3) Sample results ESTD total Group 1
…
ESTD total Group 10
Normalized total group 1
…
Normalized total group 10
Sum ESTD Application report
(Sample column)
Sum Estimates
Bridge comp. factor
Inputs (5) Analog inputs Sampling Analog Input 1 Application report
(Environment column)
Sampling Analog Input 2
…
(9*) Digital Inputs [Digital# 1]
[Digital# 2]
…
* only for Alarms, ** only for Analog Outputs, *** not for Verifications <…> example, […] option depends on configuration

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 351

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)

Parameter type Parameter Display

Calorific (6) ISO6976/GOST 31369 1. Dry.Zmix Application report
Power Results (Energy column)
2. Dry.Molar Mass
3. Dry.Rel.Dens.Ideal
4. Dry.Rel.Dens.Real
5. Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal
6. Dry.Gas.Dens.Real
7. Dry.Hs.v.Ideal
8. Dry.Hs.v.Real
9. Dry.Hs.Mass
10. Dry.Hs.Molar
11. Dry.Hi.v.Ideal
12. Dry.Hi.v.Real
13. Dry.Hi.Mass
14. Dry.Hi.Molar
15. Dry.Wobbe index
16. Dry.Wobbe Inferior
17. Sat.Zmix
18. Sat.Molar Mass
19. Sat.Rel.Dens.Ideal
20. Sat.Rel.Dens.Real
21. Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal
22. Sat.Gas.Dens.Real
23. Sat.Hs.v.Ideal
24. Sat.Hs.v.Real
25. Sat.Hs.Mass
26. Sat.Hs.Molar
27. Sat.Hi.v.Ideal
28. Sat.Hi.v.Real
29. Sat.Hi.Mass

352 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)

Parameter type Parameter Display

Calorific (6) ISO6976/GOST 31369 30. Sat.Hi.Molar Application report
Power (continued) Results (continued) (Energy column)
31. Sat.Wobbe index
32. Sat.Wobbe Inferior
(7) ASTM/GPA 1. Act.Zmix
Results
2. Act.Molar Mass
3. Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal
4. Act.Rel.Dens.Real
5. Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal
6. Act.Gas.Dens.Real
7. Act.Hs.v.Ideal
8. Act.Hs.v.Real
9. Act.Hmass
11. Act.hv.ideal
12. Act.hv.real
15. Act.Wobbe index
16. Act.Spec.Volume
17. Act.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
18. Act.Hv.MJ/m3
19. Act.hv.MJ/m3
20. Dry.Zmix
21. Dry.Molar Mass
22. Dry.Rel.Dens.Ideal
23. Dry.Rel.Dens.Real
24. Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal
25. Dry.Gas.Dens.Real
26. Dry.Hs.v.Ideal
27. Dry.Hs.v.Real
28. Dry.Hmass
30. Dry.hv.ideal
31. Dry.hv.real

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 353

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)

Parameter type Parameter Display

Calorific (7) ASTM/GPA 34. Dry.Wobbe index Application report
Power (continued) Results (continued) (Energy column)
35. Dry.Spec.Volume
36. Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
37. Dry.Hv.MJ/m3
38. Dry.hv.MJ/m3
39. Sat.Zmix
40. Sat.Molar Mass
41. Sat.Rel.Dens.Ideal
42. Sat.Rel.Dens.Real
43. Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal
44. Sat.Gas.Dens.Real
45. Sat.Hs.v.Ideal
46. Sat.Hs.v.Real
47. Sat.Hmass
49. Sat.hv.ideal
50. Sat.hv.real
53. Sat.Wobbe index
54. Sat.Spec.Volume
55. Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]
56. Sat.Hv.MJ/m3
57. Sat.hv.MJ/m3
58. Zair

354 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Table 31 Parameters for verifications, alarms, and analog output (continued)

Parameter type Parameter Display

GC Status (10*) Any Alarm from Alarm table
(11**) Verification Failure Application report
(Verification Check)
(4*) Verifications Verification failure
Unknown peaks detected
Calibration Alarm
Stream selection failure Instrument Status
(Common tab)
(12*) Start Run Error Start failure
(8***) GC Status Instrument Error
Cabinet Temperature Application report
(Environment column)
Ambient Pressure

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 355

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Application – Timed Relays

Timed relays are used to signal run sequence events or control
external actuators.
Stream selected
[new stream]
(normal)

Remainder of Flush Run

cycle time time started
Sample Stabilizing
calculation time
Sampling
started

Sample
Run cycle time

Injection
started
Inject
time
Run
time Stream selected
[new stream]
(stream ahead)

Figure 275 Timed relay run cycle

The following events are available:
Table 32 Available events

Run Started the start of a new run

Sampling Started the sample gas is directed through the injector
Injection Started the sample gas is injected into the chromatography system
Sample Calculation the results from the chromatogram are calculated
Steam Selected a stream is selected
New Stream a new stream is selected

Table 33 Time periods between events

Stabilizing time defined in the Common tab of Instrument Method

Sample time defined in the Common tab of Instrument Method
Inject time defined in the Channel tabs of Instrument Method
Run time defined in the Channel tabs of Instrument Method
Cycle time combined time based on other timing as set in the method
Flush time defined in the Tables of Automation Sequence

356 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

The timing of the events Stream Selected and New Stream depends
on the Stream Ahead Scheduling option (Sequence Properties tab of
Automation Sequence). Without Stream Ahead, the stream selector
position is updated at the end of the run followed by the Flush
Time. With Stream Ahead, the stream selector position is updated
just after the injection. Flushing is started and the remaining
Flush Time shorted.
To indicate that the chromatography system is in action, make
the following definition in the Timed Relays tables.

Figure 276 Timed relays table

The first line defines the Energize event (Injection Started) for
the Timed Relay 1. The second line defines the De-energize event
(Sample Calculation).
To pulse a relay if a new stream is selected, make the following
definition.

Figure 277 Timed relays example definition for pulse

Here, each time a new stream is selected, Timed Relay 2 is

energized for 2 seconds.
Note that a timed relay basically requires two definition lines in
the table. The number of lines is limited to 6, thus 3 timed relays
can be defined.
Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the
Timed Relay settings to the 490-PRO
Find more information in “Case 3: Timed Relays” on page 714.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 357

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Application – Analog Inputs

The analog inputs are used to measure external parameters.
They can be coupled to alarms or analog outputs. The
conversion is defined in the Analog Inputs table columns:

Figure 278 Analog input conversion

• The gain defines the change in output for a change in input.

The offset is the output for zero input.
• The gain and offset can also be of negative value. In addition,
decimal values are possible.
• For alarms and analog outputs, the converted output values
are used.
With an external PT-100 temperature sensor, a current source
of 5 mA is used for excitation. The analog input measures the
voltage across the sensor. The conversion from input voltage to
centigrade temperature is defined as follows.

Figure 279 Analog inputs

The analog inputs are displayed in the Application Report. Note

that the inputs are measured at the start of the sampling period.
The Application Report is updated after the sample calculation
is finished.
The Analog Inputs are continuously updated in the enhanced
tab of the Instrument Status (control menu).
Use Download Application from the Control menu to store the
Analog Input settings to the 490-PRO.

358 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Application – Digital Inputs

Digital Inputs are used to trigger automation events such as:
• Start/Stop Automation
• Start Calibration or Verification Table
• Run sequence line
In addition, they can also be used to signal an external device
status or alarm. By using two Digital Inputs, the Automation
mode can be started and stopped.

Figure 280 Automation mode control

In addition, the Verification or Calibration Table can be started
in idle or automation mode (priority run).
The triggering of a sequence line is done in idle mode only. For a
single execution, use the edge-sensitive input. Shortly closing
the digital input switch is sufficient to start the sequence line.
For continuous execution, use the level-sensitive input. The
inputs are scanned every 5 seconds. To perform handshaking,
use a timed relay to indicate that the run is started. This way
one can also keep track of the number of runs started.

Figure 281 Continuous execution

During automation or a run, the digital inputs are scanned at
the end of the run (event Sample Calculation).
All digital inputs are edge sensitive, except for the (nonlatching)
on-board digital inputs and level sensitive defined (execute)
sequence lines. Find more information in “Case 4: Digital
Inputs” on page 715.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 359

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Application – Local User Interface (LCD)

The LCD is an optional, four-line digital display. It is designed to
show instrument specific information, such as:
• Actual operating conditions
• Instrument status as well as run status
• Calculated values
• Instrument errors
Find more information about unpacking and installation of the
LCD in “Local User Interface (LCD)” on page 123.
The LCD output can be programmed from the application\user
interface (LCD) in the PROstation toolbar. Use the Display
Parameters tab to select which parameters should be presented
on the screen, see an example in Figure 282. For each
parameter, select whether the information should be fixed on
the screen or scrollable. The right side of the Main tab provides a
simulation of the selected parameters, see Figure 283. On this
tab, you are also able set the contrast and brightness of the LCD
as a percentage of the maximum output and the scrolling time
interval.

Figure 282 LCD setup - scrollable or fixed

Figure 283 LCD setup - main screen

360 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

The sections below give a detailed overview of the information

that can be displayed. For all parameters, the LCD screen
output is here given as [screen output].

System status and info parameters

This section gives an overview of the system status and info
parameters. The channel needs to be set to 0. Mainboard in
Channel# column, see Figure 284 for an example.

Figure 284 LCD setup - System status and info parameters

0. None
Display line is not configured, will result in empty line in LCD.

9. Continuous Flow mode [Cont. Flow]

Displays whether or not continuous flow mode is switched on in
the instrument configuration.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx
0 = Continuous flow mode is switched off 
1= Continuous flow mode is switched on
Firmware ? Version 3.xx
OFF = Continuous flow mode is switched off 
ON = Continuous flow mode is switched on

58. Actual Stream Number [Actual Stream#]

Displays the current selected stream position.

2205. Application Stream number [Stream#]

Displays stream position of the last finished run.

100. Actual SampleLine Temp [SampleLine T]

Displays the current temperature of the sample line in degrees
centigrade (°C).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 361

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

102. Actual Instrument State [Inst. State]

Displays the overall instrument state of the 490-PRO.
INIT = System is initializing 
FLUSHING = Flush cycle is started
RUNNING or RUN.##s = Running, where ## is the run time
in seconds 
STABIL = Stabilizing method
READY = System is ready to use
ERROR = A critical or fatal error has occurred
REC ERROR = Recoverable error/advisory fault
UNREC ERR = Unrecoverable error, reboot the instrument
NOT RDY = Not ready, instrument parameters setting not yet
reached
WAIT EXT RDY = Waiting for external ready in
CLEANING = System is performing a bake out

103. Actual Cabinet Temperature [Cabinet T]

Displays current instrument cabinet temperature in degrees
centigrade (°C).
Note: Firmware version ? 2.xx will display [Ambient T] on
screen instead of [Cabinet T].

104. Actual Ambient Pressure [Ambient P]

Displays the ambient pressure in kilo Pascal (kPa), measure in
the instrument cabinet.

105. External Power Supply Voltage [Supply Volt]

Display the actual power supply voltage in Volt (V).

106. External Started status [Ext. Started]

Displays whether or not an external start is received.
0 = No External start received 
1 = External start received

362 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

131. External Device Ready Status [Ext. Dev. State]

Displays the ready status of possible external connected device.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx
0 = External device not ready
1 = External device ready
Firmware ? Version 3.xx
NOT RDY = External device not ready 
RDY = External device ready

132. Error Code status [Error Code]

Displays the instrument’s error code. Error codes for the LCD
are reported as [LCN]; where L = location of the error,
C = severity class, and N = actual error number.
Location
[empty] = mainboard
1 - 4 = channel number
Severity classes
DIAG = diagnostic message, 
RECO = recoverable/advisory error
CRIT = critical error
FATA = fatal error
Error number
Displayed as #, ## or ### (depending on error number). See
Chapter 21, “Errors,” starting on page 717 for a description and
required actions for each error number.
Note: Also see parameter “152. GC Errors only [GC Errors]” on
page 364.

134. Actual Flush time [Stream flush t]

Displays remaining stream flush time in seconds.

138. Actual Sequence State [Seq. State]

Displays the current automation (or sequence) status.
IDLE = Idle 
RUN MAN = A manual run (single run) has started
RUN SEQ = Running a sequence (full automation) 
RUN CB = Running a calibration block
RUN VB = Running a verification block
RECALC = System is performing a recalculation

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 363

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

EQ STRM or EQ.STR ##s = Equilibrating a sample stream

(selecting and flushing stream), where ## is the remaining
equilibration time in seconds.

139. Actual Calibration Level Setting [Calib. Level]

Displays current calibration level, this could be either during
calibration, verification using a certain calibration level and
recalculation of a calibration.
1 to 7 = calibration level 1 to 7
8 = This level is used for Rw multilevel calibration, for more
information see section “Rw Calibration” on page 685 for
more information.

2204. Application Calibration Level [Calib Level]

Displays calibration level of the last finished run. This could be
either a calibration, verification using a certain calibration level
and recalculation of a calibration.
1 to 7 = calibration level 1 to 7
8 = This level is used for Rw multilevel calibration, for more
information see section “Rw Calibration” on page 685 for
more information.

141. Actual Sample Type [Sample Type]

Displays the sample type of the current run.
ANALYS = Analysis of an unknown sample 
CALIB = Calibration gas
BLANK = Blank analysis (Baseline) 
VERIF = Verification sample

2203. Application Sample Type [Samp Type]

Displays sample type of the last finished run.
ANALYS = Analysis of an unknown sample 
CALIB = Calibration gas
BLANK = Blank analysis (Baseline) 
VERIF = Verification sample

152. GC Errors only [GC Errors]

Displays whether or not there is a system error.
0 = No error 
1 = Error

364 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Note 1: This parameter only sets a notification (return value = 1)

when the 490-PRO has an error in one of the severity classes
Advisory Fault, Critical Error, or Fatal Error. As soon as the 490-PRO
is no longer in error, this parameter is reset to 0.
Note 2: To obtain the error number use parameter “132. Error
Code status [Error Code]” on page 363. See also parameter
“2212. Application Alarm on Index# ..." ' Step [Alarm
Index#]” on page 366 and parameter “2211. Application Alarm
Status [Alarm status]”.

153. Application Errors only [Appl. Errors]

Displays whether or not there is a failure in the calibration
conditions, or an error in the stream selection, or an alarm on
one of the conditions specified in the alarm table.
0 = No error or alarm
1 = Error or alarm
Note: See also parameter “2211. Application Alarm Status
[Alarm status]” and parameter “2212. Application Alarm on
Index# ..." ' Step [Alarm Index#]” on page 366.

154. GC and Application Errors [GC+Appl Errors]

Displays whether or not there is a system or application error;
combines parameter 152 and 153.
0 = No error or alarm
1 = Error or alarm

1331. Integration Report: Calibration Alarm [Calib Alarm]

Returns if a response factor of one or more peaks detected in
the current calibration run does not meet the allowed variation.
The allowed variation for response factor alarms is defined in
the Method peak table.
0 = No calibration alarm 
1 = Calibration alarm

2211. Application Alarm Status [Alarm status]

Displays whether any of the configured alarms from the alarm
table was raised at the end of the last run.
0 = No alarm
1 = Alarm

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 365

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

2212. Application Alarm on Index# ..." ' Step [Alarm Index#]

Displays whether a particular configured alarm from the alarm
table was raised at the end of the last run. The alarm index
should be set in the Peak#/Index# column.
0 = No alarm
1 = Alarm
[Alarm Index#] where x is the alarm index number

500. MPU firmware version number [MPU version]

Displays the MPU firmware version and subversion and build
number (build number only from firmware version 2.0 and up).
MPU version is displayed as MVersion x.xx byyyyy, where x
version# and yyyyy is the build number.

515. Current Time [Time]

Displays the current instrument’s date and time setting.

601. Instrument Serial Number [Serial#]

Displays the instrument’s serial number.

611. Operating Runs logging [Oper.Runs#]

Displays the total number of runs performed on the system.

612. Operating Time logging [Oper.Time]

Displays the total instrument up time in hours.

613. Operating Max Temperature logging [Oper.Max T]

Displays the maximum reached cabinet temperature in degrees
centigrade (°C).

2200. New Data Available (synchronization flag) [New Data#]

Displays status of the new data available flag. Flag
automatically resets 0 after the “Reset-Time data available flag”
expires.
0 = No new data available/reset new data available 
1 = (Still) new valid data available

2202. Application Run number ID [RUN ID#]

Displays the incremental run number, generated by the
490-PRO.

366 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

2213. Application Verification Status [Verif.Status]

Displays whether or not the verification criteria as defined in
the Verification Table passes.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx
0 = All verification criteria passed. 
1 = One of the verification criteria did not pass.
Firmware ? Version 3.xx
PASS = All verification criteria passed. 
FAIL = One of the verification criteria did not pass.

2216. Application Total Peaks [Total Peaks]

Displays the total number of detected peaks from application
report, defined in the normalization table.

2217. Application Sum ESTD [Sum Unnorm]

Displays the sum of ESTD values of all detected peaks, defined
in the normalization table, from the last finished run.

2218. Application Sum Estimates [Sum Estim]

Displays the sum of estimates that are identified as estimate
peaks in the normalization table.

2221. Application Sum Areas [Sum Areas]

Displays the sum of areas of all detected peaks that are defined
in the normalization table.

2225. Application Day of Injection [Inj Day]

Displays the day of injection of the last finished run.

2226. Application Hour of Injection [Inj Hour]

Displays the hour of injection of the last finished run.

2227. Application Minute of Injection [Inj Min]

Displays the minute of injection of the last finished run.

2228. Application Second of Injection [Inj Sec]

Displays the second of injection of the last finished run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 367

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

2229. Application Total Unknown Peaks [Unknown Pks]

Displays the total number of unknown peaks from the
application report. A peak is handled as 'unknown' when it is
not defined in the normalization table but still detected in the
integration report.

Channel specific status parameters

For the channel specific status parameters, the desired channel
is chosen by selecting 1. Channel 1, 2. Channel 2, 3. Channel 3 or
4. Channel 4 in Channel# column, see Figure 285 for an example.

Figure 285 LCD setup channel specific status parameters

300. Actual Column Temperature Chan# ... [Column T #x]

Displays the actual column temperature in degrees
centigrade (°C) for the selected channel.
[Column T #x]; x = channel #

302. Actual Injector Temperature [Injector T #x]

Displays the actual injector temperature in degrees
centigrade (°C) for the selected channel.
[Injector T #x]; x = channel #

304. Actual Column Pressure [Column P #x]

Displays the actual column pressure in kilo Pascal (kPa) for the
selected channel.
[Column P #x]; x = channel #

368 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

308. Board Temperature Chan# ... [PCB Temp #X]

Returns the actual channel board temperature in degrees
centigrade (°C) for the selected channel.
Firmware ? Version 2.xx
[Ambient T#x]; x = channel #
Firmware ? Version 3.xx
[PCB Temp #x]; x = channel #

811. Operating Max Temperature logging Chan#... [Oper.Max T #x]

Displays the maximum operating column temperature in
degrees centigrade (°C) for selected channel.
[Oper.Max T #x]; x = channel #

Channel specific result parameters

This section gives an overview of the available channel specific
results that can be displayed on the LCD. For each parameter, a
channel needs to be set using 1. Channel 1, 2. Channel 2, 3.
Channel 3 or 4. Channel 4 in Channel# column. The component
of interest can be selected using the index number (#) from the
Peak identification/Calibration table in the Method. The component
index number should be filled in the Peak#/Index# column. See
Figure 286 for an example. The LCD will show the first 5
characters of the peak name, indicated as $$$$$ in the
parameters below.

Figure 286 LCD setup channel specific result parameters

1202. Integration Report: Total Peaks Integrated chan# ...

[Integ.pks#x]
Displays the total number of peaks (named and unnamed) for
the selected channel.
[Integ.pks#x]; x = channel #

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 369

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

1214. Integration Report: Identified peaks chan# ... [Ident.pks#x]

Displays the total number of identified peaks for the selected
channel.
[Ident.pks#x]; x = channel #

1375. Integration Report: Area meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$ Area]

Displays the peak area of the selected component.

1376. Integration Report: Height meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$

Hght]
Displays the peak height of the selected component.

1377. Integration Report: Amount meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$

ESTD]
Displays the calculated amount of the selected component.

1378. Integration Report: Retention meth-peak#.. chan#.. [$$$$$

Ret]
Returns the retention time in seconds (s) of the selected
component.

Component specific result parameters

This section gives an overview of the available component
specific normalized results that can be displayed on the LCD.
For each parameter, the channel# needs to be set to 0. Mainboard
in the Channel# column. The component of interest can be
selected using the index number (#) from the Normalization table
from the Application. The component index number should be
filled in the Peak#/Index# column, see Figure 287 on page 371
for an example.
The required group number as used in the Normalization table
from the Application should be filled in the Peak#/Index#
column. The LCD will show the first 5 characters of the peak
name, indicated as $$$$$ in the parameters below.

370 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Figure 287 LCD setup component specific result parameters

2230. Application $$$$ Retention [$$$$$ Rt]

Displays the retention time in seconds of the selected
component from the last finished run.

2231. Application $$$$ Height [$$$$$ Hght]

Displays the peak height of the selected component from the
last finished run.

2232. Application $$$$ ESTD [$$$$$ ESTD]

Displays the calculated amount of the selected component from
the last finished run.

2233. Application $$$$$ Normalized ESTD [$$$$$ Norm]

Displays the normalized amount of the selected component
from the last finished run.

2235. Application Group @ Total ESTD [Group x ESTD]

Displays the sum of the ESTD concentrations of all peaks in the
selected group from the last finished run.
[Group x ESTD] where x is the group number

2236. Application Group @ Total Norm [Group x Norm]

Displays the sum of the normalized concentrations in
percentage (%) of all peaks in the selected group from of the last
finished run.
[Group x norm] where x is the group number

2237. Application $$$$ Area [$$$$$ Area]

Displays the peak area of the selected component from the last
finished run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 371

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

2310. Application: ASTM/GPA GPM [ft3/gal] #norm-peak (Float,

MB) [$$$$$ GPM]
Displays the ideal GPM on component basis of the last run
calculated according to the selected standard.

2312. Application: Weight Percentage [%] #norm-peak (Float, MB)

[$$$$$ Wght%]
Displays the weight percentage on component basis of the last
run.

Energy meter result parameters

This section gives an overview of the available energy meter
results that can be displayed on the LCD. For each parameter,
the channel# needs to be set 0. Mainboard in Channel# column,
see Figure 288 for an example. The results for these parameters
are only available when calorific power calculation is enabled,
see “Application – Calorific Power” on page 300 for more
information.

Figure 288 LCD setup application specific result parameters

2260. Application Calorific Value Calculation Method [EM-Method]

Displays the active energy meter calculation method as used in
the application report of the last finished run.
ISO = ISO 6976
GPA = GPA 2172
ASTM = ASTM 3588
GOST = GOST 22667 or GOST 31369

2262. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Zmix

Displays the Zmix of the actual sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2263. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Molar Mass

372 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Displays the molar mass of the actual sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2264. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal

Displays the ideal relative density of the actual sample from the
last run calculated according to selected standard.

2265. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Wobbe index

Displays the Wobbe superior index of the actual sample from
the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2266. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Hs.v.Real

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2267. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Hi.v.Real

Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2268. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Gas.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas density value of the dry sample from the
last run calculated according to selected standard.

2269. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Rel.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas relative density value of the dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2271. Application ISO/GOST.Dry.Wobbe Inferior

Displays the Wobbe inferior value of the dry sample from the
last run calculated according to selected standard.

2274. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.Real

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the actual
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2275. Application GPA/ASTM.Dry.Hv.Real

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 373

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

2276. Application GPA/ASTM.Sat.Hv.Real

Displays volume based superior heating value of the saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2277. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Real Displays the

real gas relative density of the actual sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2278. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal

Displays the ideal gas density of the actual sample in pounds
per cubic foot from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2279. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Spec.Volume

Displays the Specific Volume of the actual sample in cubic foot
per pound from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2280. Application GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the actual
sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2281. Application: Zair

Displays the Zair of the sample from the last run calculated
according to selected standard.

2292. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.Real

Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the actual
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2293. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.Real

Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2294. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.Real

Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

374 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

2295. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the actual
sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2310. Application: GPA/ASTM GPM [gal/1000ft3] #norm-peak

(Float, MB)
Displays the GPM [gal/1000ft3] norm-peak of the sample from
the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2311. Application: GPA/ASTM Total GPM [gal/1000ft3] (Float, MB)

Displays the total ideal GPM of the last run calculated according
to the selected standard.

2312. Application: Weight Percentage [%] #norm-peak (Float, MB)

Displays the Weight Percentage [%] #norm-peak from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2102. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole

Displays the water mole of actual sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2313. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Zmix

Displays the Zmix of saturated sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2314. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Molar Mass

Displays the molar mass of saturated sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2315. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Wobbe index

Displays the superior wobbe index of saturated sample from the
last run calculated according to selected standard.

2316. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Water mole

Displays the water mole of saturated sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2318. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Zmix

Displays the Zmix of dry sample from the last run calculated
according to selected standard.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 375

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

2319. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Molar Mass

Displays the molar mass of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2320. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Rel.Dens.ideal

Displays ideal relative density of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2321. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Rel.Dens.ideal

Displays ideal relative density of saturated sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2322. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Wobbe index

Displays superior wobbe index of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2325. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.real

Displays the real gas volume based superior heating value of
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

2326. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.real

Displays the real gas volume based inferior heating value of
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

2327. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Den.Real

Displays the real gas density of saturated sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2328. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Rel.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas relative density of saturated sample from
the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2329. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Wobbe inferior

Displays the inferior wobbe index of saturated sample from the
last run calculated according to selected standard.

2330. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal

Displays the ideal gas density of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

376 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

2331. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal

Displays the ideal gas density of saturated sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2333. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmass

Displays the mass based superior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2334. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmass

Displays the mass based inferior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2335. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmass

Displays the mass based superior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2336. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmass

Displays the mass based inferior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2337. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmolar

Displays the molar based superior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2338. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmolar

Displays the molar based inferior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2339. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmolar

Displays the molar based superior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2340. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmolar

Displays the molar based inferior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2341. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hv.ideal

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 377

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of dry

sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2342. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2343. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

2344. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

2317. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole

Displays the water mole of actual sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2345. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2346. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

2347. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based superior heating value of actual
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2348. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of actual
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

378 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

2349. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of dry
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2350. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.ideal

Displays the ideal volume based inferior heating value of
saturated sample from the last run calculated according to
selected standard.

2351. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmass

Displays the mass based superior heating value of actual sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2352. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmolar

Displays the molar based superior heating value of actual
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2353. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmass

Displays the mass based superior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2354. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmolar

Displays the molar based superior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2355. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmass

Displays the mass based superior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2356. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmolar

Displays the molar based superior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2357. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmass

Displays the mass based inferior heating value of actual sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2358. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmolar

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 379

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Displays the molar based inferior heating value of actual sample

from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2359. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmass

Displays the mass based inferior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2360. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmolar

Displays the molar based inferior heating value of dry sample
from the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2361. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmass

Displays the mass based inferior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2362. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmolar

Displays the molar based inferior heating value of saturated
sample from the last run calculated according to selected
standard.

2363. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Rel.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas relative density of dry sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2364. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Rel.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas relative density of saturated sample from
the last run calculated according to selected standard.

2365. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal

Displays the real gas density of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2366. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal

Displays the real gas density of saturated sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2367. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Gas.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas density of actual sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2368. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Real

380 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Displays the real gas density of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2369. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Real

Displays the real gas density of saturated sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2370. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Spec.Volume

Displays the Spec Volume of dry sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2371. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Spec.Volume

Displays the Spec Volume of saturated sample from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2372. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]

Displays the GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] of dry sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2373. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3]

Displays the GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] of dry sample from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2374. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the dry
sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2375. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"

Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the dry
sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last run
calculated according to selected standard.

2376. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"

Displays the volume based superior heating value of the
saturated sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

2377. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)"

Displays the volume based inferior heating value of the
saturated sample in mega Joule per cubic meter from the last
run calculated according to selected standard.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 381

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

I/O parameters
This section gives an overview of the available I/O parameters
that can be displayed on the LCD. For each parameter, an I/O
channel number in the Channel# column should be set, see
Figure 289 for an example.

Figure 289 LCD setup I/O parameters

129. Digital Input #2 [Digital In#2]

Displays whether or not the Digital Input (pin 12 from External
Digital I/O) is activated.
0 = Deactivated 
1 = Activated

2207. Application Digital Input I/O-chan# ... [Digital In#x]

Displays whether or not the Digital Input was activated.
0 = Deactivated 
1 = Activated
[Digital In#x] where x is the I/O Channel number

2208. Application Analog Input I/O-chan# ... [V] [R Anal.In#x]

Displays the value in volts (V) of the selected analog input. The
value is measured continuously at the analog input and
refreshed at screen refresh rate.
[R Anal.In#x] where x is the I/O channel number

2209. Application Computed Analog Input I/O-chan# ... [C

Anal.In#x]
Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input, based
on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input table. See
“Application – Analog Inputs” on page 358 for more
information. The value is measured and calculated continuously

382 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

and refreshed at screen refresh rate.

[C Anal.IN#x] where x is the I/O channel number

2210. Application Current Analog Input I/O-chan# ... at sampling time

[S Anal.In#x]
Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input, based
on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input table. See
“Application – Analog Inputs” on page 358 for more
information. The value is measured only once during the run (at
sampling) and directly displayed.

API21 Parameters

Statistical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 average,
minimum and maximum parameters which can be used in the
LCD configuration. For each parameter the channel# and peak#
needs to be set. The channel# should be set to the stream
number. The stream number can be set from 1 till the maximum
number of available streams. The peak# should be set to one of
the API21-ParamID, see Table 34 on page 383.
The CHAN identifies from which stream the results are
requested. The API21-ParamID identifies which value is
requested, for instance PARAM_ID = 101 identifies the Heating
value superior.

Table 34 API21 ParamID - display text

Description API21-ParamID Display text

Year 1 Year
Month 2 Month
Day 3 Day
Hour 4 Hour
Minute 5 Min.
Second 6 Sec.
Number of analysis 7 #Ana.
Number of analysis with 8 #Alrm
active alarms
Heating value superior 101 HvSup
Heating value inferior 102 HvInf

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 383

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Table 34 API21 ParamID - display text (continued)

Description API21-ParamID Display text

Relative density 103 Rel.D
Wobbe index superior 104 WobSu
Wobbe index inferior 105 WobIn
Compressibility at base 106 Compr
conditions
Total area, sum of all 107 TArea
peaks
Unnormalised sum 108 Unsum
Concentration 1001 First 5 characters of the
component 1 component name
... ... First 5 characters of the
component name
Concentration 1019 First 5 characters of the
component 19 component name

12004. API21: Average per hour #stream #norm-peak [“Display Text”

AVG[h]]
Displays the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34) over current hour interval.

12005. API21: Average per day #stream #norm-peak [“Display Text”

AVG[d]]
Displays the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current day interval.

12006. API21: Average per month #stream #norm-peak [“Display

Text” AVG[m]]
Displays the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current month interval.

12007. API21: Minimum per hour #stream #norm-peak [“Display

Text” MIN[h]]
Displays the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current hour interval.

12008. API21: Minimum per day #stream #norm-peak [“Display Text”

MIN[d]]

384 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Application Menu 15

Displays the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see

Table 34 on page 383) over current day interval.

12009. API21: Minimum per month #stream #norm-peak [“Display

Text” MIN[m]]
Displays the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current month interval.

12010. API21: Maximum per hour #stream #norm-peak [“Display

Text” MAX[h]]
Displays the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current hour interval.

12011. API21: Maximum per day #stream #norm-peak [“Display

Text” MAX[d]]
Displays the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current day interval.

12012. API21: Maximum per month #stream #norm-peak [“Display

Text” MAX[m]]
Displays the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
Table 34 on page 383) over current month interval.

Historical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 Latest,
previous, 2nd previous and 3rd previous result parameter
which can be used in the LCD configuration. This parameter
provides access to the stored API21 values. For this parameter
the channel# and peak# should be set. The channel# should be
set to one of the following options:
• 0. Latest results
• 1. Previous results
• 2. 2nd Previous results
• 3. 3rd Previous results
The peak# should be set to one of the API21-ParamID, see
Table 35.

Table 35 API21-ParamID - display text

Description API21-ParamID Display text

Year 1 Year

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 385

15 PROstation Instrument Application Menu

Table 35 API21-ParamID - display text (continued)

Description API21-ParamID Display text

Month 2 Month
Day 3 Day
Hour 4 Hour
Minute 5 Min.
Second 6 Sec.
Analysis number 9 Ana.#
Stream number 10 Strm#
Alarm register 1 51 Alrm1
Alarm register 2 52 Alrm2
Alarm register 3 53 Alrm3
Alarm register 4 54 Alrm4
Heating value superior 101 HvSup
Heating value inferior 102 HvInf
Relative density 103 Rel.D
Wobbe index superior 104 WobSu
Wobbe index inferior 105 WobIn
Compressibility at base 106 Compr
conditions
Total area, sum of all 107 TArea
peaks
Unnormalised sum 108 Unsum
Concentration 1001 First 5 characters of the
component 1 component name
... ... First 5 characters of the
component name
Concentration 1019 First 5 characters of the
component 19 component name

12015. API21: History Value #stream #norm-peak [“Display Text”]

386 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

16
PROstation Automation Menu
Automation Sequence 388
Sequence Table 392
Verification Properties 394
Verification Table 396
Calibration Properties 397
Calibration Table 399
Automation – Site Information 401
Automation – Modbus Setup 402
Advanced Modbus Information 414
Modbus Parameter ID Reference 423
Automation – FTP Service 631
USB Storage 633
Automation – Real Time Clock 645
Automation – Reprocess List 647

To automate your 490-PRO Micro GC, configure your instrument

as described in Instrument Configuration, Automation tab. In this
Configuration Setup, the user sets his I/O settings, Stream
Selection hardware, Extension Boards and various other
automation related parameters.

Figure 290 Automation tab

Agilent Technologies 387

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Automation Sequence
If no Sequence is available, execute the Sequence Wizard. This
will generate a sequence upon the selections in the wizard, see
“Sequence Wizard” on page 222.
To access Sequence, click the Automation pull down menu from
the PROstation Toolbar and select Sequence.
The Sequence menu has two different layouts, depending on
stream selection hardware present. A hardware setup with no
stream selection device is unable to switch to different sample
streams, or select calibration- or verification gas streams while
being automated. A hardware setup with a VICI sample
selection device or a Relay type sample selector has the ability
to switch sample streams, run blank samples, run and perform
timed calibrations or verifications.
A hardware setup with no stream selection device is unable to
switch to different sample streams, or select calibration- or
verification gas streams while being automated.

Figure 291 Single stream run properties

The sequence Run Properties will look like Figure 291. As only
one single sample is connected, one run type can be performed.
In case of a necessary calibration or verification, the sequence
must be stopped, the appropriate sample connected and the
Run Properties must be changed or another sequence opened
and downloaded to the instrument. To resume normal operation
again, the Run type must be reset to Analysis.

388 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

The single stream sequence properties screen, Figure 291, is

also active if, in “Instrument Configuration” on page 170, a
sampler has been selected in combination with Host System
Control. A hardware setup with a VICI sample selection device or
a Relay type sample selector has the ability to switch sample
streams, run blank samples, run and perform timed calibrations
or verifications.
Consequently the sequence menu will look like Figure 292.

Figure 292 Multistream sequence properties

Auto start sequence on power-up

Used to start automation automatically after booting the
490-PRO instrument. When the checkbox is checked automation
will start the Sequence Table and any present
Calibration/Verification Tables in the active automation
method. The instrument will resume its routine after a power
cut or failure automatically without human intervention.
Enable this option when the GC is running in “stand-alone”
mode, in case of a power failure the 490-PRO will start the
automation again. The sequence will start from the beginning.

Run sequence continuously

When this option is selected, the system will cycle the Sequence
continuously. After completing the last line of automation in the
Sequence Table, the system will continue with the first line in
the Table. The system will stop only with human intervention or
when it is indicated it should do so when Calibration or
Verification fails.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 389

16 PROstation Automation Menu

A continuous sequence can be interrupted by:

• Programmed and activated calibration block
• Programmed and activated verification block
• External intervention through ModBus

Continuous analysis
The instrument will run continuously. An internal watchdog
will monitor the ongoing process. If for some reason the ongoing
process is disturbed, the instrument will be rebooted. Always
have the Restart on reboot option enabled in the Automation -
sequence page in order to let the instrument continue a
sequence which was interrupted by reboot.

Times to repeat sequence

When this option is selected, the system will do a defined
number of cycles of the Sequence Table. After completing its
last cycle, the system will stop and go to ready state.

Number of repeatings
The number of times a sequence should be repeated.

Run cycle time

The run cycle time represents the time that should expire before
a new run can be started. Normally a run cycle consists of
sample flush time, chromatogram runtime, and calculation time
(in this order).
When the cycle time is set greater than the total time needed to
complete this chromatographic cycle, the system will hold and
wait until the indicated amount of time has elapsed before
proceeding to the next run (cycle).

Home position
Determines the position of the stream selection device at power
startup and after completion of the sequence (including
aborting the automation) or when the system has encountered
an error. This option ensures that a known sample stream flows
through the sample lines in case there is no analysis being
performed by the system.

390 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Stream ahead scheduling

When this option is selected, it enables the 490-PRO to start
preflushing the sample for the next sample stream, just 1
second after injection. This feature will cut down cycle times
when switching streams, as switching to different sample
streams often requires a longer time for a sample to reach
equilibrium. Note that this option only works for
analysis-to-analysis run types. A calibration or verification run
cannot schedule the stream ahead.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 391

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Sequence Table
If a sequence is required with automatic calibration by means of
a stream selector, it is recommended to put only analysis runs
(Sample Type = Analysis) in the Sequence Table. In addition, fill
the Calibration Table only with the required calibration runs and
finally set the triggering for a calibration in the Calibration
Properties.

Figure 293 Sequence Table

Sample type
The sample type for this line (run). Can be set to None, Analysis,
Blank, Calibration, Verification. Sample type = None represents a
blank run without sample being injected (injectime = 0 msec).

Replicates
The number of runs for this line in the Sequence Table.

Calib. level
Sets the calibration level for the line. The number of Calibration
levels available is determined by the calibration method. This
field is only relevant when sample type is set to Calibration or
Verification. For an Analysis run type, just enter 0.

Stream #
The sample stream number for this line.

392 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Flush time
Sets the time in seconds the sample selected in Stream# is
flushed through the tubing before the actual injection is made.
When Stream Ahead Scheduling is enabled, the flushing process of
the next sample stream will be invoked five seconds after
injection.

Solution slot #
A solution is a set of method and application settings.
PROstation allows you to create and store multiple solutions for
use by the GC. Each solution is stored in a solution slot.
Existing solutions can be downloaded to the GC on demand, as
well as be associated with one or more runs in a defined
sequence. See “Solutions” on page 657.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 393

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Verification Properties

Figure 294 Verification Properties

On sequence start up
Checking On Sequence Startup forces the system to run the
Verification Table on starting automation. Once the Verification
Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence
Table contents.

On runs performed (runs)

Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be
interrupted after a selected number of runs, and then switch to
the Verification Table. Once the Verification Table is completed,
the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.

On time elapsed (hours)

Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be
interrupted every number of hours of runtime as indicated, and
switch to the Verification Table. Once the Verification Table is
completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.

On fixed time/once every ‘n’ days

Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be
interrupted at a fixed time every ‘n’ days, and switch to the
Verification Table. Once the Verification Table is complete, the
system will revert back to the Sequence Table.

394 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

The system will always complete the run in progress before

switching to Verification Table contents. For instance, if we set
the system to switch to Verification Table at 14:02 hrs each day
and a 3-minute run is started at 14:01 hrs, this run will be
completed and the actual switch to Verification Table will take
place at 14:04 hrs. A Verification Table should be finished
before reverting, unless it fails the verification criteria. In that
case, it may switch automatically to the Calibration Table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 395

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Verification Table

Figure 295 Verification Table

Replicates
Determines the number of cycles for this particular line in the
Verification Table.

Calib. level
Set the calibration level for the line. The number of Calibration
levels that are available is determined by the calibration
method. Verification calculation is done against the set level of
calibration

Stream #
Sets the sample stream for this particular Sequence Table line.

Flush time
Sets the time in seconds the sample selected in Stream# is
flushed through the lines before the actual injection is
performed. Note that when Stream Ahead Scheduling is enabled,
this flushing process may be started during the previous run.

396 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Calibration Properties

Figure 296 Calibration Properties

On Sequence Start up
Checking On Sequence Startup forces the system to run the
Calibration Table on starting automation. Once the Calibration
Table is completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence
Table contents.

On Runs Performed (runs)

Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be
interrupted after a selectable number of runs, and then switch
to the Calibration Table. Once the Calibration Table is
completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.

On Time Elapsed (hours)

Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be
interrupted every number of hours of runtime as indicated, and
switch to the Calibration Table. Once the Calibration Table is
completed, the system will revert back to the Sequence Table.

On Fixed Time/Once Every ‘n’ days

Selecting this option forces the Sequence Table to be
interrupted at a fixed time every ‘n’ days, and switch to the
Calibration Table. Once the Calibration Table is complete, the
system will revert back to the Sequence Table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 397

16 PROstation Automation Menu

On Verification Failure
When this option is selected, the system will run the calibration
block after verification has failed to meet its criteria for that
particular calibration level. System will complete Calibration
Table and revert back to Verification Table, complete that and
revert back to Sequence Table.
Note that the system will always complete the run in progress
before switching to Calibration Table contents. In case a
Calibration Table is running it will be completed at all times,
before switching to verification block or reverting back to
Sequence Table.

398 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Calibration Table

Figure 297 Calibration Table

Replicates
Determines the amount of cycles for this particular line in the
Calibration Table.

Calib. Level
Set the calibration level for the line. The number of Calibration
levels is determined by the calibration method. Calibrating will
add data points to the calibration curve according to Calib level
set.

Calib. Type
This field sets the way the calibration result is handled.
Available options are Ignore, Replace, or Append. Selecting Ignore
causes the calibration to be rejected and they will not be added
to the calibration curve. This can be used for flushing runs. This
cleaning the system without performing an update of the
calibration curve. Selecting Replace will delete all available older
calibration points for the particular level in the calibration
curve and the new calibration result for the level is added
instead. Selecting Append simply adds the result to the existing
calibration curve.

Stream #
Sets the sample stream for this calibration line.

Flush time
Sets the time in seconds the sample selected in Stream# is
flushed through the tubes before the actual injection is
performed. When Stream Ahead Scheduling is enabled, this
flushing process may be started during the previous run. 

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 399

16 PROstation Automation Menu

The necessary information for the calibration calculations is

taken from, and stored as a part of the method (“Calibration
chart” on page 284).

400 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Automation – Site Information

Site information parameters are only used by API 21 Logging 35
days analysis license. The settings as listed below will be stored
together with analysis results in a database stored in the
instruments flash memory.

Figure 298 Site Information

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 401

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Automation – Modbus Setup

To interact with the 490-PRO, Modbus registers need to be
coupled to parameters IDs. The Modbus table is the list where
parameter IDs can be linked to Modbus registers. Follow the
steps as described below for a proper Modbus table setup.

Process settings tab

The Modbus Setup will be visible throughout Automation and
Modbus setup.

Figure 299 Modbus Setup

Protocol
Change the Modbus protocol from standard MODICON to other
derived Modbus protocols. Modbus MODICON is a standard
protocol for SCADA systems. Differences between Modbus
MODICON and other Modbus protocols can mainly be found in
the holding and input registers above the address 4999 range
and above the 6999 range. Above address 4999, the
non-MODICON protocol will return 4 byte integers, above 6999
the protocol will give 4 byte floating point values.

402 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Synchronization with Modbus master

For certain parameters, synchronization is required, otherwise
the values read are not reliable. Among others, the Reset Time
New Data available flag and data flag itself avoid mixing up
sample results of two following runs. The Reset Time New Data
available flag is the time in seconds the data available flag remains
set. Set the data available flag time lower than the 490-PRO run
time. The reset time avoids missing data when more then one
Modbus master reads data from the same 490-PRO or when the
Modbus Master connects while a 490-PRO is running, For more
information see “Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available
flag(s)” on page 414.

Modbus communication settings

Slave address
The Modbus serial slave address of the 490-PRO. Every serial
Modbus device must have a unique slave address. This way the
Modbus Master (DCS, flow computer) knows how to contact a
specific 490-PRO.
In a Modbus TCP/IP network, the slave address is ignored in the
490-PRO. If there is a conversion from Modbus TCP/IP to serial
Modbus by a Modbus bridge, although ignored by Modbus
TCP/IP devices, the slave address is vital when the Modbus
request is passed from Modbus TCP/IP to Modbus serial by a
Modbus bridge. For more information see “Modbus bridge” on
page 420.

Serial communication settings

Baud rate
Baud rate of the serial connection. The speed in characters per
second in which data is transmitted over the serial connection
between the 490-PRO (Modbus client) and the DCS or flow
computer (Modbus Master).

Port settings
The port settings on which the primary and secondary comport
are configured. This configuration is set in “D. Communication
port settings” on page 184.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 403

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Comport Primary
The Comport to which the first Modbus master is connected as
set in “D. Communication port settings” on page 184.

Comport Secondary
The Comport to which the second or redundant Modbus master
is connected as set in “D. Communication port settings” on
page 184.

Serial Transmission Mode

Remote Terminal Unit (RTU). RTU can only be used with 8 data
bits serial communication. Note that with 8 data bits, 2 stop bits
are not possible. ASCII is a standard for sending information
(American Standard Code for Information Interchange). ASCII
is standardized to 7 data bits serial communication, but if
necessary can also be used on 8 data bits serial communication.

Floating point type conversion

The Modbus MODICON protocol has no definition of 32 bit
floating point values. Lacking this definition, two kinds of
floating point value definitions have emerged.
This option switches between both of the options, where Normal
is the definition as used in the 490-PRO and Reverse is the
definition where the first 2 bytes are swapped with the last
2 bytes.

Int32 bit type conversion

The Modbus MODICON protocol has no definition of 32 bit
integer values. Lacking this definition, two kinds of 32 bit
integer value definitions have emerged.
This option switches between both of the options, where
Normal is the definition as used in the 490-PRO and Reverse is
the definition where the first 2 bytes are swapped with the last
2 bytes.

Shift Modbus addresses

When using Modbus, several kinds of Modbus register
addressing can be used. The 490-PRO has three different
options.

404 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

• No: where for register 500 a request for register 500 is sent
out (as the 490-PRO has always done)
• 1 down: where for register 500 a request for register 499 is
sent out (which can mostly be found in the field)
• 1 up: Where for register 500 a request for register 501 is sent
out (rarely used)
For more information see “Modbus register address shift” on
page 416

Registers setup tab

The Modbus Setup table is used to define the Modbus registers.
Up to 1000 Modbus registers can be configured.

Figure 300 Registers Setup tab

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 405

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Register Type

Figure 301 Register Type

Coil status This register is a single bit register. Modbus master

is capable of reading and writing this register.

Input Status This register is a read-only single bit register. This

register can only be read from a Modbus master.

Holding register This is a 16 bit integer register. Modbus master

is capable of reading and writing. Two registers grouped
together can hold a 4 byte integer or 4 byte floating point value.

Input register This is a 16 bit integer register. This register can

only be read. Two registers grouped together can hold a 4 byte
integer or 4 byte floating point value.

Register # The Register # column contains the Modbus

register address. Note that Holding and Input registers require
two registers to store a floating point or 32 bit integer value in
MODICON mode.

Figure 302 Register #

406 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

In the Modbus mode, used by Daniel, Elster-Instromet (and

others), 32 bit integers and 32 bit floating point values are
handled differently from Modbus MODICON. In contrast with
Modbus MODICON, only 1 register is required. In Modbus
Daniel mode, certain register ranges are built up of 32 bit
registers, which means that 1 register can contain a complete
floating point or 32 bit integer value. The 32 bit integers can
only be stored in the register range between and including
registers 5000 and 6999. Floating points can only be stored in
the register range after and including register 7000.

Data Type

Figure 303 Data type

In the Data Type column, you can choose the register output
data type.

Bit a single bit, value 0 or 1.

Int16 16 bit integer value.

Int32 32 bit integer value.

Float 4 byte floating point value.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 407

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Parameter ID

Figure 304 Parameter ID

The Parameter ID number is the output number in the 490-PRO

that corresponds with the parameter or function that needs to
be called to retrieve a value from a 490-PRO, or start an action
in it. The Modbus parameters that can be selected in the
Modbus table in PROstation are ordered by subject. This means
that, for example, all Modbus parameters concerning
integration results, are grouped together, whatever the
parameters numbers are.
Note that the remarks between brackets reveal the data type for
that particular parameter, (Bit, Int16, Int32, Float), the channel
value (location of the 490-PRO part to address) and optionally
the Peak values that should be used. Which data type, channel
and peak value are required for each parameter, is defined in
“Modbus Parameter ID Reference” on page 423.

408 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel

Figure 305 Channel

If a Parameter ID concerns the mainboard or the instrument

itself, the choice should be 0 Mainboard. Otherwise, one of the
four channels, required I/O number, stream number, etc must be
chosen. Which channel setting is required for each parameter, is
defined in “Modbus Parameter ID Reference” on page 423.

Peak#

Figure 306 Peak #

Peak numbers should be set for those Parameter ID’s

concerning peak related parameters or certain indexes. For
some parameters the values in the Peak# column are used for
other purposes. Which peak setting is required for each
parameter, is defined in “Modbus Parameter ID Reference” on
page 423.

Which Parameter IDs to use

The 490-PRO Micro GC uses parameter IDs to allow getting or
setting data remotely.
Determine whether the Modbus master (DCS, etc.) must be
capable to only read data from the 490-PRO Micro GC or also
write data.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 409

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Setup and complete the method, application and automation.

Ensure all method peaks exist in the application normalization
table. If the application is still empty, run the application wizard
in order to create a component list from the method peak table.
Now open a predefined Modbus table from hard disk (developed
for a 490-PRO Micro GC) or select the Modbus wizard when
developing a new Modbus table. In the Modbus wizard, select
the options that are required. It is advisable not to select
options which are not requested by the Modbus master. Select
OK to generate a dynamic Modbus table from the selected
options. If Elster-Instromet/Daniel mode was selected, a
component identity is created on holding register 3001 and up,
for every component in the application normalization table.
This is required in order to be Daniel protocol compatible.
Modify, delete, or add lines to the generated Modbus table to
fulfill the requirements.
Download, Save, and Print the Modbus table. A printout is
required for setting up the Modbus master’s (DCS) Modbus
registers.
The WinDCS application can be used to test the Modbus
registers.

Table Copy Functions

By right mouse clicking on a row containing valid data, a menu
dialog appears. This allows the operator to use copy and paste
functions to set up the Modbus table more efficiently

Figure 307 The Setup window

410 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Figure 308 The Copy window

Figure 309 The Paste window

Remote system synchronization

Create Modbus holding registers containing the parameter IDs
515 on page 469 to 520 on page 471 in the Modbus table. Ensure
the Modbus master sets parameter 518 on page 470 “second” as
the last clock parameter. On downloading parameter 518 on
page 470 “second”, the real-time clock is updated in the BIOS of
the 490-PRO Micro GC. The BIOS is responsible for setting the
application clock correctly at reboot.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 411

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Reading sample results

Use parameters 2203 to 2237, starting on page 492 for reading
all relevant sample results after detecting that new sample
results are available (see synchronization). Unnormalized
(ESTD) component concentrations can be read by reading the
Modbus register containing parameter 2232. For normalized
values use parameter 2233. The peak column must contain the
component number from the application normalization window;
channel must be set to 0-mainboard. For an Energy meter
parameter, ID’s 2260 - 2280 starting on page 519 must be read.
All sample results parameters must wait for a “New data
available flag” on page 489 (synchronization bit) to be set.

Reading stream specific results

Parameter ID’s 2400 - 2416 starting on page 569 are used for
reading the last stream specific sample results. The 490-PRO
holds the last sample results of every stream in RAM memory.

Fixed values
By using parameter “9000. Fixed Value (Int16, MB, PEAK=fixed
value)” on page 630 “fixed values”, Modbus registers can be set
up to return a fixed definable value. Enter the required value
(INT16 value) in the “peak” column of the Modbus table. This
parameter can be used for additional identification.

Execute commands
The “Execute commands” on page 616 (0-36) can be used to
remotely perform an action. Although these parameters trigger
some action in the 490-PRO, they still require regular Modbus
parameters to be written to Modbus.
If, for example, the 490-PRO Micro GC must be rebooted on
request, create the following line in the Modbus table:

Register type : “0 Coil Status” Register: 100 (any other

coil address is allowed) Data type: “0 Bit” Parameter ID:
“2 MPU reset (execute Cmd, MB)” Channel: “0 MB” Peak: “0”

To request the 490-PRO Micro GC to reboot, set coil status 100

to value 1.

412 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Full remote control 490-PRO Micro GC

Although the 490-PRO Micro GC can run autonomic, it also can
be configured to act as a slave. The Modbus master system is
then responsible for selecting the stream, setting Run type,
Calibration level, Starting runs, etc.
For remote control, setup a Modbus table containing at least the
Parameter IDs as listed below. It is assumed that the method
parameters should not be changed during operation.

0 Start Run (execute CMD, MB)

24 Start Calibration Table (execute CMD, MB) *
25 Start Verification Table (execute CMD, MB) *
60 Set Manual Run Type (INT16, MB)
61 Set Manual Run Calibration level (INT16, MB)
62 Set Manual Run Stream position (INT16, MB)


To prepare a new run, the Modbus master must set Run type,
Calibration level and stream position, parameter ID’s 60, 61,
and 62 (page 438), and then start a single run (parameter ID 0).
Predefined calibration and/or Verification Tables can simply be
started by sending out an execute command.
* These are priority runs. They will be executed after the
current run is completed. In instrument idle mode, priority
runs will be executed at once.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 413

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Advanced Modbus Information

Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s)

To synchronize a DCS with 490-PRO new analysis data, setup a
Modbus table containing a New data available flag
(synchronization parameters 2200, 2201, or 2238 starting on
page 489) on an input status register or, if required, an input
register.
All sample result related parameter IDs, which are linked to
Modbus registers, should only be read when the New data
available flag is set to 1. This means the run has finished, all
calculation is done, and Modbus registers containing result data
have been updated with information of the finished run.
Now all sample results parameter IDs can be read any time.
The 490-PRO has three different New Data Available flags (that
cannot be used in combination), with their own behavior when
it comes to resetting the flag.
Parameter 2200 is set to 1 when all sample result data of the
last finished run are available. This value is automatically reset
after the Reset-Time data available flag expires. The Reset-Time data
available can be set in the process setting tab Modbus Setup on
page 403. These parameters should not be used when more than
one Modbus master reads data from the same 490-PRO.
Parameters 2201 and 2238 become 1 the moment all sample
result data of the last finished run is available. This value is
reset back to 0 directly after the register is read by a flow
computer. However, if the parameter is not read, the value will
be reset automatically after the Reset-Time data available flag
expires. The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the process
setting tab Modbus Setup on page 403. These parameters must be
used when more then one Modbus master reads data from the
same 490-PRO, otherwise one of the Modbus Masters misses
new data. Check “Modbus pitfalls, attention points and
recommendations” for additional information.

Modbus pitfalls, attention points and recommendations

Modbus synchronization has some pitfalls and points of
attention. Some are unique to the 490-PRO, some are general to
Modbus. The most common are listed. Use identical Modbus
settings and Modbus table on both master and slave side.
Modbus settings on the 490-PRO (slave) should be the same as
on the Flow Computer side (master).

414 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Reset time new data available flag

Ensure the Reset-Time data available flag is smaller than the run
time, but long enough to be detected by the Modbus master(s).
Please see “Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available
flag(s)” on page 414 for additional information.

New Data available flag only accounts for result data

The new data available parameters 2200. 2201, or 2238 on
page 489 is only applicable to sample result data. Status data is
valid at any time and reading status does not require waiting for
the synchronization parameter to be set to 1. Please find
“Synchronize 490-PRO with new data available flag(s)” on
page 414 for additional information.

Do not combine new data available flags

Do not use any combination of 2200, 2201, or 2238 in the same
Modbus table. You should use either parameters 2200, 2201, or
2238.
If you use them combined, unexpected behavior will occur, if,
for example, parameter 2201 is read, parameter 2201 will be
reset to 0, but parameters 2200 and 2238 will be reset as well.
Similar issues could occur when using a combination of two or
more times the same synchronization 2200, 2201, or 2368.

Int32 and Float data types in Modbus MODICON.

When working in Modbus MODICON mode, always use 2
register spaces for 32 bit values, because Modbus MODICON, by
design, only accommodates 16 bit register spaces. The 32 bit
values that can be used are Float and Int32 (32 bit integer).

Modbus MODICON
Table 36 Modbus MODICON

Register Register type Data type Parameter ID

502 Holding register Float 2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc.
504 Holding register Float 2237. Application: Comp. Area

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 415

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Int32 and Float data types in Modbus Daniel

When working in a Modbus addition as used by
Elster-Instromet, Daniel, Enron or Omni, you have 32 bit
address spaces available, but only for certain address ranges.
From address 5000 to 6999, only 32 bit integers can be used.
From 7000 and up only floating points can be used. These
address ranges have 32 bit address spaces, so for one 32 bit
integer or 1 floating point value (which is 32 bit as well), only
one address space has to be used.

Modbus Elster-Instromet/Daniel/Enron/Omni Int32

Table 37 Modbus Elster-Instromet/Daniel/Enron/Omni Int32

Register Register type Data type Parameter ID

7002 Holding register Float 2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc.
7003 Holding register Float 2237. Application: Comp. Area

Modbus register address shift

Manufacturers of Modbus equipment can start counting a
Modbus table at various starting points, different from what is
shown to the user. The various ways of counting are explained
below. Those different ways of counting are better known as
address shift (manual and PROstation).
If the Modbus master (flow computer) internally starts counting
the Modbus table at 0, the master requests register 499 if
register 500 is defined in the Modbus table presented to the
user of the Modbus Master. The 490-PRO (Modbus slave) – if
address shift configured correctly – returns the content of
register 500. If the 490-PRO is configured in another way, the
Modbus master will end up with the content of register 499 or
501 or with an error. This is most common in the field according
to the official Modbus MODICON standard. To handle this type
of address shift properly, set the Modbus address shift to 1 down.

416 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Figure 310 Modbus address shift 1 Down

If the Modbus master (flow computer) internally starts counting

the Modbus table at 1, the master requests register 500 if
register 500 is defined in the Modbus table presented to the
user of the Modbus Master. The 490-PRO (Modbus slave) – if
address shift configured correctly – returns the content of
register 500. If the 490-PRO is configured in another way, the
Modbus master will end up with the content of register 499 or
501 or with an error. This is the way the 490-PRO has operated
in the past. To handle this type of address shift properly, set the
Modbus address shift to No.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 417

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Figure 311 Modbus address shift to No

If the Modbus master (flow computer) internally starts counting

the Modbus table at 2, the master requests register 501 if
register 500 is defined in the Modbus table presented to the
user of the Modbus Master. In this case, the Modbus table
presented to the user often starts at 0. The 490-PRO (Modbus
slave) – if address shift configured correctly – returns the
content of register 500. If the 490-PRO is configured in another
way, the Modbus master will end up with the content of register
499 or 501 or with an error. To handle this type of address shift
properly, set the Modbus address shift to 1 up.

418 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Figure 312 Modbus address shift to 1 down.

Register requests outside the 490-PRO Modbus table

If an address is requested outside the table defined in the
490-PRO, the GC will ignore the request and return an error. For
example, assume this is the complete table defined in the
490-PRO table (Daniel mode)

Table 38 Example table

Register Register type Data type Parameter ID

7002 Holding register Float 2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc.
7003 Holding register Float 2237. Application: Comp. Area

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 419

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Now assume a block of registers ranging from 7001 up to and

including 7004 is requested by the flow computer. The 490-PRO
responds with an error, because registers 7001 and 7004 are not
configured in the GCs Modbus table.

Communication start test

Some Modbus Master applications (for example Simplicity) test
all their configured Modbus registers in large blocks at the start
of communication. These blocks often exceed the limits as
defined in the Modbus table of the Modbus master or used
during normal communication. The register blocks to which the
490-PRO responds with an error will be removed from the
communication schedule. Therefore, all registers and register
blocks that fail during this test will never be requested again
until the communication is stopped and restarted (again the
configured registers are tested).

Configured Modbus master table

During normal communication, register 500 and 520 will be
requested independently. While testing, it is possible that a
block of registers is requested from 500 to 520 at once. Due to
the 490-PRO behavior described above, this test will fail,
although nothing is wrong with the 490-PRO configuration. The
test algorithm and how or when several independent registers
are grouped during the test, is unknown to us.

Table 39 Configured Modbus master table

Register Data type

500 Int16
520 Int16

To have a workaround for this problem, do not leave gaps

between registers of the same type.

Modbus bridge
Because of the variety of Modbus variants and connection
possibilities, one can come across a Modbus network
configuration that the 490-PRO does not or cannot support. The
same problem can occur when a Modbus serial network is
required and all 490-PRO serial ports are occupied for
additional equipment. In such cases, a Modbus bridge can be the
solution.

420 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Cases where a Modbus bridge can help

• Modbus RS485 2-wire serial network
• Any Modbus serial network where all serial ports of the
490-PRO are in use
• Modbus RS422 serial network
• Modbus TCP/IP Master for some reason does not
communicate with Modbus TCP/IP in the 490-PRO
To help with these issues, we have tested a couple of Modbus
bridges of Moxa Inc. operating in serial to Modbus TCP mode and
Modbus TCP to serial mode. It is advisable to use one of these
Modbus bridges in case one is needed. Moxa comes in two
Modbus bridge series: a standard series (MB3x80, where x is the
number of ports) and an industrial series (MB3x70 where x is
the number of ports)
Often, the standard series (MB3x80) is more suitable when the
490-PRO is used in a clean laboratory environment.
The industrial series is more suitable for use in industrial
environments. It has some specific industrial options, such as
redundant power supply, power supply alarm, rack mounting,
Ethernet cascading, and priority control for urgent commands
etc.
Here is an example diagram of a situation where two 490-PRO
devices are connected to a Modbus RS485 2-wire serial network,
which is normally not supported by the 490-PRO.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 421

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Two

Figure 313 Modbus gateway

If there are one or more Modbus Master(s) on the Modbus

TCP/IP network that need to communicate with the network,
note that a 2-port Modbus gateway is required (or two
individual Modbus gateways).

422 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Parameter ID Reference

This section lists and explains all available Modbus parameters.
The Modbus parameters are listed in the same order and
manner as they are listed in the Modbus configuration of
PROstation. This means that the Modbus parameters are
ordered by subject. Each subject that contains a Modbus
parameter is put into a separate paragraph, making it easier to
find the correct Modbus parameters.
Each Modbus parameter description consists of several fields.
Some fields are only for use in the Modbus table of PROstation
(Modbus slave), others are required to use in PROstation and
the DCS or flow computer (Modbus masters). Below is a
description of all possible fields. The fields of interest for the
PROstation Modbus table are marked:

Description The general task Allowed values: One of the

defined values is selected for each Modbus parameter,
depending on whether the particular value is read-only,
write-only or read/write.

Return value The kind or range of return value for a read-only

parameter. (Corresponds with return value field in the Modbus
Master). If an error occurs, a Modbus error will be returned
instead.

Set Value The kind or allowed range of set value for a write
only parameter (Corresponds with return and set value field in
the Modbus Master). If successful, 0 will be returned, otherwise
a Modbus error is returned.

Return/Set Value The kind or allowed range of return or set

value for a read/write parameter (Corresponds with return and
set value field in the Modbus Master). If successful, 0 will be
returned, otherwise a Modbus error is returned.

Unit Specification of the used unit (if any).

Accuracy The returned or required accuracy (if specifiable).

Modbus data type The advised data type that should be used to
work with a particular Modbus parameter.

Channel (PROstation) The location of the 490-PRO to which the

Modbus request should be addressed. This field contains a
select list with possible locations for the selected parameter ID.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 423

16 PROstation Automation Menu

This select list changes according to the Modbus parameter

specified (corresponds with the Channel column in the Modbus
table in PROstation).

Peak (PROstation) A field that is required for some Modbus

parameters to do additional selections. Most of the times it is
used to select a particular peak, but often it is used to select a
particular relay or IO port. (Corresponds with the Peak column
in the Modbus table in PROstation).

Remarks Specifies additional behavior, characteristics,

warnings and/or attention points. This field gives links to
related Modbus parameters or related sections elsewhere in the
manual.

424 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Parameter ID table of contents

System method and configuration settings 426
Automation 1 - Modbus parameters 430
Hardware 433
Automation 2 – Modbus parameters 438
Method protection – Modbus parameters 443
GC status – Modbus parameters 447
GC/Run mode status – Modbus parameters 453
Channel method setting – Modbus parameters 458
Channel status – Modbus parameters 463
Mainboard – Modbus parameters 466
Mainboard EDS – Modbus parameters 472
Integration method – Modbus parameters 474
General integration results – Modbus parameters 475
Integration results of all peaks named and unnamed 479
Integration results named peaks only 483
New data available flag 489
Application data – Modbus parameters 492
Energy meter method 516
Energy meter results 519
Stream specific application data 569
Site info parameters 607
Read chromatogram 608
API21 parameters 610
Execute commands 616
Fixed value repeater 630

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 425

16 PROstation Automation Menu

System method and configuration settings

1. Sample Line Setpoint (Float, MB)

Description
Returns/sets the sample line Setpoint.
Return/Set value
30 to 110
Unit
degrees Centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
1 °C
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bits floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
Before use, check if a heated sample line is installed in the
configuration screen on page 175.
See also
Sample line setpoint method screen.
Heated sample line information.

2. Flush Cycle Active (bit, MB)

Description
Returns/sets whether or not the 490-PRO will perform a
flush cycle when needed. For example after restart
(changing gas bottle).
Set Value
0 = No flush cycle will be performed 
1 = Flush cycle will be performed
Register type
Bit (1 Bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

426 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
When recovering from a too low pressure error, a flush cycle is
always performed. A too low pressure error occurs when
changing a gas bottle or certain gas errors.
See also
Flush cycle setting. The chapter about the factory default
settings briefly mentions the flush cycle. For detailed
information about the flush cycle, refer to the 490 Micro GC
manual.

3. Number of flush cycles (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns/sets the number of flush cycles set in the 490-PRO
configuration.
Set Value
1, 2, or 3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0) This parameter can return a value
bigger than 0, even when parameter number 2. Flush Cycle
Active (bit, MB) is set to 0.
See also
Flush cycle method setting. The section about the factory
default settings briefly mentions the flush cycle. For
detailed information about the flush cycle, refer to the
490-PRO cycle schema.

4. Sampling Time [ms] (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns/sets sampling time set in the 490-PRO method.
Set Value
0 to 999
Unit
milliseconds (ms)
Accuracy
1 ms

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 427

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Sampling time method setting.

9. Continuous Flow Mode (bit, MB)

Description
Returns/sets whether or not continuous flow mode is
switched on as set in the 490-PRO instrument configuration.
Set Value
0 = Continuous flow mode is switched off 
1 = Continuous flow mode is switched on
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Continuous flow configuration settings.

10. Stabilization Time [s] (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns/sets the stabilizing time as set in the 490-PRO
method.
Set Value
0 to 99
Unit
Seconds (s)
Accuracy
1s
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

428 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
0 = stabilizing time off
See also
Stabilizing Time
Stabilizing Time method setting
Explanation chromatographic run in 490-PRO Micro GC
cycle schema

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 429

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Automation 1 - Modbus parameters

11. Cycle time [min] (Float, MB)

Description
Returns/set the total cycle time of a 490-PRO cycle (run).
Return/Set value
0 to 1440
Unit
minutes (min)
Accuracy
0.01 min
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register (Input register in case of reading)
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remark 
This value in PROstation is defined in seconds.
See also
490-PRO cycle schema 
Corresponding value in the sequence properties of
PROstation (Note that this value is in seconds.)

12. Run Continuously (bit, MB)

Description
Returns/sets whether or not the 490-PRO is set to run the
Sequence continuous.
Return/Set value
0 = Run Continuously option is not activated 
1 = Run Continuously option is activated
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Corresponding value in the sequence properties of
PROstation.

430 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

15. Number of Automation Runs (Int32, MB)

Description
Returns/sets the number of runs to perform as set in the
sequence.
Return/Set value
0 to 2147483647
Unit
none
Accuracy
1
Modbus Register Type
Holding
Register/Input Register Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Corresponding value in the sequence properties of
PROstation.

16. Calibration at Startup (bit, MB)

Description
Returns/sets whether or not the Calibration Table will be
executed at startup of the sequence.
Return/Set value
0 = At startup of the sequence the Calibration Table will be
started (before the sequence starts) 
1 = At startup of the sequence no calibration will be
performed
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 431

16 PROstation Automation Menu

19. Verification at Startup (bit, MB)

Description
Returns/sets whether or not the Verification Table will be
executed at startup of the sequence.
Return/Set value
0 = At startup of the sequence the Verification Table will be
started (before the sequence starts) 
1 = At startup of the sequence no verification will be
performed
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

35. Verification After Calibration Failure (bit, MB)

Description
Returns/sets whether or not a new calibration will be
performed in case the verification fails.
Return/Set value
0 = No calibration will be performed on verification failure 
1 = The Calibration Table will be executed when the
verification fails.
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Verification Properties.

432 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Hardware

39. Select Stream (Int16, CHAN)

Description
Switches the stream selector to the stream supplied.
Set Value
1 to the number of streams set in the configuration.
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Unit
none
Accuracy
1
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument holds the desired stream number.
See also
This parameter does the same as Stream selection test.

41. Set Digital Channel (bit, CHAN)

Description
Sets the value of a digital output.
Set value
0 = Deactivate digital output 
1 = Activate digital output
Modbus Register Type
Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Remarks
Using extension boards, this parameter only resembles the
value sent to the extension boards. On the extension boards
a choice can be made between normally open and normally
closed relays.
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the digital output.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 433

16 PROstation Automation Menu

51. Read Analog Output (Float, CHAN)

Description
Returns the actual value from an analog output.
Return value
Analog out value depending on settings in the Analog output
table.
Unit
Set output signal in percent.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the analog Output. The number
of analog outputs depends on the configuration.
Remarks
This parameter only returns valid information if extension
boards are installed and Analog outputs are configured.

52. Read Digital Output (bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns the current value from a digital output.
Return value
0 = Deactivated 
1 = Activated
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the digital output.
Remarks
This parameter only resembles the value read from the
extension boards. On the extension boards a choice can be
made between normally open and normally closed relays.
See also
Extension boards

434 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

53. Read Digital Input (bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns the current value from a digital output.
Return value
0 = Deactivated 
1 = Activated
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
See also
Application - Digital Inputs

54. Read Digital Input Pos edge (bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns the latched positive edge of the signal on a digital
input.
Return value
0 = No Positive edge detected 
1 = Positive edge has been detected
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
Remarks
The parameter is reset after reading.
See also
Application - Digital Inputs on page

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 435

16 PROstation Automation Menu

55. Read Digital Input Neg edge (bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns the latched negative edge of the signal on a digital
input.
Return value
0 = No negative edge detected 
1 = Negative edge has been detected
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
Remarks
The parameter is reset after reading.
See also
Application - Digital Inputs on page

57. Read Requested Stream Position (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the last requested stream position.
Return value
Integer value more than 0, representing the stream position.
Unit
none
Accuracy
1
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
If the stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO, the
maximum number of stream positions depends on the
number of streams selected in the configuration.

436 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

58. Read Current Stream Position (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current selected stream position.
Return value
Integer value more than 0, representing the stream position.
Unit
none
Accuracy
1
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
If the stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO, the
maximum number of stream positions depends on the
number of streams selected in the configuration.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 437

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Automation 2 – Modbus parameters

60. Set Manual Run RunType (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the run type in the single run settings.
Set value
0 = Analysis/unknown 
1 = Calibration 
2 = Blank (Baseline) 
3 = Verification
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to the manual or single run.

61. Set Manual Run Calib. Level (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the Calibration level in the single run settings.
Set value
Integer value from 1 to 7 depending on the number of
calibration levels. The Set value can also be 8 in case the
number of calibration level is more than 3 (Multilevel
calibration).
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to the manual run (single run).
Note that level 8 is the Rw calibration.

438 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

62. Set Manual Run Stream Pos. (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the stream position in the single run settings.
Set value
1 to the number of streams configured in the 490-PRO
(maximum 64 streams)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to the manual or single run.

63. Set Stream Ahead Scheduling (Bit, MB)

Description
Return/Sets the stream ahead scheduling.
Set Value
0 = Stream ahead scheduling off 
1 = Stream ahead scheduling on
Modbus Register Type
Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation analysis runs.

64. Set Calibration Hour (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the hour value of the calibration start on fixed time
option.
Set Value
Integer value from 0 to 23
Unit
Hours

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 439

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Accuracy
1 hour
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation calibration runs.

65. Set Calibration Minute (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the minute value of the calibration start on fixed time
option.
Set Value
Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit
Minutes
Accuracy
1 minute
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation calibration runs.

66. Set Days Between Calibration (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the days value of the calibration start on elapsed days
option.
Set Value
Integer value from 1 to 365
Unit
Days

440 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Accuracy
1 day
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation calibration runs.

67. Set Verification Hour (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the hour value of the verification start on fixed time
option.
Set Value
Integer value from 0 to 23
Unit
Hours
Accuracy
1 hour
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation verification runs.

68. Set Verification Minute (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the minute value of the verification start on fixed time
option.
Set Value
Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit
Minutes

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 441

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Accuracy
1 minute
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation verification runs.

69. Set Days Between Verification (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns/Sets the days value of the verification start on
elapsed days option Return.
Set Value
Integer value from 1 to 365
Unit
Days
Accuracy
1 day
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies to full automation verification runs.

442 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Method protection – Modbus parameters

70. Read Method protection (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns the lock status of the method protection.
Return value
0 = Method protection disabled (unlocked) 
1 = Method protection enabled (locked)
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

91. Set Unlock Method Protection (Bit, MB)

Description
Unlocks/relocks the method protection when the hardware
method locking is enabled.
Set Value
0 = Relock method protection 
1 = Unlock method protection
Modbus Register Type
Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This option only applies when the Method protection switch
is enabled. If Method locking is unlocked and the 490-PRO is
rebooted, the method is automatically relocked.

95. Set Channel to clean, 1=On (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Selects a channel to be cleaned.
Set Value
0 = Deselect channel for cleaning 
1 = Select Channel for cleaning

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 443

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
The channels selected for cleaning will only be cleaned after
parameter 96 Request cleaning cycle minutes is sent and
handled by the 490-PRO.
See also
Execute command “29. Stop Cleaning Cycle (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 625
Parameter “96. Request cleaning cycle, minutes(Int32, MB)”

96. Request cleaning cycle, minutes(Int32, MB)

Description
Sets the cleaning time in minutes and requests a cleaning
cycle.
Set Value
Cleaning time in minutes
Unit
Minutes
Accuracy
1 minute
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
When the 490-PRO receives a request for cleaning it will
schedule the cleaning cycle. The cleaning cycle will be
started after finishing the current run.

444 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

See also
Execute command “29. Stop Cleaning Cycle (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 625 
Parameter “95. Set Channel to clean, 1=On (Bit, CHAN)” on
page 443

99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN, PEAK)

Description
Switches one of the relays positioned on one of the
additional extension boards.
Set Value
1 to the number of configured relays
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the relay. This should be
the relay number as assigned in the Automation TAB of the
configuration window of PROstation.
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select the state of the relay.
0 = De-energized
1 = Energized
Remarks
The channel cleaning for the channels to clean begins after
the current run finishes.
See also
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 618
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 620
Execute Command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 445

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Cmd, MB)” on page 627

Execute Command “35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 628

1000. Request Single Sequence Line (Int16, MB)

Description
Requests to run a single line from the sequence.
Set value
1 to maximum number of lines in the sequence
Unit
none
Accuracy
1
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
When the 490-PRO receives a request to run a single
sequence line, it will schedule this single run. It will be
started after finishing the current run.

446 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

GC status – Modbus parameters

100. Status: Sample Line Temp. (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current temperature of the sample line.
Return value
30 to 110
Unit
Degrees Centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

101. Status: Sample Line Temp. State (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not the heated sample line is ready.
Return value
0 = Not ready (Temperature not yet reached)
1 = Not ready (Temperature reached)
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

102. Status: Instrument State (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the overall instrument state of the 490-PRO.
Return value
0 = Initializing 
1 = Flushing
2 = Running 
3 = Stabilizing 

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 447

16 PROstation Automation Menu

4 = Ready 
5 = Critical or Fatal Error 
6 = Advisory Fault 
7 = Broken 
8 = Not ready 
9 = Waiting for external ready in 
10 = Cleaning
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

103. Status: Cabinet Temperature (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the instrument cabinet temperature.
Return value
Cabinet temperature
Unit
Degrees Centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
1 °C
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
–40 to 50 are the specified operating temperatures

104. Status: Ambient Pressure (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the ambient pressure measured in the instrument
cabinet.
Return value
Pressure

448 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Unit
Kilopascal (kPa)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

105. Status: Power Supply Voltage (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual power supply Voltage of the 490-PRO.
Return value
Around 12 to 14 V
Unit
Volt (V)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

106. Status: External Start Received(Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not an external start is received.
Return value
0 = No External start received 
1 = External start received
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 449

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
After reading this parameter the value will be reset to 0.

108. Status: Analog Input #1 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current voltage of analog input 1 as provided by
an external device.
Return value
Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Application - Analog Inputs

109. Status: Analog Input #2 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current voltage of analog input 2 as provided by
an external device.
Return value
Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

450 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Application - Analog Inputs

110. Status: Analog Input #3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current voltage of analog input 3 as provided by
an external device.
Return value
Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Application - Analog Inputs

111. Status: Analog Input #4 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current voltage of analog input 4 as provided by
an external device.
Return value
Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 451

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Application - Analog Inputs

112. Status: Analog Input #5 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current voltage of analog input 5 as provided by
an external device.
Return value
Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0) See also
Application - Analog Inputs

113. Status: Analog Input #6 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the current voltage of analog input 6 as provided by
an external device.
Return value
Voltage (1 to 10 V)
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

452 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0) See also
Application - Analog Inputs

GC/Run mode status – Modbus parameters

131. Status: External Device Ready Status [Bit, MB]

Description
Returns the ready status of possible external connected
device.
Return value
0 = External is device not ready 
1 = External is device ready
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

132. Status: Error Number (Int32, MB)

Description
Returns the GC error status number. See Chapter 21,
“Errors,” starting on page 717 for an explanation of the
error codes.
Return value
Error number generated when the 490-PRO is in error.
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
Use parameter “152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit,
MB)” to get only a notification whether or not the 490-PRO
is in error. This parameter returns an error number when
the 490-PRO has an error in the severity classes: Advisory
Fault, Critical Error, or Fatal Error as soon as the 490-PRO is no
longer in error, this parameter returns to 0.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 453

16 PROstation Automation Menu

134. Status: Actual Flush time [min] (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the remaining sample stream flush time.
Return value
Time
Unit
Minutes
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

138. Status: Current Sequence State (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current automation (or sequence) state.
Return value
0 = Idle 
1 = Running Manual (single run) 
2 = Running sequence (full automation) 
3 = Running calibration block 
4 = Running verification block 
5 = Equilibrating stream (selecting and flushing stream)
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

139. Status: Current Calibration Level Setting (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current calibration level.
Return value
Integer value from 0 to 8 depending on the number of
calibration levels. Level 8 is the Rw Calibration that can be
used in Multilevel calibration. Level 0 is an Analysis
(Unknown) run.

454 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
Current calibration level 1 to 8 can also be returned in case
of blank or verification runs.

141. Status: Current Sample Type (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the sample type of the current run.
Return value
0 = Analysis/unknown 
1 = Calibration 
2 = Blank (Baseline) 
3 = Verification
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not the 490-PRO is in error.
Return value
0 = 490-PRO is not in error 
1 = 490-PRO is in error
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 455

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
To obtain the error number use parameter “132. Status:
Error Number (Int32, MB)” . This parameter only sets a
notification (return value = 1) when the 490-PRO has an
error in one of the severity classes Advisory Fault, Critical Error,
or Fatal Error. As soon as the 490-PRO is no longer in error,
this parameter is reset and will return value 0.
See also
Parameter “2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit,
MB, PEAK=Index)” 
Parameter “2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit,
MB)” 
Parameter “2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit,
CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)”

153. Status: Application Error Status (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not there is a failure in the calibration
conditions, or an error in the stream selection, or an alarm
on one of the conditions specified in the alarm table at the
moment of requesting this Modbus parameter.
Return value
0 = No error or alarm at this moment 
1 = An error or alarm raised in Calibration, Stream
selection, or in any condition specified in the alarm table
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
See also
Parameter “2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit,
MB, PEAK=Index)” 
Parameter “2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit,
MB)” 
Parameter “2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit,
CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)” 
Parameter “2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit,
CHAN=stream)”

456 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

161. Status: Current running time (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the runtime of the current run starting as shown,
during the run, in Instrument status in the GC section of the
status screen. The return value is 0 at the beginning of the
run and increases while the run proceeds.
Return value
0 to the runtime as specified in the method (maximum run
time is 600)
Unit
seconds (s)
Accuracy
1s
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter resets to 0 at the end of the run.

163. Status: Current Stream Analyzing (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the stream number, which the current run uses to
analyze gas.
Return value
0 to the runtime as specified in the method (maximum run
time is 600)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 457

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
This value is set at the beginning of a run and will not be
reset until the next run is being analyzed from a different
stream. If there is no following run, the last returned value
will remain until the 490-PRO is switched off.

Channel method setting – Modbus parameters

202. Set Column Temperature (Float, CHAN)

Description
Sets the column temperature of the selected channel in the
method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
30 °C to the maximum allowed channel temperature most
used maximum temperatures are 160 or 180 °C
Unit
Degrees Centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
1 °C
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
The maximum allowed column temperature is shown in the
of the configuration screen.
See also
Hardware Tab

203. Set Injector Temperature (Float, CHAN)

Description
Sets the injector temperature of the selected channel in the
method of the 490-PRO Return.
Set Value
30 to 110 °C
Unit
Degrees Centigrade (°C)

458 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Accuracy
1 °C
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

204. Set Run Time [s] (Int16, CHAN)

Description
Sets the run time of the selected channel in the method of
the 490-PRO.
Set Value
1 to 600
Unit
seconds (s)
Accuracy
0.1 s
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

205. Set Injection Time [ms] (Int16, CHAN)

Description
Sets the injection time of the selected channel in the method
of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
1 to 600
Unit
milliseconds (ms)
Accuracy
1 ms
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 459

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus data type

Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

207. Set Back flush Time [s] (Float, CHAN)

Description
Sets the back flush time of the selected channel in the
method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
1 to 600
Unit
seconds (s)
Accuracy
1s
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remark
The value of this parameter is only taken into account in
case of a backflush channel.

209. Set Initial Pressure [Pa] (Float, CHAN)

Description
Sets the initial pressure of the selected channel in the
method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
50 to 350
Unit
Pascal (Pa)
Accuracy
1 pa
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

460 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
Note that the initial pressure anywhere in PROstation is
shown in kPa.

215. Set TCD Power [1=On/0=Off] (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Sets the Detector state or TCD power on or off for the
selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
0 = Detector state/TCD power Off 
1 = Detector state/TCD power On
Modbus Register Type
Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

218. Set TCD Range [0,16,256,1024] (Int16, CHAN)

Description
Sets the TCD sensitivity range of the TCD Detector for the
selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
0 = Low 
16 = Medium 
256 = High 
1024 = Extra High
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
If parameter auto ranging (220. Set TCD Auto Ranging) is
switched on, the values are ignored.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 461

16 PROstation Automation Menu

220. Set TCD Auto Ranging [1=On/0=Off] (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Sets the TCD sensitivity of the TCD detector to Auto ranging
for the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
0 = Switch Auto ranging off 
1 = Switch Auto ranging On
Modbus Register Type
Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
If parameter auto ranging is switched off, a manual TCD
sensitivity range needs to be set by means of parameter
“218. Set TCD Range [0,16,256,1024] (Int16, CHAN)” on
page 461.

221. Set TCD Invert Signal [1=On/0=Off] (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Sets the Invert signal option on or off for TCD detector of
the selected channel in the method of the 490-PRO.
Set Value
0 = TCD Invert signal switched Off 
1 = TCD Invert signal switched On
Modbus Register Type
Coil status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

462 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel status – Modbus parameters

300. Column Temperature (Float, CHAN)

Description
Returns the actual column temperature for the selected
channel, as displayed in the GC-Channel status part of the
Instrument status screen.
Return value
The actual column temperature can be 30 to 160 °C or 30 to
180 °C, depending on the maximum allowed.
Unit
Degrees Centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4) The maximum allowed column
temperature is shown in the Hardware Tab of the
configuration screen.
See also
Hardware Tab

301. Column Temp.State (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns whether or not the actual column temperature has
reached the channel’s setpoint for the selected channel. The
return value is equal to the ready status of the channel
temperature as shown in the GC-Channel status part of the
Instrument status screen (Column temp value is 
blue = ready/Column temp value is red = not ready.
Return value
0 = The actual column temperature has not reached the
channel’s set point (Not Ready).
1 = The actual column temperature has reached the
channel’s set point (Ready).
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 463

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus data type

Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

302. Injector Temperature(Float, CHAN)

Description
Returns the actual injector temperature for the selected
channel, as displayed in the GC-Channel status part of the
Instrument status screen.
Return value
The actual injector temperature vary between 30 to 110 °C.
Unit
Degrees Centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

303. Injector Temp.State (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns whether or not the actual injector temperature has
reached the channel’s setpoint for the selected channel. The
return value is equal to the ready status of the injector
temperature as shown in the GC-Channel status part of the
Instrument status screen (injector temp value is blue =
ready/injector temp value is red = not ready.
Return value
0 = The actual injector temperature has not reached the
channel’s set point (Not Ready). 
1 = The actual injector temperature has reached the
channel’s set point (Ready).
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)

464 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

304. Column Pressure (Float, CHAN)

Description
Returns the actual column pressure for the selected
channel, as displayed in the GC-Channel status part of the
Instrument status screen.
Return value
The actual column pressure varies between 50 and 350.
Unit
Pascal (Pa)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
Note that the column pressure anywhere in PROstation is
shown in kPa.

305. Column Pressure State (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns whether or not the actual column pressure has
reached the channel’s setpoint for the selected channel. The
return value is equal to the ready status of the column
pressure ready status as shown in the GC-Channel status
part of the Instrument status screen (column pressure value
is blue = ready. Column pressure value is red = not ready).
Return value
0 = The actual column has not reached the channel’s
setpoint (Not Ready). 
1 = The actual injector temperature has reached the
channel’s setpoint (Ready).
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 465

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus data type

Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

308. Channel Board Temp (Int16, CHAN)

Description
Returns the actual channel board temperature for the
selected channel.
Return value
The actual board temperature should vary between the
approximate ambient temperature and the maximum
allowed board temperature.
Unit
Degrees centigrade (°C)
Accuracy
1 °C
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

Mainboard – Modbus parameters

500. MPU firmware (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the MPU firmware version and subversion and
build number (build number only from version 2.0 and up),
combined in one number.
Return value
The value returned is build up in this way:
<Version>.<subversion(2 digits)><Build number(remaining
digits)> Example 2.1117579 – Version 2, subversion 11, build
number 17579
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

466 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
The build number is only returned from firmware version
2.00 and up.

501. IOC firmware (Float, CHAN)

Description
Returns the IOC firmware version and build, combined in
one number.
Return value
The value returned is built up in this manner:
<version>.<subversion>
Example 1.15 – version 1, subversion 15
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

502. Channel 1 installed (1 bit)

Description
Returns whether or not channel 1 is installed.
Return value
0 = Channel 1 is not installed 
1 = Channel 1 is installed
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
none

503. Channel 2 installed (1 bit)

Description
Returns whether or not channel 2 is installed.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 467

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
0 = Channel 2 is not installed 
1 = Channel 2 is installed
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
none

504. Channel 3 installed (1 bit)

Description
Returns whether or not channel 3 is installed.
Return value
0 = Channel 3 is not installed 
1 = Channel 3 is installed
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
none

505. Channel 4 installed (1 bit)

Description
Returns whether or not channel 4 is installed.
Return value
0 = Channel 4 is not installed 
1 = Channel 4 is installed
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
none

468 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

515. Clock: Day of Month (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current day of month of the system date set in
the 490-PRO.
Set Value
Integer value from 1 to 31
Unit
Days
Accuracy
1 day
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

516. Clock: Month (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current month of the system date set in the
490-PRO Return.
Set Value
Integer value from 1 to 12
Unit
Months
Accuracy
1 month
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

517. Clock: Year (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current year of the system date set in the
490-PRO.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 469

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Set Value
Integer value from 1 to 99
Unit
Years
Accuracy
1 year
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

518. Clock: Second (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current second of the system time set in the
490-PRO Return.
Set Value
Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit
Seconds (s)
Accuracy
1s
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

519. Clock: Minute (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current minute of the system time set in the
490-PRO Return.
Set Value
Integer value from 0 to 59
Unit
Minutes (min)

470 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Accuracy
1 min
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

520. Clock: Hour (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the current hour of the system time set in the
490-PRO Return.
Set Value
Integer value from 1 to 23
Unit
Hours (h)
Accuracy
1h
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 471

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Mainboard EDS – Modbus parameters

601. Instrument serial number (Int32, MB)

Description
Returns the 490-PRO serial number.
Return value
Serial number
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

611. Log: Number of runs (Int32, MB)

Description
Returns the total number of runs performed on the system.
Return value
Number of runs
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This value is not viewable from PROstation.

612. Log: Operating Period (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the total instrument up time.
Return value
Operating period
Unit
Hours
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register

472 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus data type

Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This value is not available in PROstation.

613. Log: Max Ambient Instrument Temperature (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the maximum reached cabinet temperature in
degrees centigrade (°C).
Return value
Maximum ambient temperature
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This value is not available in PROstation.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 473

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Integration method – Modbus parameters

1230. Integ.Meth.: Level 1 amount (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)

Description
Returns/sets the amount for calibration level 1 of the
selected peak on the selected channel. This value is entered
in the Level 1 column for the selected peak in the method
peak table of the selected channel.
Set Value
Any 32 bit floating point value
Unit
none
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in the method peak table. The
Method peak numbers start with 1 for the first peak in the
list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in the method
peak table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

474 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

General integration results – Modbus parameters

1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named + Unnamed(Int16, CHAN)

Description
Returns the total number of peaks (named and unnamed)
for the selected channel.
Return value
Total number of peaks for the selected channel, detected
during integration. Total number of peaks is the sum of all
named peaks (peaks defined in the method peak table) as
well as all unnamed peaks (not defined peaks or not
detected within the defined window of a peak).
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit Integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
Named peaks are peaks that are detected during integration,
within the retention time peak window of a peak or group
defined in the method peak table. Unnamed peaks are peaks
that are detected during integration but fall outside any
peak or group window defined in the method peak table.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16,
CHAN)” 
Parameter “1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed
Peaks(Int16, CHAN)” 
Parameter “2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB)” 
Parameter “2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16,
MB)”

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 475

16 PROstation Automation Menu

1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16, CHAN)

Description
Returns the total number of named peaks for the selected
channel.
Return value
Total number of named peaks for the selected channel,
detected during integration.
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit Integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
Named peaks are peaks that are detected during integration,
within the retention time peak window of a peak or group
defined in the method peak table. This parameter only
supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization
parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named +
Unnamed(Int16, CHAN)” 
Parameter “1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed
Peaks(Int16, CHAN)” 
Parameter “2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB)” 
Parameter “2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16,
MB)”

1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed Peaks(Int16, CHAN)

Description
Returns the total number of unnamed peaks for the selected
channel.
Return value
Sum of total number of unnamed peaks and total number of
named peaks. Named peaks are peaks detected during
integration within a peak window of a component defined in
the method peak table. Unnamed peaks are peaks detected
outside any peak window.

476 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit Integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
Unnamed peaks are peaks that are detected during
integration but fall outside any retention time peak or group
window defined in the method peak table. This parameter
only supplies valid data of the last run when a
synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named +
Unnamed(Int16, CHAN)” 
Parameter “1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16,
CHAN)” 
Parameter “2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB)” 
Parameter “2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16,
MB)”

1331. Int.Rep.: Calibration Alarm (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns if a response factor of one or more peaks detected
in the current calibration run does not meet the allowed
variation. The allowed variation for response factor alarms
is defined in the Method peak table.
Return value
0 = Current run has no calibration alarm 
1 = Current run does have a Calibration alarm
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 477

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
This parameter will only be set at the end of the calibration
run. If in the following run the error or alarm doesn’t occur
anymore, the return value is reset to 0. This parameter only
supplies valid data of the last run when a synchronization
parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

478 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Integration results of all peaks named and unnamed

1219. Int.Rep.All: Retention Time (Float, CHAN, Peak)

Description
Returns the retention time of the peak selected from the list
of all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Unit
Minutes
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in integration result table or the
integration report. The integration peak numbers start with
1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each
following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1203. Int.Rep.All: Peak Area (Float, CHAN, Peak)

Description
Returns the peak area of the peak selected from the list of all
detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 479

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in integration result table or the
integration report. The integration peak numbers starts
with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each
following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1204. Int.Rep.All: Peak Height (Float, CHAN, Peak)

Description
Returns the peak height of the peak selected from the list of
all detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in integration result table or the
integration report. The integration peak numbers starts
with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each
following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

480 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

1205. Int.Rep.All: Amount (Float, CHAN, Peak)

Description
Returns the amount of the peak selected from the list of all
detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in integration result table or the
integration report. The integration peak numbers starts
with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each
following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1207. Int.Rep.All: Peak Width (Float, CHAN, Peak)

Description
Returns the width of the peak selected from the list of all
detected peaks (named and unnamed).
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 481

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Peak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in integration result table or the
integration report. The integration peak numbers starts
with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each
following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1209. Int.Rep.All: Peak Named Yes/No (Bit, CHAN, Peak)

Description
Returns whether or not the selected peak is a named or
unnamed peak.
Return value
0 = Current selected peak is a unnamed peak 1 = Current
selected peak is a named peak
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Peak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in integration result table or the
integration report. The integration peak numbers starts
with 1 for the first peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each
following peak in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

482 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Integration results named peaks only

1375. Int.Rep.Named: Area Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)

Description
Returns the peak area of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1376. Int.Rep.Named: Height Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)

Description
Returns the peak height of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 483

16 PROstation Automation Menu

MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1377. Int.Rep.Named: Amount Named Peak (Float, CHAN,

MetPEAK)
Description
Returns the amount of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

484 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

1378. Int.Rep.Named: Retention Named Peak (Float, CHAN,

MetPEAK)
Description
Returns the retention time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Unit
Seconds (s)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1380. Int.Rep.Named: Width Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)

Description
Returns the width at half height of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Unit
Minutes
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 485

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each up following peak
in the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1381. Int.Rep.Named: StartTime Named Peak (Float, CHAN,

MetPEAK)
Description
Returns the start time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

486 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

1382. Int.Rep.Named: EndTime Named Peak (Float, CHAN,

MetPEAK)
Description
Returns the end time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

1383. Int.Rep.Named: Asym Named Peak (Float, CHAN, MetPEAK)

Description
Returns the end time of the selected named peak.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 487

16 PROstation Automation Menu

MetPeak (PROstation)
Peak number index as used in method peak table. The
method peak table index number starts with 1 for the first
peak in the list, increasing with 1 for each following peak in
the integration result table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run when
a synchronization parameter is set to 1.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

488 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

New data available flag

2200. Sync: Data available (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns 1 at the moment all sample result data of the last
finished run is available, and resets automatically to 0 after
the Reset-Time data available flag expires. This parameter can
also be reset by the Master.
Set Value
0: No new data available/reset new data available 
1: (Still) new valid data available
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the Process
Setting tab Modbus Setup (“Synchronization with Modbus
master” on page 403). It is advised not to set 1 in the
Modbus register.

2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)

Description
Returns 1 at the moment all sample result data of the last
finished run is available and resets automatically to 0 after a
Modbus Master has read the new data.
Return value
0: No new data available 
1: New (not yet read) valid data available
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
If the no Modbus master is reading the new data the value is
automatically reset to 0 after the Reset-Time data available flag

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 489

16 PROstation Automation Menu

expires. The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the

Process Setting tab Modbus Setup (“Synchronization with
Modbus master” on page 403) Parameter 2238 is a copy of
this parameter.

2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)

Description
Returns 1 at the moment all sample result data of the last
finished run is available and resets automatically to 0 after a
Modbus Master has read the new data.
Return value
0: No new data available 
1: New (not yet read) valid data available
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
If the no Modbus master is reading the new data, the value is
automatically reset to 0 after the Reset-Time data available flag
expires. The Reset-Time data available flag can be set in the
Process Setting tab Modbus Setup (“Synchronization with
Modbus master” on page 403) parameter is a copy of
parameter 2201.)

2202. Sync: Run Number (Int32, MB)

Description
Returns a number, which is increased at the end of every
run. This number is increased for each run, whether the
current run is an Analysis(unknown), Calibration,
verification or blank(check).
Return value
Positive integer value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
After a restart of the 490-PRO, this parameter is reset to 0.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 491

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Application data – Modbus parameters

2203. Application: Sample Type (Int32, MB)

Description
Returns the sample type of the last run.
Return value
0 = Analysis/unknown 
1 = Calibration 
2 = Blank (Baseline) 
3 = Verification
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int32 (32 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
After a restart of the 490-PRO, this parameter is reset to 0.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2399. Application: Is Analysis Run (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not the last run was an analysis.
Return value
0 = Last run is not an Analysis run, but calibration, blank or
verification 
1 = Last run is an Analysis run
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

492 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2290. Application: Calibration Method (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the calibration method of the last run.
Return value
0 = default calibration method
1 = GOST calibration method
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2291. Application: Calibration Status (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the calibration status of the last run.
Return value
0 = Calibration failed
1 = Calibration OK
2 = GOST calibration is still busy (run 1 and 2)
3 = GOST calibration runs where not accepted (run 3 or 4)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 493

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus data type

Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or“2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2204. Application: Calibration Level (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns whether the calibration level of the last run.
Return value
0 = No calibration level, thus no calibration or verification
run 
1 to 8 = calibration level depending on the number of
calibration levels. The return value can be 8 if the number of
calibration levels is greater then 3 (Multilevel calibration)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2239. Application: Calibration ignore (Bit, MB)

494 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns whether the last run is an ignored calibration. An
ignored calibration is a calibration run that will not be
accepted as such. In other words flush run with calibration
gas.
Return value
0 = A normal calibration run 
1 = A calibration run that will be ignored
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter returns 0 if the last run was an Analysis,
verification or blank run. Ensure the run type is known
before using this parameter This parameter only supplies
valid data of the last run, at the end of the run. Use one of
the synchronization parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2205. Application: Stream Position (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the stream that was requested for the last run. This
is the stream position request at the start of the sequence or
single run.
Return value
Integer value greater than 0
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 495

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
If the stream selector is controlled by the 490-PRO, the
maximum number of stream positions depends on the
number of streams selected in the configuration. This
parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at the end
of the run. Use one of the synchronization parameters to
detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2206. Application: Stream Position OK (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not the requested stream of the last run
is correctly switched.
Return value
0 = Requested stream is not switched due to communication
failure with the stream selector or stream selector failure. In
other words, last run is sample from a wrong stream
position. 
1 = Requested stream is successfully switched
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2207. Application: Digital Input (Bit, CHAN)

Description
Returns whether or not the Digital Input was activated at
the start of the run, value reported at the end of the last run.

496 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
0 = Deactivated 
1 = Activated
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the digital input.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2208. Application: Raw Analog In (Float, CHAN)

Description
Returns the value in volts (V) of the selected analog input.
The value is measured at the analog input and reported at
the end of the last run.
Return value
0 to 10
Unit
Volt
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the analog input.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 497

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2209. Application: Computed Analog In (Float, CHAN)

Description
Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input,
based on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input
table. See “Application – Analog Inputs” on page 358 for
more information. This calculated value is reported at the
end of the last run.
Return value
The calculated analog value
Unit
The unit as calculated in the analog input table
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the analog input.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2210. Application: Sampling comp.Analog In (Float, CHAN)

Description
Displays the calculated value of the selected analog input,
based on the gain and offset as defined in the analog input
table. The value is measured only once during the run (at
sampling) and directly displayed.
Return value
The calculated analog value

498 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Unit
The unit as calculated in the analog input table.
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
The CHAN argument selects the analog input.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether any of the configured alarms from the
alarm table was raised at the end of the last run.
Return value
0 = No alarm raised 
1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of
the last run.
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 499

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit,
MB, PEAK=Index)” .
Parameter “152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)” .
Parameter “2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit,
CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)” . 
Parameter “2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit,
CHAN=stream)” .

2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit, MB, PEAK=Index)

Description
Returns whether or not the selected alarm from the alarm
table was raised at the end of the last run.
Return value
0 = No alarm raised 
1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of
the last run
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select an alarm (by line
number/index) from the alarm table.
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also

500 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Parameter “2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit,

MB)” .
Parameter “152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)” .
Parameter “2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit,
CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)” . 
Parameter “2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit,
CHAN=stream)” .

2213. Application: Overall Verification status (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not all verification criteria are passed.
The verification criteria are defined in the Verification
Table.
Return value
0 = All verification criteria passed. 
1 = One of the verification criteria did not pass.
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit,
MB)” .
Parameter “152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)” .
Parameter “2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit,
CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)” . 
Parameter “2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit,
CHAN=stream)” .

2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 501

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the total number of peaks of the application report.
These are peaks that are defined in the normalization table
(maximum 100 peaks) and which are also detected in the
integration report.
Return value
0 to maximum number of peaks in the application report
(maximum 100 peaks)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16,
MB)” .
Parameter “1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named +
Unnamed(Int16, CHAN)” .
Parameter “1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16,
CHAN)” . 
Parameter “1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed
Peaks(Int16, CHAN)” .

2217. Application: Sum ESTD (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the sum of ESTD values of all peaks in the
application report of the last run. These are peaks that are
defined in the normalization table (maximum 100 peaks)
and which are also detected in the integration report.
Return value
Positive value

502 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “2418. Appl.: Stream Sum ESTD (Float,
CHAN=stream)” .

2218. Application: Sum Estimates (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the sum of estimates of all peaks that are identified
as estimate peaks in the normalization table and also
detected in the integration report.
Return value
0 to 100
Unit
Percent (%)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 503

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2221. Application: Sum Areas. (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the sum of areas of all peaks that are defined in the
normalization table (maximum 100 peaks) and also are
detected in the integration report.
Return value
Positive value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2222. Application: Is Startup Run. (Bit, MB)

Description
Returns whether or not the last run was the first run after
startup of the 490-PRO.
Return value
0 = Last run was not a startup run 
1 = Last run was a the first run after startup of the 490-PRO
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)

504 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2223. Application: Year of Injection (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the year of injection of the last run.
Return value
Integer value from 1 to 99
Unit
Years
Accuracy
1 year
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2224. Application: Month of Injection (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the month of injection of the last run.
Return value
Integer value from 1 to 12

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 505

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Unit
Months
Accuracy
1 month
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2225. Application: Day of Injection (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the day of injection of the last run.
Return value
Integer value from 1 to 31
Unit
Days
Accuracy
1 day
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

506 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2226. Application: Hour of Injection (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the hour of injection of the last run.
Return value
Integer value from 1 to 23
Unit
Hours (h)
Accuracy
1h
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2227. Application: Minute of Injection (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the minute of injection of the last run.
Return value
Integer value from 1 to 60
Unit
Minutes (min)
Accuracy
1 min

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 507

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2228. Application: Second (time) of Injection (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the second of injection of the last run.
Return value
Integer value from 1 to 60
Unit
Seconds (s)
Accuracy
1s
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

508 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

2229. Application: Total Unknown peaks. (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the total number of unknown peaks of the
application report. These are peaks that are NOT defined in
the normalization table but still detected in the integration
report.
Return value
0 to maximum number of peaks in the application report
(maximum 100 peaks)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.
See also
Parameter “2216. Application: Total Peaks (Int16, MB)” .
Parameter “1202. Int.Rep.: Number of Peaks, Named +
Unnamed(Int16, CHAN)” .
Parameter “1214. Int.Rep.: Number of Named Peaks(Int16,
CHAN)” . 
Parameter “1215. Int.Rep.: Number of Unnamed
Peaks(Int16, CHAN)” .

2230. Application: Comp. Retention. (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the Retention time of the selected peak from the
application report of the last run.
Return value
0 to maximum runtime of this run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 509

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Unit
Minutes
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2231. Application: Comp. Height. (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the height of the selected peak from the application
report of the last run.
Return value
Any floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

510 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2232. Application: Comp. ESTD Conc. (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the ESTD concentration of the selected peak from
the application report of the last run.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 511

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2233. Application: Comp. Normalized Conc. (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the Normalized concentration of the selected peak
from the application report of the last run.
Return value
0 to 100
Unit
Percent (%)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

512 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

2237. Application: Comp. Area (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the area of the selected peak from the application
report of the last run.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2235. Application: Group total ESTD. (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the sum of the ESTD concentrations of all peaks in
the selected group from the application report of the last
run.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 513

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus data type

Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Supply the peak index for a group in the normalization table
in the PEAK argument, to find the corresponding group in
the application report.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2236. Application: Group total Normalized (Float, PEAK)

Description
Returns the sum of the normalized concentrations of all
peaks in the selected group from the application report of
the last run.
Return value
0 to 100
Unit
Percent (%)
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Supply the peak index from a group in the normalization
table in the PEAK argument to find the corresponding group
in the application report.

514 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2297. Application: Alarm status (Int16, MB)

Description 
Returns the status of the first 16 alarms defined in the
alarm table. Each bit represents an alarm. An active alarm is
presented as logical high (= 1).
Return value 
The value returned is an integer value of 16 bits
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Int16 (16 bit integer)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 515

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Energy meter method

2255. Application: Comp New RF (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the new Response Factor of the selected peak from
the application report of the last run.
Return value
Any floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2256. Application: Comp. Current RF (Float, PEAK)

Description
Returns the Current Response Factor of the selected peak
from the application report of the last run.
Return value
Any floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision

516 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2258. Application: Comp. Initial RF (Float, PEAK)

Description
Returns the Initial Response Factor of the selected peak
from the application report of the last run.
Return value
Any floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 517

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2289. Application: Comp. Rw (Float, MB, PEAK)

Description
Returns the field calibration correction Factor (Rw factor)
of the selected peak from the application report of the last
run.
Return value
Any floating point value
Accuracy
Floating point single precision
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report. To do so, fill in the peak index of the
corresponding peak in the normalization table.
Remarks
The application report is a system wide report, so one
cannot select peaks per channel from the application report.
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

518 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Energy meter results

2260. Application: Calorific Value Calculation Method (Int16, MB)

Description
Returns the calorific valve calculation method as used in the
application report of the last run.
Return value
1 = ISO 6976 
2 = GPA 2172 
3 = ASTM 3588 
4 = GOST 22667 
5 = GOST 31369
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters “2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)” , “2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)” ,
or “2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)” can be
used.

2262. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Zmix (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual Zmix value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value 
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) 
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 519

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks 
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2263. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Molar Mass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual molar mass value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value 
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation) 
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks 
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2264. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual ideal relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

520 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2265. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Wobbe index (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual Wobbe index of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2266. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Hs.v.Real (Float, MB)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 521

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the volume based dry real Hs value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value 
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2267. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Hi.v.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the volume based dry real Hi value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

522 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2268. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2269. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 523

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2271. Application: ISO/GOST.Dry.Wobbe Inferior (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Wobbe inferior value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2274. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual real Hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.

524 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2275. Application: GPA/ASTM.Dry.Hv.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry real Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2276. Application: GPA/ASTM.Sat.Hv.Real (Float, MB)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 525

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2277. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual real relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

526 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2278. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2279. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Spec.Volume (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual specific volume of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 527

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2280. Application: GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculamtion method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2281. Application: GPA/ASTM.Zair (Float, MB)

528 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the Zair value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculamtion method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2292. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual real hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 529

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2293. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry real hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2294. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated real hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

530 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2295. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2310. Application: GPA/ASTM GPM [gal/1000ft3] #norm-peak

(Float, MB)
Description
Returns the GPM value of the selected component in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 531

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2311. Application: GPA/ASTM Total GPM [gal/1000ft3] (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the total GPM value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

532 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2313. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Zmix (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Zmix value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2314. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Molar Mass (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the saturated molar mass value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA
2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 533

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2315. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Wobbe index (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the saturated Wobbe index of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or
ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2316. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Water mole (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the saturated water mole value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA
2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.

534 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2317. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual water mole value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 535

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2318. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Zmix (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Zmix value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2319. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Molar Mass (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the dry molar mass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

536 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2320. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Rel.Dens.ideal (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the dry ideal relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA
2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2321. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Rel.Dens.ideal (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the saturated ideal relative density value of the
sample reported in the application report of the last run.
This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST
22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 537

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2322. Application: ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Wobbe index (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the dry Wobbe index of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

538 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

2325. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2326. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated real hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 539

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2327. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2328. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated real relative density value of the
sample reported in the application report of the last run.
This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST
22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

540 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2329. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Wobbe inferior (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Wobbe inferior value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2330. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 541

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2331. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

542 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2333. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2334. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 543

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2335. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2336. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.

544 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2337. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 545

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2338. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2339. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

546 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2340. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2341. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 547

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2342. Application: ISO/GOST Dry.hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2343. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)

548 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2344. Application: ISO/GOST Sat.hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 549

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2345. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2346. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

550 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2347. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual ideal Hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2348. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual ideal hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 551

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2349. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2350. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.ideal (Float, MB)

552 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2351. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual Hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 553

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2352. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual Hmolar value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2353. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

554 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2354. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2355. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 555

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2356. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2357. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmass (Float, MB)

556 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the actual hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2358. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual hmolar value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 557

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2359. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2360. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

558 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2361. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmass (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2362. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hmolar (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 559

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2363. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2364. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

560 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the saturated real relative density value of the
sample reported in the application report of the last run.
This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2365. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 561

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2366. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2367. Application: GPA/ASTM Act.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the actual real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

562 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2368. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2369. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Real (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 563

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2370. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Spec.Volume (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry specific volume of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

564 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

2371. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Spec.Volume (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated specific volume of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2372. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the dry total GPM of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 565

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2373. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float,

MB)
Description
Returns the saturated total GPM of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2374. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.

566 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2375. Application: GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the dry hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 567

16 PROstation Automation Menu

For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available

(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2376. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated Hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

2377. Application: GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.MJM3 (Float, MB)

Description
Returns the saturated hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3

568 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (value = 0)
Remarks
This parameter only supplies valid data of the last run, at
the end of the run. Use one of the synchronization
parameters to detect the end of the run.
For synchronization, parameters "2200. Sync: Data available
(Bit, MB)" , "2201. Sync: Data available with reset(Bit, MB)" ,
or "2238. Sync: Data available2 with reset(Bit, MB)" can be
used.

Stream specific application data

2400. Appl.: Stream Component ESTD(Float, CHAN=stream, PEAK)

Description
Returns the ESTD concentration of the selected peak from
the application report of the last run, which was sampled
and analyzed on the selected stream.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
last ESTD value.
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report generated on the selected stream. To
do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the
normalization table.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 569

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2401. Appl.: Stream Component Norm%(Float, CHAN=stream,

PEAK)
Description
Returns the Normalized concentration of the selected peak
from the application report of the last run, which was
sampled and analyzed on the selected stream.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
Percent (%)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
last Normalized concentration value.
Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select a Peak (component) in the
last application report generated on the selected stream. To
do so, fill in the peak index of the corresponding peak in the
normalization table.

2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit, CHAN=stream,

PEAK=index)
Description
Returns whether or not the selected alarm from the alarm
table was raised at the end of the last run, which was
sampled and analyzed from the selected stream.
Return value
0 = No alarm raised 
1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of
the last run for the selected stream.
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
last Alarm results.

570 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Peak (PROstation)
Use the PEAK argument to select an alarm (by line
number/index) from the alarm table.
See also
Parameter “2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit,
CHAN=stream)” .
Parameter “2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit,
MB)” .
Parameter “2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit,
MB, PEAK=Index)” . 
Parameter “152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)” .

2403. Appl.: Stream Overall Alarm Status (Bit, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns if any of the configured alarms from the alarm table
was raised at the end of the last run, which was sampled
and analyzed from the selected stream.
Return value
0 = No alarm raised 
1 = An alarm from the alarm table was raised at the end of
the last run for the selected stream.
Modbus Register Type
Coil status/Input Status
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
last Alarm results.
See also
Parameter “2402. Appl.: Stream Alarm on Index(Bit,
CHAN=stream, PEAK=index)” .
Parameter “2211. Application: Overall Alarm status (Bit,
MB)” .
Parameter “2212. Application: Alarm status On Index (Bit,
MB, PEAK=Index)” . 
Parameter “152. Status: Instrument Error Status(Bit, MB)” .

2404. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Zmix (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the actual Zmix value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 571

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual Zmix.

2418. Appl.: Stream Sum ESTD (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the sum of ESTD values of all peaks in the
application report of the last run, which was sampled and
analyzed from the selected stream. These peaks are defined
in the normalization table (maximum 100 peaks) and are
also detected in the integration report.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
Sum ESTD value.

2423. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Molar Mass (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual molar mass value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

572 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual molar mass.

2443. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual ideal relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual ideal relative density.

2405. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Wobbe index (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual Wobbe index value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual Wobbe index.

2406. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Hs.v.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 573

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the volume based dry real Hs value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
volume based dry real Hs.

2407. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Hi.v.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the volume based dry real Hi value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
volume based dry real Hi.

2408. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

574 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry real gas density.

2409. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry real relative density.

2410. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST.Dry.Wobbe Inferior (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry Wobbe inferior value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 575

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Wobbe inferior.

2411. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual real Hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual real Hv.

2412. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Dry.Hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry real Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry real Hv.

2413. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Sat.Hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

576 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real Hv.

2414. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Rel.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual real relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual real relative density.

2415. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 577

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual ideal gas density.

2416. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Spec.Volume (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual specific volume value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual specific volume.

2417. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Act.Hv.MJM3 (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

578 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual Hv.

2485. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM.Zair (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the Zair value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
Zair.

2419. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the actual real hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual real hv.

2420. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry real hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 579

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry real hv.

2421. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.Real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated real hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real hv.

2422. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hv.MJM3 (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

580 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual hv.

2471. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Total GPM [gal/1000ft3] (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the total GPM value of the selected component in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
total GPM.

2427. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Zmix (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated Zmix value of the selected component
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or
ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Zmix.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 581

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2429. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Molar Mass (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated molar mass value of the selected
component in the application report of the last run. This
value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667,
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated molar mass.

2428. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Wobbe index (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated Wobbe index value of the selected
component in the application report of the last run. This
value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667,
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Wobbe index.

2480. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Water mole (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated water mole value of the selected
component in the application report of the last run. This
value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667,
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.

582 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated water mole.

2424. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Zmix (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry Zmix value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Zmix.

2425. Appl.:Steam ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Wobbe index (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry Wobbe index of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 583

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Wobbe index.

2426. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Molar Mass (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry molar mass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM
3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry molar mass.

2445. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Dry.Rel.Dens.ideal

(Float, CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry ideal relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST 22667, ASTM
3588 or GPA 2172 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry ideal relative density.

2449. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST/GPA/ASTM.Sat.Rel.Dens.ideal

(Float, CHAN=stream)

584 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the saturated ideal relative density value of the
sample reported in the application report of the last run.
This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369, GOST
22667, GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal relative density.

2476. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated real Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real Hv.

2477. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hv.real (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated real hv of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 585

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real hv.

2450. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Den.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real gas density.

2451. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated real relative density value of the
sample reported in the application report of the last run.
This value is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST
22667 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

586 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real relative density.

2452. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Wobbe inferior (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated Wobbe inferior value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Wobbe inferior.

2442. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry ideal gas density.

2448. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 587

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal gas density.

2434. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Hmass.

2435. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

588 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry hmass.

2440. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Hmass.

2441. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated hmass.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 589

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2432. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Hmolar.

2433. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry hmolar.

2438. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

590 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Hmolar.

2439. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated hmolar.

2430. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry ideal Hv.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 591

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2431. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Dry.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve dry
ideal hv.

2436. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.Hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal Hv.

2437. Appl.: Stream ISO/GOST Sat.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if ISO 6976, GOST 31369 or GOST 22667 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

592 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal hv.

2479. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Water mole (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual water mole value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual water mole.

2459. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry ideal Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry ideal Hv.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 593

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2465. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated ideal Hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal Hv.

2453. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Hv.ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual ideal Hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual ideal Hv.

2454. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hv.ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual ideal hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.

594 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual ideal hv.

2460. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry ideal hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry ideal hv.

2466. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.ideal (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated ideal hv value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal hv.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 595

16 PROstation Automation Menu

2457. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the actual Hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual Hmass.

2455. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the actual Hmolar value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual Hmolar.

2463. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry Hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

596 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Hmass.

2461. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry Hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Hmolar.

2469. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated Hmass value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Hmass.

2467. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 597

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the saturated Hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Hmolar.

2458. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the actual hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual hmass.

2456. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the actual hmolar value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

598 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual hmolar.

2464. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry hmass value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry hmass.

2462. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the dry hmolar value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry hmolar.

2470. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hmass (Float, CHAN=stream)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 599

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns the saturated hmass value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated hmass.

2468. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hmolar (Float, CHAN=stream)

Description
Returns the saturated hmolar value of the sample reported
in the application report of the last run. This value is only
valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method
is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated hmolar.

2447. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Rel.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry real relative density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

600 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry real relative density.

2487. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Rel.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated real relative density value of the
sample reported in the application report of the last run.
This value is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy
calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real relative density.

2444. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 601

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry ideal gas density.

2488. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Ideal (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated ideal gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated ideal gas density.

2489. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Act.Gas.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the actual real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
actual real gas density.

2446. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Gas.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)

602 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Description
Returns the dry real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry real gas density.

2490. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Gas.Dens.Real (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated real gas density value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated real gas density.

2472. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Spec.Volume (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry specific volume value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 603

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry specific volume.

2474. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Spec.Volume (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated specific volume value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated specific volume.

2473. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry total GPM value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

604 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry total GPM.

2475. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.GPM Total[gal/1000ft3] (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated total GPM value of the sample
reported in the application report of the last run. This value
is only valid if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation
method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
gal/1000ft3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated total GPM.

2481. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.Hv.MJM3 (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry Hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 or energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 605

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry Hv.

2482. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Dry.hv.MJM3 (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the dry hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
dry hv.

2483. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.Hv.MJM3 (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated Hv value of the sample reported in
the application report of the last run. This value is only valid
if GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is
used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated Hv.

606 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

2484. Appl.: Stream GPA/ASTM Sat.hv.MJM3 (Float,

CHAN=stream)
Description
Returns the saturated hv value of the sample reported in the
application report of the last run. This value is only valid if
GPA 2172 or ASTM 3588 energy calculation method is used.
Return value
A positive floating point value
Unit
MJ/m3
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Use the CHAN argument to select the stream to retrieve the
saturated hv.

Site info parameters

965. SiteInfo: Calorific Value (Float, MB)

Description
Returns/sets the Calorific value, which is inserted in the
Site Info area. The Calorific value is taken from the
specification on the calibration gas bottle.
Set Value
A positive floating point value
Unit
Depends on the unit specified on the calibration gas bottle.
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)

966. SiteInfo: Density (Float, MB)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 607

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Description
Returns/sets the Density value, which is inserted in the Site
Info area. The Density value is taken from the specification
on the Calibration gas bottle.
Set Value
A positive floating point value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Float (32 bit floating point)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)

Read chromatogram
With this set of parameters it is possible to read
chromatogram data through Modbus.

8013. Set Channel Nr. remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the channel number from which the chromatogram
data needs to be read.
Set Value
A positive integer value
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
Chromatogram data can only be retrieved from one channel
at a time.

8014. Set Data rate remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets the data rate of the chromatogram data to retrieve.
Set Value
1 to 100

608 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type

Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
When using “8016. Remote read single chrom. point (Int32,
MB)” , each chromatogram point recorded will be returned,
if set value is 1 (100 Hz). Each second chromatogram point
recorded will be returned, if set value is 1 (50 Hz) Each
hundredth chromatogram point recorded will be returned, if
Set value is 100 (1 Hz).

8015. Set Offset Time remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)

Description
Sets from which time (offset), the chromatogram data must
be read. The offset time is measured from the start of the
chromatogram.
Set Value
0 to length of the chromatogram
Unit
Seconds (s)
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
The time set must not be larger than the run time of the
chromatogram.

8016. Remote read single chrom. point (Int32, MB)

Description
Reads a single chromatogram point from the channel.
Return value
Any 32 bit integer value
Unit
10 nano Volt (10 nV)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 609

16 PROstation Automation Menu

The unit is 10 nV. If, for example, a value 20 is returned, it

means that the value is 20 * 10 nV = 200 nV.
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
The time set must not be larger than the run time of the
chromatogram. When setting the data rate (“8014. Set Data
rate remote chrom. data (Int16, MB)” ) at:
• A value of 1, each chromatogram point recorded will be
returned (100 Hz)
• A value of 1, each second chromatogram point recorded
will be returned (50Hz)
• A value of 100, each hundredth chromatogram point
recorded will be returned (1 Hz)

API21 parameters

Statistical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21
parameters which can be used in the Modbus configuration. For
each parameter, the channel# and peak# should be set. The
channel# should be set to the stream number. The stream
number can be set from 1 up to the maximum number of
available streams. The peak# should be set to one of the
API21-ParamID, see Table 40.
The CHAN identifies from which stream the results are
requested. The API21-ParamID identifies which value is
requested, for instance PARAM_ID = 101 identifies the Heating
value superior.

Table 40 API21-ParamID - data type

Description API21-ParamID Data type

Year 1 Integer
Month 2 Integer
Day 3 Integer

610 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Table 40 API21-ParamID - data type (continued)

Description API21-ParamID Data type

Hour 4 Integer
Minute 5 Integer
Second 6 Integer
Number of analysis 7 Integer
Number of analysis with active alarms 8 Integer
Heating value superior 101 Float
Heating value inferior 102 Float
Relative density 103 Float
Wobbe index superior 104 Float
Wobbe index inferior 105 Float
Compressibility at base conditions 106 Float
Total area, sum of all peaks 107 Float
Unnormalised sum 108 Float
Concentration component 1 1001 Float
... ... Float
Concentration component 19 1019 Float

12004. API21: Average per hour (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
table) over current hour interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the average over the current hour
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12005. API21: Average per day (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
table) over current day interval.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 611

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Return value 
The value returned is the average over the current day
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12006. API21: Average per month (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the average value of the configured PARAM_ID (see
table) over current month interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the average over the current month
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12007. API21: Minimum per hour (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID
(see table) over current hour interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the minimum over the current hour
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12008. API21: Minimum per day (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID
(see table) over current day interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the minimum over the current day
interval.

612 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus Register Type 

Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12009. API21: Minimum per month (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the minimum value of the configured PARAM_ID
(see table) over current month interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the minimum over the current month
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12010. API21: Maximum per hour (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID
(see table) over current hour interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the maximum over the current hour
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

12011. API21: Maximum per day (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID
(see table) over current day interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the maximum over the current day
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 613

16 PROstation Automation Menu

12012. API21: Maximum per month (CHAN=stream, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the maximum value of the configured PARAM_ID
(see table) over current month interval.
Return value 
The value returned is the maximum over the current month
interval.
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

Historical parameters
This section gives an overview of the available API21 latest,
previous, 2nd previous and 3rd previous result parameter which
can be used in the Modbus configuration. This parameter
provides access to the stored API21 values. For this parameter
the channel# and peak# should be set. The channel# should be
set to one of the following options:
• 0. Latest results
• 1. Previous results
• 2. 2nd Previous results
• 3. 3rd Previous results
The peak# should be set to one of the API21-ParamID, see
Table 41.

Table 41 API21-ParamID

Description API21-ParamID DataType

Year 1 Integer
Month 2 Integer
Day 3 Integer
Hour 4 Integer
Minute 5 Integer
Second 6 Integer
Analysis number 9 Integer
Stream number 10 Integer
Alarm register 1 51 Integer

614 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Table 41 API21-ParamID (continued)

Description API21-ParamID DataType

Alarm register 2 52 Integer
Alarm register 3 53 Integer
Alarm register 4 54 Integer
Heating value superior 101 Float
Heating value inferior 102 Float
Relative density 103 Float
Wobbe index superior 104 Float
Wobbe index inferior 105 Float
Compressibility at base conditions 106 Float
Total area, sum of all peaks 107 Float
Unnormalised sum 108 Float
Concentration component 1 1001 Float
... ... Float
Concentration component 19 1019 Float

12015. API21: History Value (CHAN=history#, PARAM_ID)

Description 
Returns the value of the configured PARAM_ID (see table) of
the selected analysis (channel#).
Return value 
The value returned is the value of the configured PARAM_ID
of the selected analysis (channel#).
Modbus Register Type 
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type 
Depending on the configured PARAM_ID

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 615

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Execute commands
Unlike all other Modbus parameters, these Modbus parameters
perform an action rather than return or set a value. Most of
these execute commands can also be requested from
PROstation.

0. Start Run (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
Starts a single run (manual run) using the method,
application, and all other concerned parameters that are
currently in the 490-PRO. After ending this run, the
490-PRO returns to idle mode.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also
Parameter “16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 622
Parameter “24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624
Parameter “25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624
Parameter “17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 623

1. Stop Run (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
Stops the current running single run (manual run). After
the current run has stopped, the 490-PRO returns to idle
mode.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil

616 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Modbus data type

Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also
Parameter “17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 623

2. MPU Reset (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This causes a software reboot. It also resets some
automation parameters, but leaves parameters that can be
downloaded from PROstation untouched.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
The onboard I/O (Standard or general I/O) of the 490-PRO
will be reset during a software reboot. All I/O of the optional
extension boards remains untouched during a software
reboot except for the onboard I/O which are operated on the
Basic Extension Board.

7. Calibrate TCD (Execute Cmd, CHAN)

Description
This command can be used to calibrate the TCD of a channel
of the 490-PRO. Only use this command if suspicion is raised
that the TCDs are not performing correctly.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 617

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Modbus data type

Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Channel (value = 1 to 4)
Remarks
The TCDs are calibrated at startup. Before calibrating the
TCDs, ensure that the 490-PRO is in idle mode and that no
run or sequence is about or scheduled to start. If the TCD is
calibrated during a run, the calibration is not reliable.

9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command energizes (switches on) onboard relay 1.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
When an optional extension board is used, the onboard
relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” on page 445
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute Command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 620
Execute Command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute
Cmd, MB)” on page 627

618 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command de-energizes (switches off) onboard relay 1.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
When an optional extension board is used, the onboard
relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
See also
Parameter
Execute command 
Execute command 
Execute Command 
Execute Command Execute Command Execute Command
Outputs Execute Command

11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command energizes (switches on) the onboard relay 2.
Set Value
0 = No effect1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
When an optional extension board is used, the onboard
relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 619

16 PROstation Automation Menu

See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” on page 445
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 618
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute Command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 620
Execute Command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute
Cmd, MB)” on page 627 
Execute Command “35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 628

12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command de-energizes (switches off) onboard relay 2.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
When an optional extension board is used, the onboard
relays are put through on the Basic Extension Board.
See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” on page 445
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 618
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute Command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626

620 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Execute Command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,

MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute
Cmd, MB)” on page 627 
Execute Command “35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 628

13. Store Config on Flash (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command stores the 490-PRO configuration on the
onboard flash disk. All configuration settings that have been
changed since last save action or since last startup, will now
be stored in the configuration. This command only concerns
configuration parameters that have been changed by means
of Modbus. Configuration parameters downloaded from
PROstation are automatically stored on flash. The
configuration of the 490-PRO is considered as all
parameters that can be changed in the configuration screen
of PROstation.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
Configuration parameters downloaded from PROstation are
automatically stored on flash. Be aware that downloading
configuration parameters from PROstation will overwrite
configuration changes done through Modbus and vice versa.
When configuration changes are done through Modbus,
ensure in PROstation to first upload the current (changed)
configuration from the 490-PRO. Changed parameters, even
if not saved, will be uploaded when in the configuration
screen of PROstation an upload is performed.

15. Store Method on Flash (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command stores the 490-PRO method on the onboard
flash disk. All method settings that have been changed since

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 621

16 PROstation Automation Menu

last save action or since last startup, will now be stored in

the method. This command only concerns method
parameters that have been changed by Modbus. Parameters
downloaded from PROstation are automatically stored on
flash. The method of the 490-PRO is defined as the
parameters that determine the instrument conditions
during the analysis run. The PROstation method screens
provide the user interface to these method parameters.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
Modbus parameters downloaded from PROstation are
automatically stored on flash. Be aware that downloading
method parameters from PROstation will overwrite
configuration changes done through Modbus and vice versa.
When changes are done through Modbus, ensure in
PROstation to first upload the current (changed) method
from the 490-PRO. Changed parameters, even if not saved,
will be uploaded when in the PROstation an upload of the
method is performed.

16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command starts the automation using the method,
application, and all other concerned parameters that are
currently in the 490-PRO. After automation has ended
(when the automation is not set to endless running), the
490-PRO returns to idle mode.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)

622 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
Start automation does not necessarily start the sequence. If
the sequence settings instruct to first start the verification
or Calibration Table, the 490-PRO will perform as
instructed.
See also
Parameter “16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 622
Parameter “24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624
Parameter “25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624
Parameter “17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 623

17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command stops the automation of the 490-PRO. After
automation is ending (when the automation is not set to
endless running), the 490-PRO returns to idle mode. The
Automation will only stop after the current run has
finished.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also
Parameter “16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 622
Parameter “24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624
Parameter “25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624
Parameter “17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 623

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 623

16 PROstation Automation Menu

24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command starts the Calibration Table using the
method, application, and all other concerned parameters
that are currently in the 490-PRO. If the 490-PRO is in idle
mode, executing the Calibration Table starts immediately. If
it is in running automation mode, executing the Calibration
Tables starts after the current run has finished. After the
Calibration Table has ended, the 490-PRO returns to idle
mode or to running automation, depending upon whether
the 490-PRO was in idle mode or in running automation
mode at the moment of starting the Calibration Table.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
Running the Calibration Table will stop after Parameter “17.
Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” is executed. If
automation was running before the Calibration Table was
started, then the automation will be stopped as well.
See also
Parameter “16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” 
Parameter “25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB)” 
Parameter “17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)”

25. Start Verification Table (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command starts the Verification Table using the
method, application, and all other concerned parameters
that are currently in the 490-PRO. If the GC is in idle mode,
executing the Verification Table starts immediately. If it is in
running automation mode, executing the Verification Tables
starts after the current run has finished. After the
Verification Table has ended, the 490-PRO returns to idle
mode or to running automation, depending upon whether
the 490-PRO was in idle mode or in running automation
mode at the moment of starting the Verification Table.

624 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
Remarks
Running the Verification Table will stop after 17. Stop
Automation is executed. If automation was running before
the Verification Table was started, then the automation will
be stopped as well.
See also
Parameter “16. Start Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 622
Parameter “17. Stop Automation (Execute Cmd, MB)” on
page 623
Parameter “24. Start Calibration Table (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 624

29. Stop Cleaning Cycle (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command stops the cleaning cycle if that is currently
running. If the automation was running before the cleaning
cycle was started, the 490-PRO will return to running
automation. Otherwise it will return to idle mode.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 0)
See also
Parameter Parameter minutes

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 625

16 PROstation Automation Menu

31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command resets all timed relays to their original
setting.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value= 1)
See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” on page 445
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 618
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 620
Execute Command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute
Cmd, MB)” on page 627 
Execute Command “35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 628

32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command resets all alarm relays to their original
setting.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)

626 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks
The extra relays that become available when using one or
more optional extension board can be connected as
normally open or normally closed. Relays that are connected
as normally open will be reset to open and oncs that are
connected as normally closed will be reset to closed. The
standard onboard relays are normally open only.
See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” .
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
on page 618
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 619
Execute command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 620
Execute Command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 626
Execute Command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute
Cmd, MB)” on page 627 
Execute Command “35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd,
MB)” on page 628

33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command resets the analog outputs to their low signal.
For a 4 to 20 mA and a 0 to 10 V output it means that the
analog signal is reset to 4 mA and 0 V respectively.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 627

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Remarks
Analog outputs are only available when using an analog
extension board in combination with a basic extension
board.
See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” . 
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
.
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .

35. Reset All Alarms (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command resets all alarms to their original setting.
This command resets the alarm relays, the calibration
alarms, overall alarm status and the verification alarms.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
See also
Parameter “99. Set Extension Bus Relay (Int16, CHAN,
PEAK)” .
Execute command “9. Energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd, MB)”
.
Execute command “10. De-energize Relay 1 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “11. Energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,

628 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

MB)” .
Execute command “12. De-energize Relay 2 (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “31. Reset Timed Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “32. Reset Alarm Relays (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .
Execute command “33. Reset Analog Outputs (Execute Cmd,
MB)” .

36. Empty ErrorLog file (Execute Cmd, MB)

Description
This command empties the 490-PRO error log file. This is the
log file which is uploaded when an upload diagnostic is
performed.
Set Value
0 = No effect
1 = Execute the command specified
Modbus Register Type
Coil
Modbus data type
Bit (1 bit)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Remarks

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 629

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Fixed value repeater

9000. Fixed Value (Int16, MB, PEAK=fixed value)

Description
Returns the value that needs to be defined in the peak
argument for this parameter. This parameter can be used,
for example, to let the 490-PRO return an additional
identification.
Return value
Fixed value defined in the peak column of the Modbus table.
Modbus Register Type
Holding Register/Input Register
Modbus data type
Int16 (16 bit integer)
Channel (PROstation)
Mainboard (Value = 1)
Peak (PROstation)
Use the Peak argument to define the fixed value to return.

630 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Automation – FTP Service

The 490-PRO FTP Service is responsible for transferring
analysis results, RAW data (chromatogram) and diagnostic data
to a Predefined FTP Server.
The 490-PRO firmware has an onboard FTP Client, capable of
sending files to an FTP server.

Figure 314 The FTP server

The FTP server name must be set up by entering its IP address.

To store the instrument data in a subdirectory on the FTP
server, be sure to use / (slash) instead of \ (backslash) to set a
subdirectory. If only one subdirectory deep from the root
directory, a slash is not required.
In Figure 314, the files are stored in InstSerial780123Data folder,
which is a subdirectory of the default directory after logging in
with an FTP client using the login name and password as
defined above. If this subdirectory has a subdirectory test1 and
data should be stored in this folder, enter
InstSerial780123Data/test1.

In this example, the chromatogram file and sample results file

are sent to the FTP server at the end of every run. Destination
Files can be set under which name to store the selected files.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 631

16 PROstation Automation Menu

If Time stamps are selected, the chromatogram is stored as

Chrom_[time].dat, the sample results as Chrom_[time].txt
and the diagnostic data as ErrorLog.txt. The Chromatogram
file as stored on the FTP server can be opened in PROstation in
a later stage for diagnostics purposes. The sample results and
ErrorLog file are simple text files and can be opened in any
ordinary text editor.
Set TCP Port to a value other than default 21 if this required by
the FTP server.
The Test FTP Service button can be used to check whether the
correct FTP server settings are used. By pressing the button, the
selected files are immediately sent to the FTP server. Check on
the FTP server if they were received.

632 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

USB Storage

USB storage setup

1 Ensure your USB has only one FAT32 partition.
2 Create a folder named gcroot under the root path of the USB
disk, otherwise the 490 micro GC will not save anything into
the USB.

Figure 315 USB properties

USB menus
You may access the USB from the file menu, toolbar icons, and
automation menus.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 633

16 PROstation Automation Menu

File menu
File > USB Storage > ...

Figure 316 File menu

Toolbar icons

Figure 317 “New” icon

634 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Figure 318 “Open” icon

Figure 319 “Save” icon

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 635

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Automation menu

Figure 320 Automation menu

USB storage settings

To setup the automated settings that will be used when data is
saved to the USB drive:
1 Select Automation > USB Storage. The USB storage dialog
appears. The settings for USB storage are similar to those of
FTP.

Figure 321 USB storage dialog

636 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

2 Complete each field as applicable for your system. Below are

brief descriptions of the major input fields:
• Enable USB Service: If selected, USB storage service is
enabled.
• Directory: The location the data saves to. In this example,
files will be saved to folder
<USB root>/gcroot/Mytests/test1/.
• Transfer chromatogram file: If selected, raw chromatogram
data will be saved.
• Transfer sample result file: If selected, a text file containing
sample results will be saved.
• Transfer instrument diagnostics file: If selected, the
ERROR.txt file will be saved.
• Use Time stamps for file name and Use Overwriting mode:
Determines the naming strategy of destination files, just
like that of FTP service.
3 Download the USB storage to your 490 Micro GC.

Figure 322 Download to 490-PRO Micro GC dialog

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 637

16 PROstation Automation Menu

You can also upload USB storage settings from your GC to

PROstation. Check the USB storage dialog again to see if the
downloading takes effect.

Figure 323 Upload USB storage settings to the 490-PRO Micro GC

638 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Browse USB contents

To browse the contents of the USB:
1 Plug the USB directly into your 490 Micro GC or into a
connected USB hub.
2 Navigate to the 490 Micro GC web page by typing the IP
address of the 490 Micro GC into your Web Browser.
3 Click the USB Explorer link on the left. This enables you to
browse the contents of the gcroot folder of your USB.

Figure 324 USB explorer

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 639

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Test USB storage directly

To test the USB storage:
1 Follow the steps in USB Storage settings to download the
USB settings.
2 Ensure the root folder of your USB contains a folder named
gcroot.
3 Plug the USB directly into the 490 Micro GC or into a
connected USB hub.
4 In PROstation, open the USB Storage dialog.
5 Click Test USB Service. If it successfully saves the destination
files, the displayed result will be Success.

Figure 325 Successful USB storage test

6 Use the web browser as described in Browse USB contents

to check whether the files have really been saved. In this
example, the chrom data and sample result is saved to the
folder <USB>/gcroot/Mytest/test1/.

640 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Figure 326 Saved USB data

Save data to USB during automated runs

To save data to a USB during automated runs:
1 Download the following USB settings to your GC.

Figure 327 USB settings to be downloaded

2 Saving the results of experiment runs to your USB requires

the USB service, and the Application Calculations in the
method properties dialog to be enabled. Once both are
enabled, download the method.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 641

16 PROstation Automation Menu

Figure 328 Method dropdown menu

Figure 329 Method properties

642 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Figure 330 Download method to 490-PRO Micro GC

3 Start an automated or a single run.

Figure 331 Start a run dialog

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 643

16 PROstation Automation Menu

4 Check the content of the USB via the GC web page as

described in Browse USB contents. In this case, check the
folder <USB>/gcroot/Mytest/test2/.

Figure 332 Files saved on the USB

644 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Automation – Real Time Clock

Figure 333 Real Time Clock

You may either enter the time as is, or select Use PC Time. Leave
this window open and select Download from the Control menu,
check Real Time Clock and press OK to set the time in the
instrument.

Figure 334 Downloading time

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 645

16 PROstation Automation Menu

An alternate way to set the time is through Modbus

communication protocol in an automated process where clock
synchronization is required.

646 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Automation Menu 16

Automation – Reprocess List

Figure 335 Reprocessing

Close this window and you will be asked to enter a name. The
list will be stored under this name. This list can always be
reopened using the menu File – Reprocess – Open.
From the Control menu, select Start, Recalculate Reprocess List.
PROstation will download the first chromatogram from the list
to the 490-PRO and request the instrument to process this
chromatogram. When the 490-PRO completes the calculations,
the result and chromatogram are shown in PROstation. Now the
second chromatogram will be downloaded to the instrument.
This will continue till the results of the last processed
chromatogram are uploaded to PROstation.
Note that you can only reprocess chromatograms on a
nonrunning instrument. PROstation itself has no process
capabilities.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 647

16 PROstation Automation Menu

648 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

17
PROstation Instrument Control Menu
Start the Analyzer 650
Stop Column Reconditioning 654
Stop 654
Upload 655
Download 656
Instrument Status 660
Stream Selector Test 662
Control – Reset I/O 663
Control – Test I/O 664
Reset Alarms 665
Reboot Instrument 665
Clear Error Log 666

Under Control you will find all items related to instrument

communication: start/stop, up- and down loading controls, status,
and so forth.

Figure 336 Control menu

Agilent Technologies 649

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Start the Analyzer

Start full Automation to test instrument performance.
• Select Control\Start.
• Set chromatogram file name in the correct field, see
Figure 338 on page 651.
• Set Maximum runs, for example, 100 runs, see Figure 338 on
page 651.
• Set Export file sample results file name. Results will be exported in a
tab separated file. This can be opened in Excel at a later stage.
• Ensure all sample streams and calibration mixture(s) are
connected to the stream selector. When only one sample
stream is selected, stream selection parameters can be
ignored.
• Now start full automation by pressing Full Automation.

Figure 337 Control menu start

650 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Figure 338 Start

Find detailed information about the “Automation Sequence” on

page 388 and “Sequence Table” on page 392.
Because the 490-PRO is capable of executing several different
tasks, it is necessary to identify what to start. Apart from Full
Automation, most of the possibilities listed are used during
method development or instrument service.
Execution of the various items is only possible after the
appropriate methods have been downloaded to the instrument.

Full Automation
This will start the execution of the Full Automation sequences as
developed under automation and downloaded to the
instrument. The automation consists of a main sequence and

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 651

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

optionally a calibration and verification sequence. Those

sequences run in the instrument and continue, even if
PROstation is exited.
Full Automation requires the parameters Chromatogram file prefix,
Maximum runs to keep, and Export file sample results to be filled in.
Once the automation is started, the collected chromatogram
and sample results are stored on the local hard disk of the
PROstation PC under the file name as defined Chromatogram file
prefix. In addition, all sample results are stored in a tab separated
file as defined by Export file sample results parameter. This text file
can be opened in Excel for statistical analysis.
When Automation is running, do not open the export file.
Instead, open a copy of this file.

Single Run
This will start a Single Run. This consists of sample injection,
chromatographic separation, integration, and calculation.
Depending on the availability of an application method, this will
be performed as well.
This option requires the parameters Stream Position and Sample
type.
If a run is a calibration run, Level and Type must be filled in.

Recalculate current run

This option allows the user to reintegrate and recalculate the
run currently in memory of the 490-PRO. This feature is
especially useful when developing methods. Integration,
calibration or application methods can be edited and
downloaded to the instrument. Changes can be made by
recalculating the same run as before.
You can only reprocess the current on a nonrunning
instrument. PROstation itself has no process capabilities.

Execute Calibration Block

This option allows the user to directly start a Calibration Block.
Practically, this will be used only to perform a calibration
without running the main sequence.

Execute Verification Block

This option allows the user to directly start a Verification Block
only. This will be used to check a calibration without running

652 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

the main sequence.

Execute Single Sequence Line

This option allows the user to start a single line from a complete
sequence.
This option requires the parameters Stream Position, Sample type,
Level and Type.

Recalculate Reprocess List

This option will start the reprocessing (integration/calculation),
following the list as defined under Automation/Reprocess List.

Column Reconditioning
To bake out the column(s) on the maximum allowed
temperature for that column for a period of time, select the
Column Reconditioning option.

Figure 339 Column Reconditioning

In this example, only the column in Channel 1 will be baked out

for 6 hours on its maximum allowed temperature, which is
stored in channel persistent memory. Press the Start column
reconditioning button to start this process. When reconditioning
time expires, the column temperature will return to its
operating temperature.

Recalculate Calibration Curve

Use this option to let the 490-PRO recalculates its calibration
curve out of the available calibration data (amount and area for
all calibration levels).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 653

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

In addition, a pre-recalculation action can be performed before

recalculating the curve fit. These are:
• Remove Single Point List: If single calibration points are
marked in the Method - Calibration window in order to be
removed from the calibration curve, this option will appear.
The selected points will be removed from the calibration fit
and the curve will be recalculated.
• Clear calib. level 1 all peaks: Clears all calibration data
performed with calibration level 1. If more calibration levels
exist, these can be cleared as well.
• Clear Rw values: Resets all Rw values to 1.0. This option is
only required in a multilevel calibration in combination with
a field calibration, used to make a correction on the curve.
• Clear entire calibration: This clears the entire calibration
curve of all peaks and requires performing a new calibration
from scratch.

Stop Column Reconditioning

Once the Column Reconditioning is started, this option will
become visible in the Control menu. Select Stop Column
Reconditioning to abort this process immediately and return to
operating column temperature.

Stop
To stop 490-PRO Micro GC activity, select Control/Stop or click
directly on the Stop icon.
On a Stop Automation the current run will first be completed,
before Automation is stopped.
When an execute block is performed, the current run will be
aborted immediately and the Automation will be stopped.
When Automation is stopped, all Timed Relays will be reset to their
default state.

654 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Upload
Uploading from the instrument to PROstation.
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Upload.

Figure 340 Control/Upload

As different parts of the complete 490-PRO method are stored

in different sections, one must identify which part needs to be
uploaded from or downloaded to the instrument. This
minimizes traffic, and at the same time allows the user to focus
on specific parts.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 655

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Download
Downloading from PROstation to the instrument.
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Download
Select the items to download:

Figure 341 Control/Download

Method change is related to Jumper 5 in the hardware manual.

Sample results and diagnostics should not be downloaded to the
instrument, hence they are grayed out.

656 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Solutions
A solution is a set of method and application settings.
PROstation allows you to create and store multiple solutions for
use by the GC. This allows to use store multi method and
application setting in the instrument and use these different
settings in a sequence.
Existing solutions can be downloaded to the GC on demand, as
well as be associated with a defined sequence.

Creating a solution
Solutions can either be created within PROstation, or created by
uploading the current method and application being used on
the GC to a solution slot in PROstation.

Creating a solution within PROstation

Once a method is defined (see “PROstation Instrument Method
Menu” on page 229), and an application is defined (see
“PROstation Instrument Application Menu” on page 295), they
can be stored as a solution.
1 From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Download. The
Download dialog box appears.

Figure 342 Download dialog box

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 657

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

2 Check Solution, and the Method and Application check boxes

are disabled. A drop-down list box and text field appear to
the right of the check boxes.
3 Use the drop-down list box to choose the slot in which you
want to store the solution. If a solution already exists in the
selected slot, it will be overwritten.
4 Enter or edit the name for the solution in the text field.
5 Click OK. The solution is saved within PROstation and is also
downloaded to the GC.

Creating a solution based on the existing method and application

settings on the GC
A solution can be created based on the existing method and
application parameters currently in use on the GC.
1 From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Upload. The
Upload dialog box appears.

Figure 343 Upload dialog box

2 Check Solution, and the Method and Application check boxes

are disabled. A drop-down list box appears to the right of
the check boxes.
3 Use the drop-down list box to choose the slot in which you
want to store the solution. If a solution already exists in the
selected slot, it will be overwritten.
4 Click OK. The method and application details are uploaded
from the GC, and saved as a solution within PROstation.

658 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Using solutions in a sequence

Once a solution is created (see “Creating a solution” on
page 657), it can be associated with individual runs as part of a
sequence.
In the Sequence Table (see “Sequence Table” on page 392), use
the Solution slot # drop down list box to choose a sequence to
associate with the corresponding run.

Figure 344 Sequence Table

If you choose slot 0 Use Active, the currently active solution
loaded on the GC will be used for the run. If you do not choose
slot 0 Use Active, the specified solution will be used for the run.
The solution name will be displayed in the instrument overview,
the web interface, and reports.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 659

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Instrument Status
The Control/Instrument Status command is used to bring up a
real-time status screen for your 490-PRO. The instrument
method settings (Set column) will only appear if a method is up
or downloaded from/to the 490-PRO.

Figure 345 Instrument status

Automation
Current Automation State, Sample type, Sample stream, Flushing time,
Calib. Level and more are displayed.

GC
Instrument State, Sample line temperature and Error Status appear.

GC channel
The channel status contains settings and actuals. Status data is
colored blue if the actuals are within the settings window and
colored red if they are outside the settings windows.

660 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Enhanced status

Figure 346 Enhanced status

Status of Power Supply, Battery Supplies, Cabinet pressure, and

temperature of the instrument, external analog input (corrected
by scaling factor and offset value set in the application),
external Ready In, External Start and digital input received for
Configured Digital Inputs (represented in binary format).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 661

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Stream Selector Test

From the PROstation toolbar, select Stream Selector Test.
Select a stream number within the configured range and click
OK. The stream selector (whether a VICI valve or a relay
configured device) should now switch the requested stream
number.

Figure 347 Stream selector test

662 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Control – Reset I/O

From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Reset I/O.
Select the type of I/O which should be reset and click OK to
request the 490-PRO to execute the selected options.

Figure 348 Control/Reset I/O

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 663

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Control – Test I/O

From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Test I/O.

Figure 349 Testing I/O

The hardware and software configuration of your predefined

I/O's can be checked.
Select an Alarm from the list and toggle the State check. The
relay should switch.
Select a Timed Relay from the list and toggle the State check. The
relay should switch.
Select an Analog Output from the list and enter a percentage of
the full scale the hardware can provide. Measure the generated
output with a digital multimeter.
Generate a digital input (shortcut of digital input to ground)
and press Read states of all configured digital Inputs. The correct
digital input state must have value 1. Release the shortcut and
again press this button. The state of the digital input should
show 0.
With the Read negative flank of all configured digital Inputs option,
only the change from no shortcut to shortcut, results in state=1. The
state is cleared after reading its status. Check this by again
pressing this button after you have generated a negative flank
and check that the state becomes 0.

664 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Control Menu 17

Reset Alarms
From the PROstation toolbar, select 'Control/Test I/O'.

Figure 350 Alarm testing

Pressing OK resets all application alarms in the 490-PRO.

Application alarms are set if parameters exceed their range as
defined in the Alarm table of the Application.

Reboot Instrument
From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Reboot.
If it is required to reboot the system, click OK.

Figure 351 Reboot testing

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 665

17 PROstation Instrument Control Menu

Clear Error Log

From the PROstation toolbar, select Control/Clear Error Log.
Click OK to clear (empty) the error log.

Figure 352 Clearing error log

After clearing ErrorLog, upload Diagnostics followed by Displaying

Diagnostic. The Error Report will be empty.

666 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

18
PROstation Instrument Report Menu
Integration Report 668
Application Report 670
Stream Application Report 674
Diagnostics 674
Print Integration/Application Report 675
Auto Print Application Report After Calibration or Alarm 675

To access the reporting capabilities, from the PROstation

toolbar select Report.

Figure 353 PROstation toolbar

The pull down menu is divided into sections:

• Integration, Application and Stream Application Report (displayed
on screen)
• Diagnostics
• Print Integration Report or Print Application Report
• Automated Print Request on Calibration or Alarm

Agilent Technologies 667

18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu

Integration Report

Figure 354 Integration report

The Integration Report parameters are determined in the 490-PRO

at the end of a chromatographic run and uploaded to
PROstation.
The following properties are part of the integration report:
• Index 
Line number
• Channel 
GC channel
• Peak Number 
Peak number in GC channel
• Peak Name 
Name of the peak as given in the Peak
Identification/Calibration Table
• ESTD Conc. 
Calculated external standard concentration
• Retention [s] 
Retention time in seconds
• PeakRRT [s] 
Relative retention time calculated if reference peak has been
identified in the peak table.
RRTi = PEAKi_retention/PEAKref_retention
• Area 
Peak area in [x 10 nV.s] units
• Height 
Peak height in [x 10 nV] units
• Width [s] 
Peak width at half height in seconds

668 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18

• Sep.Code 
Peak separation code identifying the baseline relative to the
peak
This can be BB, BV, VB, VV in which B = baseline and V =
value
• Validation
Not used
• Pk Start [s]
Start time for the peak
• Pk End [s]
End time for the peak
• Asym 5% 
Peak asymmetry factor at a height of 5 %
• Used RF
Response factor used to calculate the external standard
concentration
This parameter is only reported in a single level calibration.
• Rw
Factor calculated from measured concentration of
calibration sample divided by given calibration of level 8
value from the Peak Identification/Calibration Table.
Response factor used to calculate the external standard
concentration.
This parameter is only reported in a multilevel calibration
performing a calibration of level 8.
• Init RF Alarm
A calibration failure based on a too large difference of the
new response factor compared to the initial response factor.
This parameter is only reported for a calibration run in a
single level calibration.
• Current RF Alarm
A calibration failure based on a too large difference of the
new response factor compared to the current response
factor. This parameter is only reported for a calibration run
in a single level calibration.
• Rw Alarm
Response factor used to calculate the external standard
concentration.
This parameter is only reported in a multilevel calibration
performing a level 8 calibration.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 669

18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu

Application Report

Figure 355 Application Report

The Application Report parameters are determined in the

490-PRO at the end of a chromatographic run and uploaded to
PROstation.
The application report contains the results from all, instrument
wide, application-related calculations, that is, normalization,
possibly in combination with calorific power calculation.
Figure 355 shows the report after instrument wide
normalization.
Components are identified on their name as they were reported
in the Integration Report. Find more information in the
Normalization section.

SAMPLE
• Sampling time
The time the sample was injected according the 490-PRO
internal clock.

670 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18

• Analysis #
Run ID number, increases with every analysis by 1. This
number resets at reboot of the instrument.
• Run type
Indication of the run type: analysis, calibration, verification
or blank run
• Calibration level
Identifies the calibration level (range 1 to 8) of a calibration
run. For a non calibration 0 is reported
• Sum ESTD
Sum of external standard concentrations for all components
listed in the normalization table excluding components
marked as Estimate
• Sum Estimates
Sum of all component concentrations defined in the
normalization table as Estimate
• Sum Area
Sum of area of all peaks in all channels detected
• Total Peaks
Total identified peaks in all GC channels
• Is Startup Run
Identifies if the current run is the first run after an
instrument reboot (power up)
• Unknown peaks
Number of unidentified peaks in all GC channels
• Current stream #
The current stream number at the moment the report is
generated in the 490-PRO.
• Alarms
All alarms, as defined in the Alarming window under the
Application menu, are reported here on Alarm Index, if an
alarm occurs.

ENERGY
All parameters related to calculating calorific value of a gas
mixture are reported in this section. The report will be slightly
different depending on the energy method selection (ISO, GPA,
ASTM, GOST).

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 671

18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu

ENVIRONMENT
• Sampling Analog #
These are the converted analog input values as defined in the
Analog Input window under the Application menu. During the
sampling state part of a chromatographic run, analog input
signals are measured, converted to real units and stored in
the 490-PRO.
• Cabinet Temperature
Internal analyzer temperature, measured by a temperature
sensor on the mainboard
• Ambient Pressure
Internal analyzer ambient pressure, measured by a pressure
sensor on the mainboard

SITE INFO
This data was defined in the Site Info window found under the
Automation menu.

COMPONENTS LIST
The component list contains the peaks as defined in the
Normalization window found under the Application menu. It
contains the following parameters:
• #
Index number
• Channel
The GC channel peak was identified.
• Peak name
The name of the peak as defined in the Normalization table
found under the Application menu.
• ESTD Conc
The external standard concentration of the peak found in the
integration report.
• Norm Conc
Calculated concentration after normalization following 
the normalization table. For ignored bridge components no
Norm Conc is calculated, these compounds are presented as
bridged cmp.
• Retention[s]
The retention of the peak found in the integration report
• Area
The area of the peak found in the integration report

672 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18

• Height
The height of the peak found in the integration report
• Meth-Index
Peak index number as the peak is defined in the
Normalization table
• Group #
This peak is part of a group as defined in the Normalization
table.
• RF
Response factor used to calculate external standard
concentration. This parameter is only reported in a single
level calibration.
• Rw
The Rw factor used to calculate external standard
concentration from the corrected curve.

This parameter is only reported for a multilevel calibration
with field calibration correction.
• Weight %
Mass per component relative total mass
• GPM
Theoretical hydrocarbon liquid content per component. This
results is shown when GPA 2172 or ASTM D3588 energy
calculation are chosen.
Depending on the extent of the application as well as the
configured stream selection, specific information becomes
available.
The application report is updated after every run.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 673

18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu

Stream Application Report

The stream application report is an equivalent of the
application report. It basically contains concentration results
and, if selected, energy meter results and limited sample
information. The stream application report however, is updated
after that particular stream has been run again. The specific
stream information is available while other streams are being
analyzed.

Diagnostics
The diagnostic report becomes available after uploading using
Control\Upload Diagnostics. The information is brought on screen
after Report\Diagnostics is selected from the PROstation toolbar:

Figure 356 Diagnostic Report

Three different diagnostic reports are available:

674 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 PROstation Instrument Report Menu 18

• Workstation errors
(errorlist.txt on PROstation computer)
Information about uploads from the instrument and
downloads to the instrument; any communication that has
taken place. The file is cleared after a start (run, sequence,
recalculation) has been sent to the 490-PRO.
• Internal instrument errors
(errorlog.txt on instrument flash memory)
This file contains all class 1 and higher errors that have
occurred. Also the firmware updates are recorded.
More extended error information is provided in “Errors” on
page 717.
The file can be cleared after a remote request: from the
PROstation toolbar select Control/Clear Error Log File.
• Current application report
(samprslt.txt on instrument flash)
The bottom field shows the last report as stored on flash.
This is made available for diagnostics after a system crash.

Print Integration/Application Report

After an upload of sample results, the integration report will be
printed after selecting Report/Print Integration Report from the
PROstation toolbar.
After an upload of sample results, the application report will be
printed after selecting Report/Print Application Report from the
PROstation toolbar.

Auto Print Application Report After Calibration or Alarm

This only works properly if PROstation is continuously
connected.
Select Report/Auto Print Application Report after Calibration from the
PROstation toolbar if the application report needs to be printed
after every calibration.
Select Report/Auto Print Application Report after Alarm from the
PROstation toolbar if the application report needs to be printed
after every calibration.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 675

18 PROstation Instrument Report Menu

676 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

19
Multi Level Calibration
Chromatogram 678
Calibration Options 679
Rw Calibration 685
Relative RF 688
Setting Up a Typical Single Level Calibration 689
Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration 692
Single Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 698
Multiple Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures 700
Calibration Validation 701

This chapter describes the calibration mechanism available in

the 490-PRO. The multilevel calibration is compliant with
ISO-10723 Natural gas - Performance evaluation for on-line
analytical systems.

Agilent Technologies 677

19 Multi Level Calibration

Chromatogram
The primary data from a GC is a chromatogram, as seen here.

Figure 357 Chromatogram

Using an integration module, the chromatogram can be

analyzed. The output of the integration is the combination of
the retention time of a peak and its area. The retention time, in
combination with the Peak Identification table, identifies the
component. The area under the component peak, is
proportional to the concentration of that particular component.
The integration of a single chromatogram results in multiple
areas, one area for each component.

678 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Calibration Options
The relation between the area and the concentration of a
component can be determined using a calibration mixture
containing known concentrations for all components. A unique
calibration mixture with known concentrations is called a level.
Calibrating with only one level is called a single level calibration
and is described in “Single level calibration” below. Calibrating
with more than one level is called a multilevel calibration and is
described in “Multilevel calibration” .

Single level calibration

When calibrating with only one level, the relation between area
and concentration can only be described with a linear curve
through the origin (0,0).
Y=a*x
x represents the Area
y represents the Concentration
Coefficient a is calculated using the following formula:
a = Concentration/Area
Coefficient a is also known as Response Factor (RF).
Example:
Data set
Level Area Concentration
1 2850 3.5

a = 3.5/2850 = 0.0012

Multilevel calibration
By using multiple calibration mixtures, a multilevel calibration
can be performed.
Each calibration level results in a point on the calibration curve.
The calibration curve gets more accurate by calibrating with
more than one calibration level.
The relation between the area and concentration is described
using a polynomial curve, up to cubic is supported. Linear and
quadratic curves can be achieved by setting the coefficients a
and b to zero.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 679

19 Multi Level Calibration

Y = a * x3 + b * x 2 + c * x + d
x represents the Area
y represents the Concentration
Example:
Data set:

Level Area Concentration

1 2850 1.0
2 5700 2.0
3 8550 3.0
4 11400 4.0
5 14250 5.0
6 19950 6.0
7 22800 7.0

The data above has been used to fit a cubic curve.

Figure 358 Multilevel calibration using cubic fit

680 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Offline calibration
The coefficients of the polynomial equation can be determined
in third party mathematical tools. This is called Offline
Calibration.
The coefficients for the polynomial equation can only be set if
the option Allow overriding Curve Coefficients is enabled in the
Peak Calibration screen, see screen dumps below.
The Peak Calibration screen can be opened using the menu option
shown below.

Figure 359 Calibration settings

The coefficients of the polynomial curve can be downloaded to

the instrument using the method.
The coefficients of the curve can be entered in the Peak
Identification table. The Peak Identification can be selected from
the Method menu.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 681

19 Multi Level Calibration

Figure 360 Coefficients polynomial

The coefficients of the polynomial curve y = a * x3 + b * x2 + c* x

+ d are defined as follows:
a = Cubic coeff.
b = Quadratic coeff.
c = Linear coeff.
d = Intercept coeff.

Online calibration
The 490-PRO is capable of performing the calibration by itself.
The sequence containing the Calibration Table can be
downloaded to the 490-PRO.
A typical calibration sequence for seven calibration levels is
shown in the following figure:

Figure 361 Calibration Table

682 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

The 490-PRO is capable of calibrating up to seven levels. After

each calibration run, the 490-PRO will perform a curve fit using
the available calibration data.
When more than one replicate is chosen, the 490-PRO will
average the measured areas.
The level of the polynomial fit, either linear, quadratic or cubic,
can be selected. The curve can also be forced through the origin
(Point (0,0)). The options for the fit can be entered in the Peak
Identification table.

Figure 362 Peak Identification Table, Curve Type, and Thru origin

The user is responsible for verification of the calibration output.

PROstation is capable of showing the calibration curve and
points for each component. The graphical output of the
calibration can be examined in the Peak Calibration.
After selecting the Peak Calibration, the screen in Figure 363 on
page 684 is displayed.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 683

19 Multi Level Calibration

Figure 363 Calibration screen

The coefficients can be examined in the Peak Identification Table

after uploading the method:

Figure 364 Coefficients Polynomial

684 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Rw Calibration
After determining the relation between the area and
concentration through the fit, the validity of the curve should be
checked periodically. Typically, a daily interval is chosen.
The ambient pressure and detector aging are factors for which a
correction should be made.
Figure 365 on page 685 shows the fitted curve in the middle and
two possible field calibrations: one above the fitted curve and
one below the fitted curve.
The concentration of the Rw calibration gas must be filled in,
this is called Level 8 Rw. During the calibration, the 490-PRO
calculates the factor between the concentration found using the
fitted curve and the concentration entered (see Figure 365).
This factor is called the Rw factor.

Figure 365 Peak Identification Table, the levels

Figure 366 Peak Identification Table, the Rw factor

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 685

19 Multi Level Calibration

MultiLevel Calibration ISO 10723

5 Fitted Curve
Corrected curve (Rw 0.9)

Amount
4 Field Calibration Point
Corrected curve (Rw 1.1)
3 Field Calibration Point

0
0 5000 10000 15000 20000 25000
Area

Figure 367 Graphical representation of the Rw correction

Typically, the Rw factor will vary around 1.

An Rw calibration can be scheduled in the sequence identical to
other calibration levels.
The Rw limit can be specified using a percentage, for instance
an Rw limit of 10 % means that the Rw must be within 0.9 and
1.1.

686 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Figure 368 Rw Limit

The Rw factor will be used as follows:

y = Rw * (a * x3 + b * x2 + c* x + d)
“x” represents the Area
“y” represents the Concentration

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 687

19 Multi Level Calibration

Relative RF
When it is not possible to determine a calibration curve for a
component, it is possible to refer to a component that does have
a curve.
During an analysis, the 490-PRO will use the curve of the
referred component in combination with the Relative RF factor.
Typical use: C6+ components refer to the C3 curve with a
Relative RF factor.
The Relative RF factor can be determined using a Lab GC.

Figure 369 Peak Identification Table, Rel.R.F

Peak © referring to peak c:

y = Rel. R.F.i * Rwc * (ac * x3 + bc * x2 + cc* x + dc)

“x” represents the Area

“y” represents the Concentration

688 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Setting Up a Typical Single Level Calibration

This section describes typical usage of the 490-PRO in
combination with a single level calibration.

Environment
The description of this section is based on the environment
described in this paragraph.
• Three streams to analyze continuously
• One calibration stream

Sequence
The sequence is setup using the Sequence Table and the Sequence
Properties. The Sequence Properties determine how the Sequence
Table will be used.

Sequence Table
The Sequence Table defines which analyses should be run, and
in what order. Figure 370 shows that three streams are to be
analyzed, starting with stream 1, followed by stream 2 and then
stream 3. Each stream starts with flushing for 60 seconds to
prevent mixing of the different streams.

Figure 370 Sequence Table

Sequence Properties
The sequence properties define how the Sequence Table is being used.
Figure 371 on page 690 defines that the sequence should start at
startup of the 490-PRO and that it should run continuously. The
option Home Position (on error and when sequence stops) defines the
position of the stream when the sequence has been interrupted. This
option can be used to prevent waste of (expensive) calibration
mixture in case of an error.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 689

19 Multi Level Calibration

Figure 371 Sequence Properties

Calibration Table
The Calibration Table defines how a calibration should be
performed. In this example, the calibration mixture is
connected to stream 4.
The concentration of the calibration level and curve type must
be entered in the Peak Identification table.

Figure 372 Peak Identification table

690 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

The calibration consists of two steps: the Ignore step and the
Append step. The Ignore step is responsible for flushing the
490-PRO to ensure a reliable calibration. The Append step, with
the number of replicates set to two, forces the 490-PRO to clear
the previous calibration points and add two new calibration
points. Based on these points, the coefficient of the linear curve
is determined.

Figure 373 Calibration Table

Calibration properties
The calibration properties define how the Calibration Table will be
used. The figure below defines that the calibration should start
at 07:00 o’clock every day.

Figure 374 Calibration Properties

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 691

19 Multi Level Calibration

Setting Up a Typical Multilevel Calibration

This section describes typical usage of the 490-PRO in
combination with multilevel calibration.

Environment
The description of this section is based on the environment
described in this paragraph.
The 490-PRO will be used in two different contexts, the
Calibration of the multilevel curve and the daily usage.
Calibration of the multilevel curve:
• Seven calibration streams
• One Rw calibration stream
Daily usage:
• Three streams to analyze continuously
• The Rw calibration stream

Calibration of the multilevel curve

Before the 490-PRO can be used with a multilevel curve, it is
necessary to calibrate the multilevel curve. Typically the
multilevel curve is determined on a laboratory with all
calibration mixtures available.
For each calibration level the concentration and curve type
must be filled in the Peak Identification table.

Figure 375 Peak Identification table containing the component

concentration of the mixture

Figure 376 on page 693 shows the Calibration Table for

performing the calibration of level 1 to 7 and level 8 (Rw).

692 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Figure 376 Calibration Table

The calibration can be started using the Start screen.

Figure 377 Starting Calibration Table

When the calibration sequence has finished, the derived curves

and their coefficients can be examined in the Peak Calibration
screen and the Peak Identification table, see Figure 378 and
Figure 379 on page 694.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 693

19 Multi Level Calibration

Figure 378 Peak Calibration screen

Figure 379 Peak Identification table, the coefficients

694 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Sequence
The sequence is setup using the Sequence Table and the Sequence
Properties. The Sequence Properties determine how the Sequence
Table will be used.

Sequence Table
The Sequence Table defines which analyses should be run and
in what order. The figure below shows that two streams are to
be analyzed.

Figure 380 Sequence table

Each stream starts with flushing for 20 seconds to prevent

mixing of the different streams.

Sequence properties
The sequence properties define how the Sequence Table is being
used. Figure 381 on page 696 defines that the sequence should
start at startup of the 490-PRO and it should run continuously.
The option Home Position (on error and when sequence stops)
defines the position of the stream when the sequence has been
interrupted. This option can be used to prevent waste of
(expensive) calibration mixture in case of an error.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 695

19 Multi Level Calibration

Figure 381 Sequence Properties

Calibration Table
The Calibration Table defines how a calibration should be
performed. In this example, the Rw calibration mixture is
connected to stream 4.
The calibration is set up with two steps: the Ignore step and the
Replace step. The Ignore step is responsible for flushing the
490-PRO to ensure a reliable calibration. The Replace step forces
the 490-PRO to clear the previous calibration points and add
one new calibration point. Based on this point, the Rw factor is
determined.

Figure 382 Calibration Table

Calibration properties
The calibration properties define how the Calibration Table is
being used. Figure 383 on page 697 defines that the calibration
should start at 0700 every day.

696 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Figure 383 Calibration properties

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 697

19 Multi Level Calibration

Single Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures

If multiple calibration mixtures are required because not all
components are available in one calibration mixture, use
multiple calibration levels. Every level represents a calibration
mixture

Two calibration mixtures

To setup a method and sequence with two calibration mixtures:
• In the Peak identification table set the level amounts for
calibration mixture 1 (A). Put a zero for not existing
components in mixture 1 (C).
• In the Peak identification table set the level amounts for
calibration mixture 2 (B). Put a zero for not existing
components in mixture 2.
• In the Peak Calibration window set the “Total Calibration
Levels” to 2 (D).
• Save and download the method.
• Setup a sequence and use the “Cal.Level” parameter to
distinguish between the two calibration mixtures (E).

Figure 384 Calibration Module

698 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

More than two calibration mixtures

This is identical to two calibration mixtures. Set the Total
Calibration levels equal to the number of calibration mixtures. Fill
in the level amounts in the Peak identification table and extend
the Calibration Table of the sequence with more levels.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 699

19 Multi Level Calibration

Multiple Point Calibration with Multiple Calibration Mixtures

A combination of multiple calibration points per peak and
multiple calibration mixtures containing only a subset of
components as identified in the peak identification table can be
handled, see picture below.
The 490-PRO will handle the amounts in Level 3 and 4 as the
second calibration point of a component, because zero values
are ignored. The calibration curve will end up with two
calibration points for every component.
A combination of single and multiple calibration points per
peak is also possible. The 490-PRO will count the number of
positive values in all level columns for a component.

Figure 385 Peak Identification/Calibration:Channel 1

700 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Calibration Validation
There are two distinct methods available for validating the
calibration in the 490-PRO: the verification run and response
factor (R.F.) limit checking during a new calibration run.

Verification run
The Verification run can be used to verify whether the
calibration curve for every component is still valid. Typically
the calibration gas mixture is used for this verification,
although it might be another gas sample.
The validation criteria (defined lower and upper limits) for the
Verification run are configured in the 'Verification Check'
window found in the 'Application' menu.
The window below contains two criteria: the Normalized
Amount of Methane must be within 82.0 and 82.5, the
Normalized Amount of Ethane must be within 5.1 and 5.3.
The components used in this table must be defined in the
'Normalize' window part of the Application. Also ESTD
concentrations refer to the Normalize window. Also calorific
values can be checked in energy meter configurations.

Figure 386 Verification Table

The verification criteria must be enabled in the Verification

Settings tab, see Figure 387.

Figure 387 Verification Settings

After defining the verification criteria the Verification sequence

must be entered. Select the menu option Sequence.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 701

19 Multi Level Calibration

The Verification Table contains the run (sequence of runs)

parameters for a verification run. In this example the
calibration mixture is sampled from stream 4. First an extra
flushing of 60 seconds is performed to flush away sample from a
previous run.

Figure 388 Verification Table

In the Verification Properties tab, define when to perform the

verification while running full automation. Figure 389 shows
that the verification should start at 0700 every day.

Figure 389 Verification properties

The result of a verification run is either pass or fail. This is

reported in the Application Report. The result can be read by
Modbus protocol. It is possible to use a verification failure after
a verification run as a trigger to start the Calibration Table
automatically, see Figure 390 on page 703.

702 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Multi Level Calibration 19

Figure 390 Option to start calibrating On Verification Failure

Calibration limits
The 490-PRO has multiple options for checking the calibration
values, before accepting them.
Checking the Response Factor (RF) against the initial RF and
current RF is called RF checking see “RF checking” . This is used
in single level calibration.
Multilevel calibration is used in combination with the so called
Rw factor. The Rw factor is determined using an Rw calibration
(Level 8) and tested against the Rw limit, see “Rw Limit” .

RF checking
RF checking against the initial RF requires the determination of
the initial RF. The initial RF can be determined like a normal
calibration, only with the option Calibration Check and Initial
Calibration enabled followed by a download of the Application.
After running an Initial Calibration, the 490-PRO will store the
value of the Initial RF for every component. In the Peak
Identification table, limits can be entered for a calibration.
The settings from the screen below allow 5 % deviation from the
Initial RF and 5 % deviation from the Current RF. These limits
are only active when the option Calibration Check is enabled.
Each component can have its own InitialRF% and CurrentRF%.
If any peak fails for Initial-- or Current R.F. validation, the
entire calibration will be rejected for all peaks and the 490-PRO

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 703

19 Multi Level Calibration

will continue using the current Response Factors determined in

the last successful calibration run.

Figure 391 Peak Identification, limits RF

Rw Limit
An Rw calibration can be performed when a multilevel
calibration curve has been determined. Typically this is used in
non linear calibration curves. When the multilevel calibration
curve is accurate, the value of the Rw factor should be
approximately 1.0. The 490-PRO can be configured to test the
Rw factor before accepting it. The settings of the screens below
enable the testing of the Rw Limit (Calibration Check) and allow
a value of 1.0 ± 10 % (0.9 to 1.1).

Figure 392 Rw Calibration Limit %

If any peak Rw exceeds its limit, the entire calibration for all
peaks will be rejected and the 490-PRO will continue using the
current Response Factors as determined in the last successful
calibration run.

704 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

20
I/O Cases
General Setup 706
Case 1: Analog Output 709
Case 2: Alarms 713
Case 3: Timed Relays 714
Case 4: Digital Inputs 715

The cases below describe how all I/O's can be configured and
used in a 490-PRO Micro GC. The following hardware has been
used for these cases:
• Extension boards: basic extension board (CP741116), analog
output board (CP741117), digital extension board
(CP741118)
• 25-pin digital I/O interface cable and 15-pin analog I/O
interface cable (CP741120)

Agilent Technologies 705

20 I/O Cases

General Setup
The following licenses have been activated:

Figure 393 User tab

The following 490-PRO Micro GC setup has been configured:

Figure 394 Automation tab

706 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 I/O Cases 20

Cases preparation
1 Perform an analysis of gas sample and ensure peak
integration and calculation is enabled.

Figure 395 Method properties

2 Enter some applicable integration events for the peaks to get

properly identified.

Figure 396 Integration events

3 After the run has finished, all detected peaks should be

visible in the chromatogram, and the peak identification
table should be filled with all detected peaks.

Figure 397 Identified peaks

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 707

20 I/O Cases

4 Name the identified peaks.

Figure 398 Named peaks

Integration report
After analysis or recalculation, the integration report is
generated.

Figure 399 Integration Report

708 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 I/O Cases 20

Case 1: Analog Output

This case describes the use of analog outputs. As can be seen in
the automation tab on the last picture, there are eight analog
outputs configured.
In PROstation, go to Application in menubar and select Analog
Outputs.

Figure 400 PROstation

Ensure the analog outputs table is enabled by checking the

checkbox.

Figure 401 Analog outputs

You can now scale lower and upper input values (X1, X2) to
lower and upper output values (Y1, Y2) and select an occasion
on which the outputs are updated.

Figure 402 Setting outputs

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 709

20 I/O Cases

The application report shows that the ESTD concentrations are

properly scaled to set the specific analog output values; note
that 80.5 ESTD concentration of Methane results in a 100 %
clipped output value, because the ESTD input value was limited
to 10.

Figure 403 Application Report

The link between the method peak tables and the Application
Report is defined by the normalization table. This table holds all
system-wide parameters and defines which parameters are
shown in the Application Report. On its turn, the normalization
table serves as an input to all I/O tables, including peak naming.
See the schematic overview of and interaction between various
tables/processes:

710 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 I/O Cases 20

Method peak table

Method peak table
chan 1
chan 2

Ethane Nitrogen
Methane Butane

Peak matching by name Peak matching by name

Normalize (Application)

Ethane – chan 1
Methane – chan 1
Nitrogen – chan 2
n-butane – chan 2

serves as input for

I/O tables (e.g. Alarms,

Timed Relays) Application report

Ethane – chan 1
Ethane – chan 1 Methane – chan 1
Methane – chan 1 Nitrogen – chan 2
Nitrogen – chan 2 unidentified – chan 2
n-butane – chan 2

Figure 404 Relationships

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 711

20 I/O Cases

Figure 405 Normalization table

The names in the normalization table must match the names in

the peak table, otherwise wrongly named peaks (a.k.a.
nonapplication peaks) will not show up in the report. These
nonapplication peaks can be hidden by checking the Hide non
Appl.pks checkbox in the Application Report.

712 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 I/O Cases 20

Case 2: Alarms
Alarming can be used to inform the user (or a subsystem) that
certain parameters are in or out of range. See table below as an
example:

Figure 406 Alarms

1 The ESTD amount of Methane should be greater than 50 and

less than 100. In our example, the ESTD of Methane is 80.5,
which is within range, and no alarming will occur.
2 The sum of all ESTD’s should be greater than 80 and less
than 90. The actual sum is 90.86, so the alarming condition
is met and the alarm will be set.
3 Analog input #1 should be greater than 95 and less than 105.
By using the analog input table, the equation for the input
value can be defined. As an example, the following 'Analog
Inputs' table has been defined.

Figure 407 Analog inputs

Input x is tied to output value y by this formula: y = ax + b,

where a matches the 'Gain' factor and b matches the offset. If,
for example, the analog input x (voltage) resembles the ambient
pressure at time of sampling, we need to define the equation for
converting Volts to Pa (or mbar if more suitable). In this specific
Alarms table, line 3 should be interpreted the following way:
If at time of sampling, pressure is less than 95 Pa or greater
than 105 Pa on a verification analysis, Alarm Relay 3 will be
energized. To get from input x [volts] to output value y [Pa],
according to 'Analog Inputs' table the following equation should
be used: y = 5x

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 713

20 I/O Cases

Case 3: Timed Relays

Timed relays are relays that can be configured to switch on
expiration of a selectable delay. Consider this example:

Figure 408 Timed relays

Explanation:
1 20 seconds after injection started, Timed Relay 1 will be
energized.
2 25 seconds after injection started, Timed Relay 1 will be
de-energized.
This shows that:
Relay 1 is energized for a period of 5 seconds from 20 to
25 seconds after start of injection.
3 30 seconds after sampling started, Timed Relay 2 will be
energized.
4 35 seconds after sampling started, Timed Relay 2 will be
de-energized.
This shows that:
Relay 2 is energized for a period of 5 seconds from 30 to
35 seconds after start of sampling.
This table does NOT force the relays to an initial state before
they are energized, so it could well be the case that both timed
relays are already energized before they are energized after
expiration of the delay timer.

714 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 I/O Cases 20

Case 4: Digital Inputs

Digital inputs can be used to start a function upon receiving a
high-to-low transition on the input (pull to ground) or to
monitor some external device status and display this status info
in some report.

Figure 409 Digital inputs

A maximum of three digital inputs can be configured. In the

table above, an example is shown how these inputs could be set
up. The descriptions are self explanatory.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 715

20 I/O Cases

716 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

21
Errors
Error Handling 718
Error List 719

Agilent Technologies 717

21 Errors

Error Handling
During operation, a series of events and error messages are
generated indicating the start or finishing of certain actions and
procedures as well as smaller and fatal errors somewhere in the
instrument. This section describes how the Micro GC reacts to
these events or messages.
The following error classes as well as the subsequent actions are
available:

Class 0 Internal event: These are events indicating a certain

procedure has started or finished. In no way do they influence
the proper functioning of the instrument.

Class 1 Advisory fault; the instrument continues: These are the

less critical advisory errors not requiring immediate action by
the user. The ongoing run may be minimally effected by it and
thus need not be stopped. Class 1 error messages indicate
certain malfunctions of the instrument. Some errors of this type
keep the instrument from becoming ready.

Class 2 Critical errors for logging; error LED ON: These are
critical errors for which the user needs immediate warning (a
popup or warning may appear in the data system and the Error
LED lights). The run in progress is stopped since its results will
definitely be wrong. Corrective action by the user or instrument
service may be required.

Class 3 Fatal errors for logging; instrument shutdown, error LED and
buzzer ON: These are fatal errors for which the user needs
immediate warning. The Error LED lights. An instrument
shutdown occurs. Corrective action by the user or service is
required.
All errors, regardless of class, are available to the data system
under instrument status (for troubleshooting). All Class 1 and
higher errors are also logged in the instrument’s flash memory.
Individual numbers identify all errors; these numbers are built
using the error class and a number. Events are not numbered.

718 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Errors 21

Error List
The GC error code is reported as CLNNN in which:

C = error class (severity)
L = location
NNN = error number or event number.
The Error class can be one of the following values:
• 0=diagnostic error.
• 1=advisory error.
• 2=critical error.
• 3=fatal error.
There are five locations:
• 0=mainboard.
• 1=channel 1.
• 2=channel 2.
• 3=channel 3.
• 4=channel 4.

Table 42 Error list

Error Error Event / error code Description Action needed

number class
1 0 Init passed (event) End of initialization phase
1 0 Init passed (event) End of initialization phase
2 0 Pressure restored Pressure restored after Too Low Pressure
3 0 Start flush cycle Is a part of the initialization cycle
4 0 Flush cycle passed Is a part of the initialization cycle
5 0 TCD calibrating Automatic generation after method activation TCD off and
or download. temp. control to
default
6 1 Too low pressure Pressure drops below 35 kPa Check gas supply
7 1 Pressure fault Pressure state not ready after 5 minutes Check gas supply
or replace
manifold
8 1 Low battery 1 Battery 1 low power (portable Micro GC only) Recharge battery
9 1 Low battery 2 Battery 2 low power (portable Micro GC only) Recharge battery

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 719

21 Errors

Table 42 Error list

Error Error Event / error code Description Action needed

number class
10 2 Sample line sensor fault Sample line temperature sensor error Heater turned off
11 2 Sample line temperature fault Temperature not reached within 35 min (heater Replace sample
error) line heater
12 2 Injector temperature fault Temperature not reached within 35 min (heater Replace module
error)
13 2 Column temperature fault Temperature not reached within 35 min (heater Replace module
error)
14 1 TCD Temperature limit Hardware protection activated
activated
15 0 EDS logging error Unable to update EDS log Call service
16 1 Low power supply Voltage < 10 Volt Recharge battery
17 2 Injector sensor fault Injector temperature sensor error Replace module
18 2 Column temperature sensor Column temperature sensor error Replace module
fault
19 2 TCD control error TCD voltage not or incorrectly set Call service
20 2 TCD calibration failed Any error during TCD calibration Replace module
or TCD controller
board
21 2 Hardware reset Instrument reset request from WS
22 2 Pressure too high Pressure > 450 kPa for at least 2 minutes Replace manifold
23 3 Initialization error During initialize Call service
24 3 Internal communication error During/after initialization, between MPU and Call service
IOC/IOE
25 3 Instrument EDS incorrect Instrument Electronic Data sheet incorrect Call service
26 3 EDS incorrect Electronic Data sheet incorrect Call service
27 3 Internal power failure During/after initialization, internal supplies Call service
28 0 Flush cycle aborted Flush cycle stopped before completion
29 0 GC module changed Changing a channel (controller or module) and
restarting the instrument
30 0 TCD Gain calibrated End TCD Gain calibration
31 0 TCD Offset calibrated End of Offset calibration
32 0 Null String Not used
33 0 ADC reading out of range Analog Digital Control out of range

720 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Errors 21

Table 42 Error list

Error Error Event / error code Description Action needed

number class
34 0 EDS Analytical Module Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module
incorrect incorrect
35 0 EDS Config checksum Electronic Data Sheet Configuration checksum
incorrect incorrect
36 0 EDS Logbook checksum Electronic Data Sheet Logbook checksum
incorrect incorrect
37 0 EDS Protected checksum Electronic Data Sheet Protected checksum
incorrect incorrect.
38 0 EDS C.C. Config checksum Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control
incorrect checksum incorrect.
39 0 EDS C.C. Logbook checksum Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control Logbook
incorrect checksum incorrect
40 0 EDS C.C. Protected checksum Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control
incorrect Protected checksum incorrect
41 0 EDS A.M. Config. checksum Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module
incorrect Configuration checksum incorrect
42 0 EDS A.M. Logbook checksum Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module
incorrect Logbook checksum incorrect
43 0 EDS A.M. Protected checksum Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module
incorrect Protected checksum incorrect
44 0 EDS Config SVER incorrect Electronic Data Sheet Configuration Structure
Version incorrect
45 0 EDS Protected SVER incorrect Electronic Data Sheet Protected Structure
Version incorrect
46 0 EDS C.C. Config SVER Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control
incorrect Structure Version incorrect
47 0 EDS C.C. Protected SVER Electronic Data Sheet Channel Control
incorrect Protected Structure Version incorrect
48 0 EDS A.M. Config SVER Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module
incorrect Configuration incorrect
49 0 EDS A.M. Protected SVER Electronic Data Sheet Analytical Module
incorrect Protected Structure Version incorrect
50 0 Pressure Offset calibration Notification Pressure Offset calibration is
complete completed
51 0 Pressure Offset calibration Calibration offset out of range
Failed
52 0 Unable to store pressure offset Pressure off set is out of valid range

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 721

21 Errors

Table 42 Error list

Error Error Event / error code Description Action needed

number class
53 2 Temperature sensor Temperature sensor not connect to instrument Call Service
disconnected
54 1 Not ready to start run Issued by Safety Control Object in Hardware Check method
domain. Bridge Call to GC domain (Reporting
Not Ready To Start Run Error)
55 1 Stream selection failed Stream selector (VICI) failed switching Check valve
56 1 Ambient pressure or Issued by Safety Control Object in Hardware
temperature alarm domain whenever ambient temperature has
passed a certain value.
57 1 Column cleaning Instrument in column cleaning state NA
58 1 Equilibrating temperature Instrument stabilizing after column cleaning Wait until Ready
zones
76 3 IOC Communication error MPU is not able to communicate with IOC Call service
77 3 Read mainboard EDS error Not able to read Mainboard EDS Call service
78 3 Read channel controller EDS Unable to read EDS controller Call service
error
79 3 Read channel analytical Not able to read analytical module EDS Call service
module EDS error
990 3 Watchdog Error: Store Internal Software Error, cannot store Auto reboot
Application report on flash application report on flash memory.
error
991 3 Watchdog Error: Store Internal Software Error, cannot store ErrorLog Auto reboot
ErrorLog report on flash error report on flash memory.
992 3 Watchdog Error: Instrument Internal Software Error, software hanging Auto reboot
frozen (hazardous error)
993 3 Watchdog Error: OOA Timer Internal Software Error, OOA Timer could not be Auto reboot
error created.
994 3 Watchdog Error: ACE reactor Internal Software Error, ACE reactor stopped. Auto reboot
stopped
995 3 Watchdog Error: Event pump Internal Software Error, Event pump stopped. Auto reboot
stopped for 20 s
996 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 0 Auto reboot
error 0
997 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 1 Auto reboot
error 1
998 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 2 Auto reboot
error 2

722 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 Errors 21

Table 42 Error list

Error Error Event / error code Description Action needed

number class
999 3 Watchdog Error: IOC Fatal Internal Software Error, IOC fatal error 3 Auto reboot
error 3

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 723

21 Errors

724 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

22
WinDCS
Setting up the WinDCS Communication 726
WinDCS Modbus Table 729

The 490-PRO can be connected to a Distributed Control System

(DCS) using Modbus.
Before connecting, check if the Modbus table downloaded to the
490-PRO is correct and communication parameters as well as
communication hardware are correct. WinDCS simulates a
Modbus master. By running WinDCS, real 490-PRO data
provided through Modbus can be validated.
WinDCS must not be used to prove modbus communication
stability.
WinDCS must not be used to continuously monitor analysis
results.
It is only designed to validate registers.
First, set up the Modbus table in PROstation, containing all the
Modbus registers you want to provide to a DCS. Second, set up
the identical register numbers in WinDCS.
The WinDCS program consists of two parts; a communication
part and a table part. Both parts are discussed in the following
sections.

Agilent Technologies 725

22 WinDCS

Setting up the WinDCS Communication

To show the communication part, click Connect or select Start
communication from the command menu.
Win DCS has two communication modes: Modbus Serial and
Modbus TCP/IP. Also an offline mode is available.

Serial communication settings

The following serial port parameter can be set:
• Comport
Any of the PC comports can be selected to communicate with
the instrument.
• Baudrate
Baudrate of the serial connection. The speed in characters
per second in which data is transmitted over the serial
connection between the GC and the DCS system.
• Slave address
The Slave address of the 490-PRO as set up in PROstation.
• Serial Protocol Mode
RTU
RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)
ASCII
ASCII is a standard for sending information (American
Standard Code for Information Interchange).
Make sure this is identical to the Modbus setting as selected
in PROstation.

Ethernet communication settings

When selecting Ethernet communication settings, some fields in
the layout of the communication settings will change and some
will be disabled, since they are only valid when using Serial
Communication. Modbus ASCII and Modbus RTU do not exist in
Modbus TCP/IP.

IPAddress
Fill in the IP address of the 490-PRO you want to connect to.

Slave Address
The Slave address in Modbus TCP/IP is only used if a modbus

726 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 WinDCS 22

bridge is used to convert Modbus TCP/IP to serial. If this is not

used, select 1.

Figure 410 Communication setup

General Modbus communication settings

If communication is set to a mode other than Offline, WinDCS
will try to connect to the 490-PRO as soon as the OK button is
clicked.

ModbusType
MODICON/Daniel and others
Change the protocol from standard MODICON to other derived
protocols.
Difference will only be found in the holding and input registers

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 727

22 WinDCS

above the address 5000 range and above the 7000 range. Above
address 4999 the non-MODICON protocol will return 4 byte
integers, above 6999 the protocol will provide 4 bytes floating
point values.

Options
• Swap Floating-Point bytes
A floating point consists of four bytes. Swapping floating
points means that the first two bytes are swapped with the
last two bytes. This option will not be needed for connecting
to the 490-PRO.
• Swap 32 bit integer bytes
A 32-bit integer consists of 4 bytes. Swapping 32 bit integers
means that the first 2 bytes are swapped with the last
2 bytes. This option will not be needed for connecting to the
490-PRO.
• Shift Modbus register one up
Some Modbus applications or Modbus devices count Modbus
registers starting with 0 instead of 1, while the register count
shown to the user starts at 1. When the Modbus table in such
an application or device shows Register 7001, it will send a
request for register 7000. This option will not be needed for
connecting to the 490-PRO.

Export Data
• Export Sample Results
With selecting this option, Sample results recorded from the
490-PRO are stored on disk in the file WinDCS_Analysis.txt,
located in the directory where WinDCS is installed.
• Export Instrument Status
With selecting this option, Instrument Status recorded from
the 490-PRO is stored on disk in the file WinDCS_Status.txt,
located in the directory where WinDCS is installed.

728 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 WinDCS 22

WinDCS Modbus Table

The Modbus table of WinDCS is quite similar to the Modbus
table in the 490-PRO and PROstation or to any other Modbus
table, but there are some differences.

Register type
In the WinDCS Modbus Table, four types of Modbus registers
can be used in the Register type column:
Input status(R): This is a single bit. Can only be read from the
490-PRO.
Coil status (RW): This is a single bit. Can be read from and written to
the 490-PRO.
Input register (R): This is an integer register; Can only be read from
the 490-PRO.
Holding register (RW): This is an integer register; Can be read from and
written to the 490-PRO.

Data type
In the WinDCS Modbus Table, four Datatypes can be used in the
Date Type column:
Bit: a single 0 or 1 value
Int16: 16-bit integer value.
Int32: 32-bit integer value.
Float: 4-byte floating-point value.

Ensure the data type used is identical to the data type used in
the PROstation table.

WinDCS Modbus table setup

Figure 411 WinDCS Modbus Table setup

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 729

22 WinDCS

All Modbus registers that are defined in the Modbus Table in

PROstation, should also be defined in the Modbus Table of
WinDCS (or at least the ones you want to test). Ensure that
address, type and datatype of all registers are the same as the
registers in the Modbus table of the 490-PRO.
Unlike the table in the 490-PRO, the registers are divided over
the different parts of the WinDCS Modbus Table. The Register
table of WinDCS consists of four parts. All registers in each part
have a particular meaning. This way WinDCS is a neat testing
tool. Registers used for GC Status are put in the yellow part.
Registers used for sending commands are put in the pink part,
new analysis data trigger in the green part and analysis results
in the purple part.

GCStatus - Yellow section

The yellow section should contain instrument status, and it will
be requested every 2 seconds.
The clear button resets all the actual values that were received
the last cycle. The clear button does not reset the counter. The
counter is reset each time the connection is closed and
re-established again.

Commands - Pink section

The pink section should contain commands that can be sent to
the 490-PRO.

New sample data detection - Green section

The green section should contain the data available trigger as
specified in the 490-PRO Modbus table. Make sure that both
490-PRO and WinDCS have the same setting for resetting. In the
example, WinDCS has a trigger that will be reset after reading,
and the 490-PRO knows that by means of the parameter selected
(Modbus register 15 - Parameter ID 2201)

Sample results - Purple section

The purple section should contain sample data and it will be
updated every time the data available trigger (in the green part)
gets the trigger value as specified (equals value).
Note that editing the Modbus table of WinDCS is only possible
when WinDCS is not connected (or trying to connect) to a
490-PRO or other device.

730 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 WinDCS 22

Figure 412 WinDCS table

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 731

22 WinDCS

732 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent 490-PRO Micro Gas Chromatograph
User Manual

23
History Log
Operation 734
Report Data 747

This software will only run with the appropriate license

installed.

Agilent Technologies 733

23 History Log

Operation
To use the History Log, see:
“Starting the application” on page 734
“Setup for data download” on page 735
“Data download” on page 736
“Setup for report” on page 737
“Report control” on page 743
“Chromatogram control” on page 745
“Exit history log” on page 746

Starting the application

When the application History Log is started for the first time,
default settings are used. A default IP-address is selected. After
saving a configuration, History Log will start with the last
configuration used. The warning no data available indicates that
no data is downloaded from the GC yet.
History Log is also started with default settings when no
configuration file is found.

Figure 413 History Log

734 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

Setup for data download

To download information from the 490-PRO, it is necessary to
configure the application. Configure the IP-address where the
490-PRO is located by selecting: Settings/GC.

Figure 414 History Log settings

Select the IP-address where the 490-PRO is located in your

network (Settings…GC). The IP-address is also shown in the
titlebar of History Log.

Figure 415 GC settings

To select the files which are necessary for proper operation of

History Log, select Settings/Applications.
In the Binary Data window, two fields can be configured: the
folder where the binary data is stored after a download.
Location can be changed by pressing the button at the end of
the input line.
You can also set the number of minutes after which History Log
will display a warning message, reminding you that data is older
than the entered number of minutes.

Figure 416 Application settings

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 735

23 History Log

In the XML files box, the file for data storage is selected. When a
non existing *.xml file is typed, History Log will generate this file.
The XSML Style Sheet file is selected. This file is responsible for
the layout of the output document. The XSML file is supplied
with the installation.
When a report is generated, it is stored in the XHTML output
file. This file has an *.html extension. This file will also be
generated by History Log if it does not exist.

Data download
When everything is properly configured, a download can be
performed. Press Start Download from GC. When Yes is selected, a
Processing bar will appear and the data is stored in the selected
XML file under Settings/Application.

Figure 417 Data download

With each new download, the XML file with data from the last
download is cleared and new data is stored in this file. When
the last download has important data, it is possible to save this
data first with the XML/Save As option.

Figure 418 Save XML

After downloading the 490-PRO data, the screen will show that
data is available and how old the data is. If the last data
download exceeds the time selected in Settings/Application a
warning will appear. The text will become red and a warning
icon is blinking.

736 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

Figure 419 Download with error warning

Setup for report

To mold the data of the *.xml file into an output *.html file with
preferred data for the user, different options can be selected.

Report interval
The data which is selected as a standard of the History Log is
between the date and time of download (start) and 35 days
before (end)
Use the arrows next to the time box to change the time, or click
time and enter a new time with the keyboard. To change the date,
click the arrow and a calendar is shown, It is also possible to
change the date by clicking in the box and change the date by
entering a number with the keyboard.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 737

23 History Log

Figure 420 Calendar

When the selected time exceeds the end date of the download, a
warning appears, because no data is available after your last
download. If you want this data, a new download is necessary.

Figure 421 No data

When the selected time in the start box lies before 35 days, a
warning will appear. However, it is still possible that this data is
available. The 490-PRO buffers all its data and when the
490-PRO was shutdown for a few days, it is possible that data
from 36 days ago is still available, because its buffer was not full
yet.

Figure 422 Startdate possible error

Another option is to select all data available. With this option all
the data stored until the last download is used for the report. It
is possible that data older than 35 days is displayed, because the
buffer of the 490-PRO was not full yet.

738 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

Figure 423 All GC Data

The reset button restores the original start and end dates.

Report selection
Two types of report selection are possible: a standard report
selection or a report selection for one time purpose.
When the standard selection is not used, the user can rapidly
select the options he/she wants. For example, if for some reason
the 490-PRO stops working now and then, it is possible to only
select power on events to see when and in what condition the
490-PRO stopped. But also other analysis options can be
selected see Figure 424 on page 740.
With the standard selection checkbox enabled, the options
selected in Settings/Report are used. See Figure 425 on
page 740.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 739

23 History Log

Figure 424 One time report selection

Figure 425 Standard report selection

740 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

It is possible to change the standard report options in the menu

Settings/Report.
By default all options are selected with the exception of Power
On & Last Analysis and Alarm Status Change & Analysis before/after
Alarm status change.

Figure 426 Default report settings

The Standard Report Settings resembles the settings for the one
time report configuration.
In the Header Data, Calibration Data, Power On, Alarm Status Change
and Analysis Data all options desired can be selected. These
options are used in both the one time report as in the standard
report.
For Analysis Data you can select the number of decimal places
used.
With the free parameter, all decimals available in the data from

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 741

23 History Log

the 490-PRO are used.

Figure 427 Report options

When all selections for the reports are made and confirmed
with OK, save the configuration. Go to File/Save As.

Figure 428 Saving the configuration

Select the directory where the configuration file (in this

example the name sample.cfg is used) will be saved.
After saving the file, the next time the History Log is started this
configuration is loaded. In the title bar sample.cfg and the
IP-address are shown.

Figure 429 History Log startup

To open a configuration which was previously saved, select

File/Open and select the configuration you want to use.

742 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

When the configuration you are working with is modified, the

user can save any changes by selecting File/Save.

Report control
In the Report Control box three options are available; display, print
and store report. When the user wants to display the report, a
pop-up box appears:

Figure 430 Report control box

After confirmation, the processing bar will be shown and in

your web browser the data is shown as an *.html file.
To print the report, a pop-up box appears as shown. When Yes is
selected, the default printer screen is shown (see Figure 432 on
page 744). This screen could differ for every computer.

Figure 431 Report print box

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 743

23 History Log

Figure 432 Default printer screen

After selecting Print, the report is printed.

The last option is to store the report. By clicking store, the
pop-up will appear. After confirmation the file can be stored in
the selected directory.

Figure 433 Storing control

744 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

Figure 434 Storing the report

The file is stored in *.html format and gets a date and time
stamp automatically. The name can be changed to a more
intuitive name, like power on events 20040519 1259.html.

Chromatogram control
Chromatogram Control can show the analysis chromatogram for:
• The last five alarms;
• The last calibration for all two calibration streams;
• The last sample stream for all four sample streams.

Figure 435 Chromatogram control

After the selection shown and the Display button is pressed, the
Processing bar will appear and the chromatogram for the
selected option is shown.

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 745

23 History Log

Exit history log

To exit the History Log, select File/Exit. The application will exit.
When a change is made to the configuration, a pop-up box will
appear.

Figure 436 Save settings

To save the settings, click Yes, to ignore the changes, click No, to
stop exiting, click Cancel.

746 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

 History Log 23

Report Data
HistoryLog can generate several types of reports.

Header
Every report has a header. It contains information about the
company selected in report settings. For example, when the
checkboxes Site Name, Company ID and Software Version are
selected, these items are shown in the header.

Calibration results
If the checkbox Calibration Results is selected, calibration data is
shown. Use the report settings to select the options to appear in
the report, for example Area, Retention Time and Initial Response
factor.

Analysis data
When Analysis Data is selected, the data can be displayed in
either concentrated or extended form. In the concentrated
version, all data is placed on one line after each other. In the
extended version, all data is stretched out in separate headers.
This makes it easier to read one analysis. However for a lot of
analyses the concentrated report is preferred.
In the Report Settings, all options for general and component
data for the analysis can be selected, including the number of
digitals. When free is selected, all digitals available are shown in
the analysis data.

Avg/Min/Max
The Avg/Min/Max shows the average, minimum and maximum
values of all selected general and component analysis for every
stream.
There are three types of Avg/Min/Max:
• Hourly
• Daily
• Monthly
When an Hourly Avg/Min/Max is selected and two days are
filtered, then 48 separate data of Average, Minimum and Maximum
are shown. For each stream there is also an Average, Minimum

490-PRO Micro GC User Manual 747

23 History Log

and Maximum available, which means that 4 * 48 analyses are

shown.
The Avg/Min/Max report depends on the contract hour. For
example, the contract hour is set on 06:00:00 and the filter is
between 12 May 07:00 and 17 May 07:00, then for a daily report
13, 15, 16 and 17 may are displayed (until 18 May 05:59). The
selection is ON 06:00 AM.
The monthly report starts on the first day of the month. When
the filter is selected between 02 March and 02 May, 2 months
will be displayed, April and May. March is not displayed because
the trigger is set on the first day of the month.
For an hourly report the contract hour is not used.
In the 490-PRO no distinction is made between standard time
and daylight saving time, so mind out that the time stamp of the
data in this switch is not changed and might have a different
time stamp than you expect.

Power on
With the Power On option it is possible to see when the 490-PRO
was started. Only the last 10 Power On events are stored. In the
report settings it is possible to enable the Last Analysis at the
power on events. With this option selected the power on event
and its last known analysis is shown. The user might find a
reason why the Micro GC shut itself down, in case of
malfunctioning.

Alarm status change

The option Alarm Status Change displays the status when an
alarm occurs or is cleared. When the option Analysis before/after
Alarm Status Change is checked the analysis is displayed before
and after an alarm change. With this option it may be possible
to see why an alarm is set or reset.

Parameter change
With Parameter Change selected all parameters changed in the
490-PRO are shown with their old and new value. Parameters
are some of the header values like contract hour, Date/Time of
GC, Calculation Method, Tag No. and so forth. But also Pressure and
Temperature settings, which are changed with the PROStation
tool are displayed.

748 490-PRO Micro GC User Manual

Agilent Technologies

© Agilent Technologies, Inc.

Printed in USA, July 2016

*G3581-90006*
G3581-90006